IBM Mobile Systems
Hardware Maintenance Manual
Volume 2: ThinkPad Computers

April 1995

We Want Your Comments!
(Please see page 491)

This Manual Supports:

ThinkPad 340x (2610)
ThinkPad 355x (2619)
ThinkPad 360x (2620)
ThinkPad 370x (9545)
ThinkPad 700x (9552)
ThinkPad 701x (2630)
ThinkPad 720x (9552)
ThinkPad 750x (9545)
ThinkPad 755x (9545)

S82G-1502-03

IBM Mobile Systems
Hardware Maintenance Manual
Volume 2: ThinkPad Computers

April 1995

We Want Your Comments!
(Please see page 491)

IBM

S82G-1502-03

Note
Before using this information and the product it
supports, be sure to read the general information
under “Notices” on page 497.
Fourth Edition (April 1995)

The following paragraph does not apply to the United
Kingdom or any country where such provisions areinconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULARPURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of
express or implied warranties in certain transactions,
therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or
typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to
the information herein; these changes will be incorporated
in new editions of the publication. IBM may make
improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the
program(s) described in this publication at any time.
This publication was developed for products and services
offered in the United States of America. IBM may not offer
the products, services, or features discussed in thisdocument in other countries, and the information is subject
to change without notice. Consult your local IBM
representative for information on the products, services,and features available in your area.
Requests for technical information about IBM products
should be made to your IBM reseller or IBM marketing
representative.
 Copyright International Business Machines
Corporation 1995. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government users–Documentation related to
Restricted rights–Use, duplication, or disclosure is subject
to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.

ii

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

About This ManualThis manual contains service and reference information for
IBM* ThinkPad* computer products. Use this manual alongwith the advanced diagnostic tests to troubleshootproblems effectively.
The manual is divided into sections as follows:

The Introduction section provides general information,
guidelines, and safety information required to service
computers.



The majority of the manual consists ofproduct-specific sections that include service,reference, and product-specific parts information.



The Common Devices Checkout section provides
procedures for testing the devices that are commonly
attached to ThinkPad computers.



The Miscellaneous Information section contains
information about acronyms, abbreviations, terms,
and a telephone number listing.
Important

This manual is intended for trained servicers who arefamiliar with ThinkPad products. Use this manual
along with the advanced diagnostic tests totroubleshoot problems effectively.
Before servicing an IBM mobile product, be sure toreview the safety information under “Safety Notices(Multi-lingual Translations)” on page 7 and “Safety
Information” on page 14.

*

Trademark of the IBM Corporation.

iii

Related Publications
The following mobile product publications are available
through IBM or your IBM Authorized Dealer.

iv

Publication

Part, Form Number

Mobile Systems HMM
Volume 1: Laptop,
Notebook, Portable, andThinkpad Computers

30H2356, S82G-1501-01

ThinkPad 700 (9552) HMS

42G2016, S42G-2016

ThinkPad 700 (9552) HMR

42G2015, S42G-2015

ThinkPad 700C (9552) HMS

42G2022, S42G-2022

ThinkPad 700C (9552) HMR

42G2021, S42G-2021

ThinkPad 720/720C (9552)
HMS

61G1193, S61G-1193

ThinkPad 720/720C (9552)
HMR

61G1187, S61G-1187

ThinkPad 730T (2524) HMM

82G5497, S82G-5497

ThinkPad Exp. Crtg. (3550)
HMS

42G2338, S42G-2338

ThinkPad Exp. Crtg. (3550)
HMR

42G2339, S42G-2339

PS/2 FaxConcentrator* HMS

15F2262, S15F-2262

PS/2 FaxConcentrator HMR

84F8541, S84F-8541

PS/2 Comm. Cartridge I
HMS

10G5993, S10G-5993

PS/2 Comm. Cartridge I
HMR

10G5992, S10G-5992

IBM High Speed Internal,
PCMCIA Data/Fax Modems

61G1556, S61G-1556

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Obsolete Publications
This manual obsoletes the following publication:
Publication

Part, Form Number

Mobile Systems HMM
Volume 2: ThinkPad
Computers

82G1502, S82G1502
19H1080, S82G1502

Related Diskettes
The following diskettes are available through IBM or your
IBM Authorized Dealer.

*

Diskette

Part, Form Number

ThinkPad 300 (2615)
Advanced Diagnostics

33G9361, S33G-9361

ThinkPad 350, 350C, 425,
425C (2618) Advanced
Diagnostics Diskette

A211000, GA21-1000

ThinkPad 500 (2603) Adv.
Diagnostics Diskette

71G3702, S71G-3702

ThinkPad 510 (2604)
Adv. Diagnostics Diskette

83G8095, S83G-8095

ThinkPad 700 (9552)
Reference Diskette

42G2017, S42G-2017

ThinkPad 700C (9552)
Reference Diskette

42G2023, S42G-2023

ThinkPad 720/720C (9552)
Reference Diskette

61G1194, S61G-1194

ThinkPad 750Ce (9545)
Hardware Maintenance(for all Models 355x, 360x,
750x, and 755x)

82G3891, S82G-3891

ThinkPad Dock I (3545)

71G4140, S71G-4140

Docking Station (3550)

42G2428, S42G-2428

Data/Fax Modem

61G1556, S61G-1556

FaxConcentrator/A

84F8540, S84F-8540

Trademark of the IBM Corporation.

v

vi

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
Portable Computer Descriptions . . . . . . . . . .
2
Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix . . . . . . .
4Important Service Information. . . . . . . . . . .
5
Safety Notices (Multi-lingual Translations). . . . .
7
Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Laser Compliance Statement. . . . . . . . . . . 19
Screw Size Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23
25
34
43
48
49
59
62

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552). . . . . . 67
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 104
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Parts Listing (700). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Parts Listing (720, 720C). . . . . . . . . . . . 118
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) . . . . . . . . . .
Checkout Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

125
127
141
154
159
161
181
190

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs .
Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Removals Models 355x, 360x
. . . . . . . . . .
Removals Models 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

195
197
200
216
228
232
236
237
261
289
296

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

315
317

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

vii

Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

331
344
349
350
381
383

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

391
393
408
420
424
426
458
460

Common Devices Checkout . . . . . . . . . .
External Diskette Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . .
External Display Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout
Fax/Modem Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printer Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port Replicator Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . .
TrackPoint II Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . .
TV Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

469
470
470
471
472
474
475
476
477

Common Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . .

483

Miscellaneous Information . . . . . . . . . . .
Acronyms, Abbreviations and Terms . . . . . . .
Send Us Your Comments! . . . . . . . . . . . .
Do You Need Technical References?
. . . . . .
Problem Determination Tips . . . . . . . . . . .
Phone Numbers, U.S. and Canada . . . . . . . .
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

489
489
491
492
493
494
497

viii

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Introduction
Portable Computer Descriptions . . . . . . . . . .
Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix . . . . . . .
Important Service Information. . . . . . . . . . .
How to Use Error Messages. . . . . . . . . .
How to Read POST Error Messages. . . . . .
Safety Notices (Multi-lingual Translations). . . . .
Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Inspection Guide. . . . . . . . . . . .
Handling Electrostatic Discharge-Sensitive Devices
Grounding Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laser Compliance Statement. . . . . . . . . . .
Screw Size Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2
4
5
6
6
7
14
14
15
16
18
18
19
20

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

1

Portable Computer Descriptions
All models in the following table have VGA video. Models
N51, CL57, and P70/75 and Thinkpads 700x and 720x are
Micro Channel* systems. All others are AT* bus systems.
Model

Type

Model L40SX
Model N45 SL

8543-044
2614-065
2614-067
Model N51 SLC 8551-025
Model N51 SX
8551-033
Model CL57 SX 8554-045
Model P70 386
8573-031
8573-061
8573-121
Model P75 486
8573-161
8573-401
ThinkPad 300
2615-065
2615-067
ThinkPad 340
2610
ThinkPad 350
2618-AOE
2618-JOA
2618-LOA
ThinkPad 350C
2618-NOA
2618-POA
ThinkPad 355
2619
ThinkPad 355C
2619
2619
ThinkPad 355Cs 2619
2619
ThinkPad 360
2620
2620
ThinkPad 360C
2620
2620
ThinkPad 360Cs 2620
2620
ThinkPad 360Ce 2620
2620
2620
ThinkPad 360Cse 2620
2620
2620
ThinkPad 360P
2620
2620
ThinkPad 370C
9545
9545
9545
ThinkPad 500
2603-081
2603-171
ThinkPad 510
2604
ThinkPad 700
9552-300
9552-301
ThinkPad 700C
9552-30B
C
M
P

MemoryHrd Dsk

386SX-20
2M/18M
386SL-25
2M/8M
386SL-25
2M/8M
386SLC-16
2M/10M
386SX-16
2M/10M
386SX-20
2M/16M
80386-16
2M/8M
80386-20
2M/8M
80386-20
2M/8M
80486-33
8M/16M
80486-33
8M/16M
386SL-25
4M/12M
386SL-25
4M/12M
486SLC2-50 4M/12M
486SL-25
4M/20M
486SL-25
4M/20M
486SL-25
4M/20M
486SL-25
4M/20M
486SL-25
4M/20M
486SX-33
4M/16M
486SX-33
4M/16M
486SX-33
4M/16M
486SX-33
2M/16M
486SX-33
2M/16M
486SX-33
4M/16M
486SX-33
4M/16M
486SX-33
4M/16M
486SX-33
4M/16M
486SX-33
4M/16M
486SX-33
4M/16M
486DX2-50/25 4M/16M
486DX2-50/25 4M/16M
486DX2-50/25 4M/16M
486DX2-50/25 4M/16M
486DX2-50/25 4M/16M
486DX2-50/25 4M/16M
486SX-33
4M/16M
486SX-33
4M/16M
486DX4-75/25 4M/32M
486DX4-75/25 4M/32M
486DX4-75/33 4M/32M
486SLC2-50/254M/12M
486SLC2-50/254M/12M
486BLC2-50/254M/20M
486SLC-25
4M/16M
486SLC-25
4M/16M
486SLC-25
4M/16M

Processor

60M
80M
120M
80M
40M
80M
30M
60M
120M
160M
400M
80M
120M
125M
85M
125M
250M
125M
250M
125M
125M
250M
170M
250M
170M
340M
170M
340M
170M
340M
170M
340M
540M
170M
340M
540M
170M
340M
340M
540M
810M
80M
170M
200M
80M
120M
120M

Color
Megabyte
Pen

T
TPF

*

Trademark of the IBM Corporation.

2

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

TabletThinkPad File

ModelType

ThinkPad 701C

2630
2630
2630
2630
ThinkPad 701Cs 2630
2630
2630
2630
ThinkPad 710T
2523-09Y
2523-302
2523-303
ThinkPad 720
9552-3079552-308
ThinkPad 720C
9552-30J
ThinkPad 730T
2524
2524
ThinkPad 750
9545-006
9545-008
ThinkPad 750C
9545-306
9545-308
ThinkPad 750Ce 9545
ThinkPad 750Cs 9545
9545
ThinkPad 750P
9545-40C
9545-40E
ThinkPad 755C
9545
9545
9545
9545
9545
9545
ThinkPad 755CD 9545
9545
ThinkPad 755CDV 9545
9545
ThinkPad 755Ce 9545
9545
9545
ThinkPad 755Cs 9545
9545
9545
9545
9545
9545
ThinkPad 755Cse 9545
9545
9545
ThinkPad 755CV 9545
9545
ThinkPad 755CV 9545
9545
C
M
P

Color
Megabyte
Pen

MemoryHrd Dsk

486DX2-25/50 4M/32M
486DX2-25/50 4M/32M
486DX4-25/75 8M/32M
486DX4-25/75 8M/32M
486DX2-25/50 4M/32M
486DX2-25/50 4M/32M
486DX4-25/75 8M/32M
486DX4-25/75 8M/32M
486SLC2-25 4M/12M
486SLC2-25 4M/12M
486SLC2-25 4M/12M
486SLC-25/50 4M/16M
486SLC-25/50 4M/16M
486SLC-25/50 4M/16M
486SLC2-25 4M/12M
486SLC2-25 4M/12M
486SL-33
4M/20M
486SL-33
4M/20M
486SL-33
4M/20M
486SL-33
4M/20M
P24S-50/25
4M/20M
486SL-33
4M/20M
486SL-33
4M/20M
486SL-33
4M/20M
486SL-33
4M/20M
486DX4-50/25 4M/32M
486DX4-50/25 4M/32M
486DX4-50/25 4M/32M
486DX4-75/25 4M/32M
486DX4-75/25 4M/32M
486DX4-75/25 4M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-50/25 8M/32M
486DX4-50/25 8M/32M
486DX4-50/25 8M/32M
486DX4-75/25 8M/32M
486DX4-75/25 8M/32M
486DX4-75/25 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M
486DX4-100/33 8M/32M

Processor

360MB
540MB
360MB
540MB
360MB
540MB
360MB
540MB
TPF
60M
60M
120M
160M
160M
0M
60M
170M
340M
170M
340M
340M
170M
340M
170M
340M
170M
340M
540M
170M
340M
540M
540M
810M
540M
810M
340M
540M
810M
170M
340M
540M
170M
340M
540M
340M
540M
810M
540M
810M
540M
810M

T
TPF

TabletThinkPad File

Introduction

3

Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix
The following table provides identification information for
3.5-inch drives.
Diskette
Drive

Identifying
Mark

3.5-Inch - 1.44MB
3.5-Inch - 2.88MB

1.44 on the eject button
2.88 on the eject button

The following table provides compatibility information for
3.5-inch diskettes and 3.5-inch diskette drives.
Diskette
Capacity

1.44MB
Drive

2.88MB
Drive

1.0MB
2.0MB
4.0MB

Read/Write
Read/Write
Not Compatible

Read/Write
Read/Write
Read/Write

The following table provides identification information for
5.25-inch diskette drives.
Diskette
Drive

Identifying
Mark5.25-Inch - 360KB (External)
5.25-Inch - 1.2MB (Internal)

Asterisk on bezel
1.2 on the eject button

The following table provides compatibility information for
5.25-inch diskettes and 5.25-inch diskette drives.
Diskette
Capacity

360KB
Drive

1.2MB
Drive

360KB
1.2MB

Read/Write
Not Compatible

Read/Write
Read/Write

Note: A 360KB diskette written to or formatted on a
1.2MB drive can be read reliably only on a 1.2MB
drive.

4

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Important Service Information
Important
Diskette fixes are customer installable. The diskette
fixes are located on the PC Company Bulletin Board
Service (BBS). The direct phone line for modem
connection is 919-557-0001 or tieline 255-0001.
Advise customers to contact the PC Company
HelpCenter at 800-772-2227 if they need assistance inobtaining or installing any diskette fixes.
Customers in Canada should call IBM HelpPC at
800-565-3344 for assistance or down-load information.
The Canadian BBS phone numbers are:Montreal
TorontoVancouver
Winnipeg

514-938-3022
905-316-4255
604-664-6464
204-934-2735

FRU Replacement Strategy
Before Replacing Parts
Ensure that all diskette fixes are installed prior to
replacing any FRUs listed in this manual.
Use the following strategy to prevent unnecessary FRU
replacement and service expense:

If you are instructed to replace a FRU and that
does not correct the problem, reinstall the original
FRU before you continue.
Some computers have both a processor board and asystem board. If you are instructed to replace either
the processor board or the system board, and the first
board that you replaced does not correct the problem,
reinstall the original board, then replace the other(processor or system) board.
If an adapter or device consists of more than one
FRU, an error code may be caused by any of the
FRUs. Before replacing the adapter or device,
remove the FRUs, one by one, to see if thesymptoms change. Replace only the FRU thatchanged the symptoms.

Warning: A customized setup configuration (other thandefault settings) may exist on the computer you areservicing. Running Automatic Configuration may alter
those settings. Note the current configuration settings(using the View Configuration option) and verify that thesettings are in place when service is complete.

Introduction

5

The advanced diagnostic tests are intended to test only
IBM products. Non-IBM products or modified options cangive false errors and invalid responses.

Hard Disk Drive Replacement Strategy:
Always try to run a low-level format before replacing a harddisk drive.
Warning: The drive startup sequence in the computer
you are servicing might have been changed. Be extremely
careful during write operations such as copying, saving, orformatting. Data or programs can be overwritten if you
select an incorrect drive.

How to Use Error Messages
Use the error codes displayed on the screen to diagnose
failures. If more than one error code is displayed, begin
the diagnosis with the first error code. The cause of thefirst error code can result in false error codes being
displayed. If no error code is displayed, see if the error
symptom is listed in the Symptom-to-FRU Index for thecomputer you are servicing.

How to Read POST Error Messages
POST error messages are displayed on the screen as
three, four, five, or eight digits. The error messages thatcan be displayed as shorter POST messages arehighlighted in this index. Some digits will represent
different information for SCSI errors versus non-SCSI
errors.
The following example shows which digits display theshorter POST error messages and also defines the SCSI
information in an eight-digit error message.
Shorter POST Messages┌────┬────┬────┬────┐
│
│
│
│
│
┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────┐│ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │└────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
Reserved │
│
│
│
│
│
Size (SCSI)└────┴────┘││Slot Number (SCSI)
Device Code│
Logical Unit Number (SCSI)ID (SCSI)All SCSI devices are set to a different SCSI ID.
Duplicate SCSI ID settings can generate a false error
message. Use the SCSI ID to determine whether the error
message is coming from an internal or an external device.

6

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Safety Notices (Multi-lingual
Translations)
In this manual, safety notices appear in English with apage number reference to the appropriate multi-lingual,translated safety notice found in this section.
The following safety notices are provided in English,
French, German, Italian, and Spanish languages.
Safety Notice 1
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
Avant de remettre l'ordinateur sous tension après
remplacement d'une unité en clientèle, vérifiez que
tous les ressorts, vis et autres pièces sont bien enplace et bien fixées. Pour ce faire, secouez l'unité etassurez-vous qu'aucun bruit suspect ne se produit.
Des pièces métalliques ou des copeaux de métal
pourraient causer un court-circuit.
Bevor nach einem FRU-Austausch der Computer
wieder angeschlossen wird, muß sichergestellt
werden, daß keine Schrauben, Federn oder andere
Kleinteile fehlen oder im Gehäuse vergessen wurden.
Der Computer muß geschüttelt und auf
Klappergeräusche geprüft werden. Metallteile oder
-splitter können Kurzschlüsse erzeugen.
Prima di accendere l'elaboratore dopo che é stata
effettuata la sostituzione di una FRU, accertarsi che
tutte le viti, le molle e tutte le altri parti di piccole
dimensioni siano nella corretta posizione e non siano
sparse all'interno dell'elaboratore. Verificare ciò
scuotendo l'elaboratore e prestando attenzione ad
eventuali rumori; eventuali parti o pezzetti metallici
possono provocare cortocircuiti pericolosi.
Antes de encender el sistema despues de sustituir
una FRU, compruebe que todos los tornillos, muelles
y demás piezas pequeñas se encuentran en su sitio yno se encuentran sueltas dentro del sistema.
Compruébelo agitando el sistema y escuchando losposibles ruidos que provocarían. Las piezas metálicas
pueden causar cortocircuitos eléctricos.

Introduction7

Safety Notice 2
Some standby batteries contain a small amount ofnickel and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge
it, throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Disposeof the battery as required by local ordinances orregulations. Use only the battery in the appropriate
parts listing. Use of an incorrect battery can result in
ignition or explosion of the battery.
Certaines batteries de secours contiennent du nickel
et du cadmium. Ne les démontez pas, ne lesrechargez pas, ne les exposez ni au feu ni à l'eau.
Ne les mettez pas en court-circuit. Pour les mettre au
rebut, conformez-vous à la réglementation en vigueur.
Lorsque vous remplacez la pile de sauvegarde ou
celle de l'horloge temps réel, veillez à n'utiliser que lesmodèles cités dans la liste de pièces détachéesadéquate. Une batterie ou une pile inappropriéerisque de prendre feu ou d'exploser.
Die Bereitschaftsbatterie, die sich unter dem
Diskettenlaufwerk befindet, kann geringe Mengen
Nickel und Cadmium enthalten. Sie darf nur durch die
Verkaufsstelle oder den IBM Kundendienst
ausgetauscht werden. Sie darf nicht zerlegt,
wiederaufgeladen, kurzgeschlossen, oder Feuer oder
Wasser ausgesetzt werden. Die Batterie kannschwere Verbrennungen oder Verätzungenverursachen. Bei der Entsorgung die örtlichen
Bestimmungen für Sondermüll beachten. Beim
Ersetzen der Bereitschafts- oder Systembatterie nur
Batterien des Typs verwenden, der in derErsatzteilliste aufgeführt ist. Der Einsatz falscher
Batterien kann zu Entzündung oder Explosion führen.
Alcune batterie di riserva contengono una piccola
quantità di nichel e cadmio. Non smontarle, ricaricarle,
gettarle nel fuoco o nell'acqua né cortocircuitarle.
Smaltirle secondo la normativa in vigore (DPR 915/82,
successive disposizioni e disposizioni locali). Quando
si sostituisce la batteria dell'RTC (real time clock) o labatteria di supporto, utilizzare soltanto i tipi inseriti
nell'appropriato Catalogo parti. L'impiego di una
batteria non adatta potrebbe determinare l'incendio ol'esplosione della batteria stessa.
Algunas baterías de reserva contienen una pequeña
cantidad de níquel y cadmio. No las desmonte, ni
recargue, ni las eche al fuego o al agua ni lascortocircuite. Deséchelas tal como dispone lanormativa local. Utilice sólo baterías que seencuentren en la lista de piezas. La utilización de una
batería no apropiada puede provocar la ignición oexplosión de la misma.

8

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Safety Notice 3
The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel.
Do not disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack asrequired by local ordinances or regulations. Use only
the battery in the appropriate parts listing whenreplacing the battery pack. Use of an incorrect battery
can result in ignition or explosion of the battery.
La batterie contient du nickel. Ne la démontez pas,
ne l'exposez ni au feu ni à l'eau. Ne la mettez pas en
court-circuit. Pour la mettre au rebut, conformez-vousà la réglementation en vigueur. Lorsque vous
remplacez la batterie, veillez à n'utiliser que lesmodèles cités dans la liste de pièces détachéesadéquate. En effet, une batterie inappropriée risquede prendre feu ou d'exploser.
Akkus enthalten geringe Mengen von Nickel. Sie
dürfen nicht zerlegt, wiederaufgeladen,
kurzgeschlossen, oder Feuer oder Wasser ausgesetzt
werden. Bei der Entsorgung die örtlichen
Bestimmungen für Sondermüll beachten. Beim
Ersetzen der Batterie nur Batterien des Typs
verwenden, der in der Ersatzteilliste aufgeführt ist.
Der Einsatz falscher Batterien kann zu Entzündungoder Explosion führen.
La batteria contiene piccole quantità di nichel. Nonsmontarla, gettarla nel fuoco o nell'acqua né
cortocircuitarla. Smaltirla secondo la normativa invigore (DPR 915/82, successive disposizioni edisposizioni locali). Quando si sostituisce la batteria,
utilizzare soltanto i tipi inseriti nell'appropriato
Catalogo parti. L'impiego di una batteria non adatta
potrebbe determinare l'incendio o l'esplosione dellabatteria stessa.
Las baterías contienen pequeñas cantidades deníquel. No las desmonte, ni recargue, ni las eche alfuego o al agua ni las cortocircuite. Deséchelas tal
como dispone la normativa local. Utilice sólo baterías
que se encuentren en la lista de piezas al sustituir labatería. La utilización de una batería no apropiada
puede provocar la ignición o explosión de la misma.

Introduction9Safety Notice 4
The lithium battery can cause a fire, explosion, orsevere burn. Do not recharge it, remove its polarized
connector, disassemble it, heat it above 100°C(212°F), incinerate it, or expose its cell contents towater. Dispose of the battery as required by local
ordinances or regulations. Use only the battery in theappropriate parts listing. Use of an incorrect battery
can result in ignition or explosion of the battery.
La pile de sauvegarde contient du lithium. Elleprésente des risques d'incendie, d'explosion ou debrûlures graves. Ne la rechargez pas, ne retirez pas
son connecteur polarisé et ne la démontez pas. Ne
l'exposez pas à une temperature supérieure à 100°C,
ne la faites pas brûler et n'en exposez pas le contenu
à l'eau. Mettez la pile au rebut conformément à laréglementation en vigueur. Une pile inappropriéerisque de prendre feu ou d'exploser.
Die Systembatterie ist eine Lithiumbatterie. Sie kannsich entzünden, explodieren oder schwere
Verbrennungen hervorrufen. Batterien dieses Typs
dürfen nicht aufgeladen, zerlegt, über 100 C erhitzt
oder verbrannt werden. Auch darf ihr Inhalt nicht mit
Wasser in Verbindung gebracht oder der zur richtigen
Polung angebrachte Verbindungsstecker entfernt
werden. Bei der Entsorgung die örtlichen
Bestimmungen für Sondermüll beachten. Beim
Ersetzen der Batterie nur Batterien des Typs
verwenden, der in der Ersatzteilliste aufgeführt ist.
Der Einsatz falscher Batterien kann zu Entzündungoder Explosion führen.
La batteria di supporto e una batteria al litio e puo
incendiarsi, esplodere o procurare gravi ustioni.
Evitare di ricaricarla, smontarne il connettore
polarizzato, smontarla, riscaldarla ad una temperaturasuperiore ai 100 gradi centigradi, incendiarla o gettarlain acqua. Smaltirla secondo la normativa in vigore(DPR 915/82, successive disposizioni e disposizioni
locali). L'impiego di una batteria non adatta potrebbe
determinare l'incendio o l'esplosione della batteria
stessa.
La bateria de repuesto es una bateria de litio y puede
provocar incendios, explosiones o quemaduras
graves. No la recargue, ni quite el conector
polarizado, ni la desmonte, ni caliente por encima delos 100°C (212°F), ni la incinere ni exponga elcontenido de sus celdas al agua. Deséchela tal como
dispone la normativa local.

10

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Safety Notice 5
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCDgets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from thefluid are present after washing.
Si le panneau d'affichage à cristaux liquides se briseet que vous recevez dans les yeux ou sur les mains
une partie du fluide, rincez-les abondamment pendant
au moins quinze minutes. Consultez un médecin si
des symptômes persistent après le lavage.
Die Leuchtstoffröhre im LCD-Bildschirm enthält
Quecksilber. Bei der Entsorgung die örtlichen
Bestimmungen für Sondermüll beachten. Der
LCD-Bildschirm besteht aus Glas und kannzerbrechen, wenn er unsachgemäß behandelt wirdoder der Computer auf den Boden fällt. Wenn der
Bildschirm beschädigt ist und die darin befindliche
Flüssigkeit in Kontakt mit Haut und Augen gerät,
sollten die betroffenen Stellen mindestens 15 Minuten
mit Wasser abgespült und bei Beschwerden
anschließend ein Arzt aufgesucht werden.
Nel caso che caso l'LCD si dovesse rompere ed illiquido in esso contenuto entrasse in contatto con gli
occhi o le mani, lavare immediatamente le partiinteressate con acqua corrente per almeno 15 minuti;
poi consultare un medico se i sintomi dovessero
permanere.
Si la LCD se rompe y el fluido de su interior entra encontacto con sus ojos o sus manos, lave
inmediatamente las áreas afectadas con agua durante
15 minutos como mínimo. Obtenga atención medica
si se presenta algún síntoma del fluido despues delavarse.

Introduction11

Safety Notice 6
To avoid shock, do not remove the plastic cover thatsurrounds the lower portion of the inverter card.
Afin d'éviter tout risque de choc électrique, ne retirez
pas le cache en plastique protégeant la partie
inférieure de la carte d'alimentation.
Aus Sicherheitsgründen die Kunststoffabdeckung, dieden unteren Teil der Spannungswandlerplatine umgibt,
nicht entfernen.
Per evitare scosse elettriche, non rimuovere lacopertura in plastica che avvolge la parte inferioredella scheda invertitore.
Para evitar descargas, no quite la cubierta de plásticoque rodea la parte baja de la tarjeta invertida.
Safety Notice 7
Though main batteries have low voltage, a shorted or
grounded battery can produce enough current to burncombustible materials or personnel.
Bien que le voltage des batteries principales soit peuélevé, le court-circuit ou la mise à la masse d'une
batterie peut produire suffisamment de courant pourbrûler des matériaux combustibles ou causer desbrûlures corporelles graves.
Obwohl Hauptbatterien eine niedrige Spannung
haben, können sie doch bei Kurzschluß oder Erdunggenug Strom abgeben, um brennbare Materialien zu
entzünden oder Verletzungen bei Personen
hervorzurufen.
Sebbene le batterie di alimentazione siano a basso
voltaggio, una batteria in corto circuito o a massa può
fornire corrente sufficiente da bruciare materiali
combustibili o provocare ustioni ai tecnici dimanutenzione.
Aunque las baterías principales tienen un voltaje bajo,
una batería cortocircuitada o con contacto a tierra
puede producir la corriente suficiente como paraquemar material combustible o provocar quemaduras
en el personal.

12

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Safety Notice 8
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Avant de retirer une unité remplaçable en clientèle,
mettez le système hors tension, débranchez tous lescordons d'alimentation des socles de prise de courant,
retirez la batterie et déconnectez tous les cordonsd'interface.
Die Stromzufuhr muß abgeschaltet, alle Stromkabel
aus der Steckdose gezogen, der Akku entfernt undalle Verbindungskabel abgenommen sein, bevor eine
FRU entfernt wird.
Prima di rimuovere qualsiasi FRU, spegnere ilsistema, scollegare dalle prese elettriche tutti i cavi dialimentazione, rimuovere la batteria e poi scollegare i
cavi di interconnessione.
Antes de quitar una FRU, apague el sistema,desenchufe todos los cables de las tomas de corriente
eléctrica, quite la batería y, a continuación,
desconecte cualquier cable de conexión entre
dispositivos.

Introduction

13

Safety Information
The following section contains the safety information thatyou need to be familiar with before servicing an IBM
mobile computer.

General Safety
Follow these rules to ensure general safety:





















14

Observe good housekeeping in the area of themachines during and after maintenance.
When lifting any heavy object:
1. Ensure you can stand safely without slipping.
2. Distribute the weight of the object equally
between your feet.
3. Use a slow lifting force. Never move suddenlyor twist when you attempt to lift.
4. Lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg
muscles; this action removes the strain from themuscles in your back. Do not attempt to lift any
objects that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb) or
objects that you think are too heavy for you.
Do not perform any action that causes hazards to thecustomer, or that makes the equipment unsafe.
Before you start the machine, ensure that otherservice representatives and the customer's personnel
are not in a hazardous position.
Place removed covers and other parts in a safe
place, away from all personnel, while you areservicing the machine.
Keep your tool case away from walk areas so that
other people will not trip over it.
Do not wear loose clothing that can be trapped in themoving parts of a machine. Ensure that your sleeves
are fastened or rolled up above your elbows. If yourhair is long, fasten it.
Insert the ends of your necktie or scarf inside clothingor fasten it with a nonconductive clip, approximately 8centimeters (3 inches) from the end.
Do not wear jewelry, chains, metal-frame eyeglasses,
or metal fasteners for your clothing.
Remember: Metal objects are good electricalconductors.
Wear safety glasses when you are: hammering,
drilling soldering, cutting wire, attaching springs, using
solvents, or working in any other conditions that might
be hazardous to your eyes.
After service, reinstall all safety shields, guards,
labels, and ground wires. Replace any safety device
that is worn or defective.
Reinstall all covers correctly before returning themachine to the customer.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Electrical Safety
Observe the following rules when working on electricalequipment.
Important
Use only approved tools and test equipment. Somehand tools have handles covered with a soft material
that does not insulate you when working with live
electrical currents.
Many customers have, near their equipment, rubber
floor mats that contain small conductive fibers todecrease electrostatic discharges. Do not use thistype of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.









Find the room emergency power-off (EPO) switch,
disconnecting switch, or electrical outlet. If anelectrical accident occurs, you can then operate theswitch or unplug the power cord quickly.
Do not work alone under hazardous conditions ornear equipment that has hazardous voltages.
Disconnect all power before:– Performing a mechanical inspection– Working near power supplies– Removing or installing main units
Before you start to work on the machine, unplug thepower cord. If you cannot unplug it, ask the customer
to power-off the wall box that supplies power to themachine and to lock the wall box in the off position.
If you need to work on a machine that has exposed
electrical circuits, observe the following precautions:– Ensure that another person, familiar with thepower-off controls, is near you.

–

–

–

Remember: Another person must be there toswitch off the power, if necessary.
Use only one hand when working withpowered-on electrical equipment; keep the other
hand in your pocket or behind your back.
Remember: There must be a complete circuit tocause electrical shock. By observing the above
rule, you may prevent a current from passing
through your body.
When using testers, set the controls correctly
and use the approved probe leads andaccessories for that tester.
Stand on suitable rubber mats (obtained locally,
if necessary) to insulate you from grounds suchas metal floor strips and machine frames.

Observe the special safety precautions when you
work with very high voltages; these instructions are in
the safety sections of maintenance information. Use
extreme care when measuring high voltages.
Introduction

15













Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical handtools for safe operational condition.
Do not use worn or broken tools and testers.
Never assume that power has been disconnectedfrom a circuit. First, check that it has been
powered-off.
Always look carefully for possible hazards in yourwork area. Examples of these hazards are moist
floors, nongrounded power extension cables, power
surges, and missing safety grounds.
Do not touch live electrical circuits with the reflective
surface of a plastic dental mirror. The surface isconductive; such touching can cause personal injury
and machine damage.
Do not service the following parts with the power onwhen they are removed from their normal operating
places in a machine:– Power supply units– Pumps– Blowers and fans
– Motor generatorsand similar units. (This practice ensures correct
grounding of the units.)
If an electrical accident occurs:– Use caution; do not become a victim
yourself.
– Switch off power.
– Send another person to get medical aid.

Safety Inspection Guide
The intent of this inspection guide is to assist you in
identifying potentially unsafe conditions on these products.
Each machine, as it was designed and built, had required
safety items installed to protect users and service
personnel from injury. This guide addresses only those
items. However, good judgment should be used to identify
potential safety hazards due to attachment of non-IBMfeatures or options not covered by this inspection guide.
If any unsafe conditions are present, you must determine
how serious the apparent hazard could be and whether
you can continue without first correcting the problem.
Consider these conditions and the safety hazards theypresent:





16

Electrical hazards, especially primary power (primaryvoltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal
electrical shock).
Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face orbulging capacitor
Mechanical hazards, such as loose or missing
hardware

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

The guide consists of a series of steps presented in achecklist. Begin the checks with the power off, and thepower cord disconnected.
Checklist:
1. Check exterior covers for damage (loose, broken, or
sharp edges).
2. Power-off the computer. Disconnect the power cord.
3. Check the power cord for:a. A third-wire ground connector in good condition.
Use a meter to measure third-wire groundcontinuity for 0.1 ohm or less between theexternal ground pin and frame ground.
b. The power cord should be the appropriate typeas specified in the parts listings.
c. Insulation must not be frayed or worn.
4. Remove the cover.
5. Check for any obvious non-IBM alterations. Usegood judgment as to the safety of any non-IBM
alterations.
6. Check inside the unit for any obvious unsafe
conditions, such as metal filings, contamination, wateror other liquids, or signs of fire or smoke damage.
7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.
8. Check that the power-supply cover fasteners (screws
or rivets) have not been removed or tampered with.

Introduction17

Handling Electrostatic
Discharge-Sensitive Devices
Any computer part containing transistors or integrated
circuits (ICs) should be considered sensitive to electrostatic
discharge (ESD). ESD damage can occur when there is adifference in charge between objects. Protect against ESD
damage by equalizing the charge so that the machine, thepart, the work mat, and the person handling the part are allat the same charge.
Notes:
1. Use product-specific ESD procedures when theyexceed the requirements noted here.
2. Make sure that the ESD protective devices you use
have been certified (ISO 9000) as fully effective.
When handling ESD-sensitive parts:









Keep the parts in protective packages until they are
inserted into the product.
Avoid contact with other people.
Wear a grounded wrist strap against your skin toeliminate static on your body.
Prevent the part from touching your clothing. Most
clothing is insulative and retains a charge even when
you are wearing a wrist strap.
Use the black side of a grounded work mat to provide
a static-free work surface. The mat is especially
useful when handling ESD-sensitive devices.
Select a grounding system, such as those listed
below, to provide protection that meets the specificservice requirement.
Note: The use of a grounding system is desirable
but not required to protect against ESD
damage.
–––Attach the ESD ground clip to any frame ground,ground braid, or green-wire ground.
Use an ESD common ground or reference point
when working on a double-insulated orbattery-operated system. You can use coax orconnector-outside shells on these systems.
Use the round ground-prong of the AC plug on
AC-operated computers.

Grounding Requirements
Electrical grounding of the computer is required for
operator safety and correct system function. Proper
grounding of the electrical outlet can be verified by acertified electrician.

18

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Laser Compliance Statement
The CD-ROM drive in the ThinkPad computer is a laser
product. The CD-ROM drive's classification label (shown
below) is located on the drive.
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCTLASER KLASSE 1
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITEAPPAREIL A LASER DE CLASSE 1KLASSE 1 LASER APPARATThe CD-ROM drive is certified in the U.S. to conform to
the requirements of the Department of Health and Human
Services 21 Code of Federal Regulations (DHHS 21 CFR)
Subchapter J for Class 1 laser products.
In other countries, the drive is certified to conform to therequirements of EN60825.

CAUTION:
Do not open the drive; no user adjustments orserviceable parts are inside.
Class 1 laser products are not considered to be
hazardous. The CD-ROM drive has an internal Class I (1),0.5-milliwatt, aluminum gallium-arsenide laser that operates
at a wavelength of 760 to 810 nanometers.
The design of the laser system and the CD-ROM drive
ensures that there is no exposure to laser radiation above
a Class 1 (1) level during normal operation, user
maintenance, or servicing conditions.

Introduction

19

Screw Size Chart
Use the chart below to match the size and shape of thescrews used in the computer you are servicing.

A

Silver

B

Black

C

Silver

D

Brass

E

Black

F

Black

G

Black

H

Brass

J

Silver

K

Brass

L

SilverM

SilverN

Silver

P

Black

Q

Brass

20

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Screw Size Chart (continued): Use the chart below
to match the size and shape of the screws used in thecomputer you are servicing.

R

Brass

S

Black

T

Brass

U

Black

V

Brass

W

Black

X

Black

Y

Brass

Z

Brass

AA

Black

BB

Brass

CC

Brass

DD

Black

EE

Black

FF

SilverIntroduction

21

Screw Size Chart (continued): Use the chart below
to match the size and shape of the screws used in thecomputer you are servicing.

GG

Silver

HH

Brass

JJ

Silver

KK

Black

LL

Brass

MM

Brass

NN

Silver

PP

Brass

QQ

Brass

RR

Brass

SS

Brass

TT

Black

UU

Black

WW

Silver

XX

Black

22

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . . .
TrackPoint II and III Checkout. . . . . . . . .
Diskette Drive Test
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . . .
Power Management Features. . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard/TrackPoint II or III Related Symptoms .
Indicator Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Power Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . .
Function/Audio Related Symptoms. . . . . . .
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms . . . . . .
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermittent Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problems. . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Run the Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . .
Error Log
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Pushbutton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . . .
How to Run the Low Level Format. . . . . . .
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fn Key Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . . .
How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . .
1010 Rear Connector Door
. . . . . . . . . .
1020 Battery Pack
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1030 Backup Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1040 IC DRAM Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1050 Standby Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1060 Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1070 Indicator Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1080 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1090 LCD Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1100 Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1110 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1120 System Board/Speaker . . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System (Front View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System (Rear View). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System (Interior View). . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

25
26
27
27
28
28
29
33
34
35
37
38
38
39
40
40
40
41
42
42
42
42
43
44
45
45
46
46
46
46
47
47
48
49
50
50
51
51
51
52
53
54
55
57
57
58
59
59
60
60
61

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

23

Indicator Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Option Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

24

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

General Checkout
Use the following procedure as a guide for computer
problems. The diagnostic tests are intended to test only
IBM products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, ormodified options can give false errors and invalid system
responses.
1. Obtain the failing symptoms in as much detail as
possible.
2. Verify the symptom. Attempt to recreate the failure
by running the diagnostic tests or retrying the same
operation.
Note: To run the diagnostics, refer to “How to Run
the Diagnostics” on page 45.
3. Use the following table with the verified symptom todetermine which page to go to. Search thesymptoms column and find the description that best
matches your symptom; then go to the page shown in
the “Go to” column.
Symptom

Go toPower failure. (Thepower indicator does
not go on or stay on.)“Power Systems Checkout” onpage 29.

POST does notcomplete. No
beeps/error code areindicated.

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 34, and then use the No
Beep Symptoms table.

POST beeps, but noerror codes are
displayed.

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 34, and then use the Beep
Symptoms table.

POST detected anerror and displayed
numeric error codes.

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 34, and then use the
Numeric Error Codes table.

The diagnostic test
detected an error anddisplayed an FRU
code.

“FRU Codes” on page 37.

The configuration is
not the same as theinstalled devices.

“Checking the Installed Devices
List” on page 46.

Other symptoms(such as LCD display
problems).

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 34, and then use the table
for related symptoms.

Symptoms cannot berecreated.
(Intermittent
problems.)

Use the customer reported
symptoms and go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 34.

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

25

Memory Checkout
See the following table for the available memory size ofeach card.
IC DRAM

Memory size

0 MB

3712 KB

2 MB

5760 KB

4 MB

7808 KB

8 MB

11904 KB

Memory errors might stop system operations, show error
messages on the screen, or hang the system.
Use the following procedure to isolate memory problems.
Note: Make sure that the memory card is fully
installed into the connector. Looseconnections can cause errors.
1. Power-off the computer and remove the IC DRAM
card from its slot (if installed).
2. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on thecomputer. Hold the F1 key down until theEasy-Setup screen appears.
3. Select Test and press enter.
4. Select Memory and press enter to run the memory
test on base memory. If an error appears, replace
the system board.
5. Power-off the computer and reinstall the IC DRAM
card; then power-on the computer. Verify thememory size; then test the memory. If an error
appears, replace the IC DRAM card.
If memory problems occur intermittently, use the loop
option to repeat the test. When the test detects an error,
an error log is printed on the printer connected to theparallel port. See “Error Log” on page 45 for more
information.

System Programs in Flash Memory: System setup
programs and diagnostic tests are stored in Flash memory.

Flash Memory Update: A flash memory update isrequired for the following conditions:Connecting the AC Adapter, and installing thecharged battery pack in the computer.
New versions of system programs.
New features or options are added.

To update the flash memory, do the following.
1. Get the appropriate diskette which contains the
update.
2. Insert the System Program Service Diskette into
drive A and power-on the computer.
3. Select Update system programs from the menu.

26

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

System Board
The processing functions for the computer are performedby the system board. When a numeric code calls out thesystem board, use the following procedure to isolate theproblem.
1. Run the system board test to verify the symptom.
This test verifies the system board. If no error is
detected, return to “General Checkout” on page 25.
2. If FRU code 10 appears, replace the system board.
3. Rerun the test to verify the fix.
If above procedure does not correct the problem, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 42.

Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout
Remove the external keyboard if the internal keyboard is tobe tested.
If the internal keyboard does not work or an unexpectedcharacter appears, make sure that the three flexible cables
extending from the keyboard are correctly seated in theconnectors on the system board.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, run the
Keyboard Test by doing the following:
1. Go to advanced diagnostic menu screen by pressing
Ctrl+A in the basic diagnostic menu.
2. Press Ctrl+K; a layout of the keyboard appears on
the screen.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screenchanges to a black square.
Notes:
a. When a Fn key is pressed, a black square briefly
appears.
b. Press the Esc key to return to the diagnostic
menu.
If the tests detect a keyboard problem, do the following
one at a time to correct the problem. Do not replace a
non-defective FRU.


Reseat the three cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the system board.

The following auxiliary input devices are supported for thiscomputer.


Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
External keyboard (with keyboard/mouse cable)

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

27

If any of the above devices do not work, reseat the cableconnector and repeat the failing operation.
If the problem does not occur again, recheck theconnector.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the device, andthen the system board.

TrackPoint II and III Checkout
If the TrackPoint II or III will not work, check theconfiguration in Easy-Setup by selecting Keyboard fromthe Config menu. If the configuration of the TrackPoint II
or III is disabled, select TrackPoint to enable it.
If this does not correct the TrackPoint II or III problem,
continue with the following.
The TrackPoint II or III does automatic compensations toadjust the pointer sensor. During this process, the pointermoves on the screen automatically for a short time. This
self-acting pointer movement can occur when a slight,
steady pressure is applied to the TrackPoint II or III pointerwhile the computer is powered on or while the system isrunning, or re-adjustment is required because thetemperature has exceeded its normal operating range.
This symptom does not indicate a hardware problem. No
service actions are necessary if the pointer movement
stops in a short period of time.
If a click button problem or pointing stick problem occurs,
do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Go to the Easy-Setup screen.
Select an item with the pointing stick.
Press either the left or right click button.
Verify that both buttons work correctly.

If either the pointing stick or the click button will not work,
do the following actions one at a time to correct the
problem. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.


Reseat the three keyboard cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the system board.

Diskette Drive Test
Do the following to isolate the problem to a controller,
drive, or diskette. A scratch, write enabled, non-defective
2HD diskette is required.
Note: Make sure that the diskette does not have morethan one label attached to it. Multiple labels cancause damage to the drive or can cause the drive
to fail.
1. Do following to select the test device:28

Select the advanced diagnostic mode and selectTool; then select the icon FDD and press the

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

space key. A √ mark appears next to theselected icon. Insert the blank diskette when
instructed.
2. Run the diskette drive test.
3. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code 10
appears. Replace the system board.
4. If the controller test runs without errors, the drive
read/write tests start automatically.
5. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50
appears. If the diskette itself is known to be good,
replace the drive.
If no errors occur at the FDD position, the drive is not
defective.

Power Systems Checkout
To verify the symptom of the problem, power-on thecomputer using each of the power sources available asfollows.
1. Remove the battery pack.
2. Connect the AC Adapter and check that power is
supplied.
3. Disconnect the AC Adapter and install the charged
battery pack; then check that power is supplied bybattery pack.
If you suspect a power problem, see the appropriate power
supply check listed below.
“Checking the AC Adapter.”“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 30.
“Checking the Backup Battery” on page 31.
“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 32.

Checking the AC Adapter: You are here
because the computer fails only when the AC Adapter isused. If the power-on indicator does not turn on, checkthe power cord of the AC Adapter for correct continuity andinstallation.
1. Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the computer andmeasure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
Adapter cable. See the following figure.

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

29

AC Adapter (30W, 40W):

2
1
Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+17.1 to +18.9

2

ReturnAC Adapter (35W):

2
1
Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+15.5 to +17.0

2

ReturnIf the voltage is correct, replace the systemboard. If the problem is not corrected, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 42.
 If the voltage is not correct, go to the next step.
Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the ac power
outlet and wait five minutes or longer to allow theprotection circuit to be fully discharged and initialized.
Plug the AC Adapter cable into the ac power outlet.
Measure the output voltage of the AC Adapter.
If the voltage is still not correct, replace the AC
Adapter.


2.

3.
4.
5.

Note: An audible noise from the AC Adapter does notalways indicate a defective adapter.

Checking the Battery Pack
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage
between battery terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−). See thefollowing figure.

30

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1
(

3
4
(

(

)

)

)

Voltage (V dc) / Signal
Terminal

340 (NiCd)

340CSE (NiMH)

1+10.0 to +18.0+10.0 to +16.0

2

NC0 Ω+0 ground (−)

3

10 kΩ between ground (−)

4

Ground (−)

3. If the voltage is less than +10.0 V dc, the battery packhas been discharged or is defective. Recharge thebattery. If the recharging does not work, go to Step 5
to check the charging circuit.
If the voltage is still less than +10.0 V dc after therecharging, replace the battery.
4. If the voltage is more than +8.0 V dc, measure theresistance between battery terminals 3 and 4. The
resistance must be 4 to 30 kilohms.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the battery
pack.
If the resistance is correct, replace the system board.
5. To check the charging circuit, do the following. Plugin the AC Adapter with the battery pack removed;
then power-on the computer.
6. Measure the charging voltage between terminals 1 (+)
and 4 (−) on the computer.
7. If the voltage is less then +10.0 Vdc, replace thesystem board. If the voltage is more than +10.0 Vdc,
the charging circuit is working correctly, replace thebattery pack.

Checking the Backup Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Remove the backup battery.
3. Measure the voltage of the backup battery. See thefollowing figure.

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

31

Red
Black

Wire

Voltage (V dc)

Red+2.9 to +3.3

Black

GroundIf the voltage is correct, replace the system board.
If the voltage is not correct, the backup battery has
been discharged. Replace the backup battery.
If the backup battery discharges quickly after
replacement, replace the system board.

Checking the Standby Battery:

Be careful not
to cause a short circuit when measuring the voltage.
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Remove the standby battery.
3. Measure the voltage of the standby battery.
 If the voltage between red and black is 3.5 V dc
or greater, the voltage is correct. Go to Step 9
on page 33 to verify standby battery operation.
 If the voltage is less than 3.5 V dc, go to thenext step.
4. Plug the AC Adapter into the computer and power-on
the computer.
5. Measure the output voltage at the connector on thesystem board.

32

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

BlackRed

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

+

+4.0

−

GroundIf the voltage is less than +4.0 V dc, replace thesystem board.
 If the voltage is more than +4.0 V dc, power-off
the computer, replace the standby battery, andgo to the next step.
Ensure that the AC Adapter is plugged into thecomputer; then power-on the computer.
Charging of the standby battery starts. A depleted
battery needs approximately 30 minutes to berecharged to the operational voltage of +3.5 V dc.
Unplug the AC Adapter.
Verify the standby battery function by removing andinstalling the battery pack during suspend mode.


6.
7.

8.
9.

Note: Removing and installing the battery packduring suspend mode should be done within
one minute.
The resume operation must start. If the resume
operation does not work, switching of power from thebattery pack to standby battery will not be correct.
Replace the system board.

Power Management Features
Two power management modes are provided by thecomputer to save power consumption and prolong battery
power. For the details of the two modes, see the latest
volume of the Hardware Maintenance Manual for ThinkPad
computers.

Standby Mode:

When in standby mode, thefollowing occurs:

The LCD backlight turns off.
The hard disk motor stops.

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

33

Suspend Mode:

When in suspend mode, thefollowing occurs:The LCD power is powered-off.
The hard disk is powered-off.
The CPU is stopped.
Notes:
1. In the ThinkPad Features Program, the computercan be set to “Will not suspend even if LCD isclosed.”2. When the computer is powered with ac power
and is used with one of the following IBM PC
cards, the computer enters standby mode; thePC card and application program remain active.
 3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
 5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
 Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
 Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet
3. During the following conditions, the computer
cannot enter suspend mode.
 While the communication link is running.
 When a serial mouse or other pointing
device are selected in the Config menu of
Easy-Setup.

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists the symptoms, errors,
and possible causes. (It can be used to help you decide
which FRUs to have available when servicing thecomputer.) The most likely cause is listed first.
Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the sequence
shown in the “FRU/Action” column. If a FRU does not
solve the problem, put the original part back in thecomputer and perform the next action.
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in POST or
system operation. In the following error codes, X can be
any number.
If no codes are available, use narrative symptoms.
If the symptom is not listed, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 42.
Note: For IBM devices not supported by diagnostic codes
for the Model 340 and 340CSE, see the manual forthat device.

34

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

10X

1. System Board

110

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 26.
2. IC DRAM Card
3. System Board

111

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 26.
2. System Board

161

1. Go to “Checking the
Backup Battery” onpage 31.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board

163(Time and Date was notset.)

1. Set Time and Date.
2. System Board

173(Configuration data werelost.)

1. Select OK in the error
screen; then set timeand date.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board

174(Perform “Checking theInstalled Devices List” onpage 46 before changing
any FRUs.)

1. Check Device
Configuration.
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
4. Hard Disk Drive
Assembly

184(POP check sum error.)

1. Reset the POP in
Easy-Setup.

190(A depleted battery pack
was installed when the
power was on.)

1. Go to “Checking theBattery Pack” onpage 30.

191XX

1. System Board

199XX

1. System Board

1XX

1. System Board

2XX

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 26.
2. IC DRAM Card
3. System Board

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

35

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

301, 303, 304, 305, 3XX

1. Go to“Keyboard/Auxiliary
Input Device
Checkout” onpage 27.
2. Keyboard
3. External Numeric
Keypad
4. External Keyboard
5. Keyboard/Mouse Cable
6. System Board

601, 6XX

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 28.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. Diskette
4. System Board

602(Diskette read error.)

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 28.
2. Diskette
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly604(Non-acceptable ID wasread from the diskette
drive.)

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 28.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. System Board

11XX

1. Serial Device (First)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board

12XX

1. Serial Device(Second)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board

17XX

1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board

24XX

1. System Board

808X

1. PCMCIA Slot
Assembly
2. PCMCIA Device
3. System Board

860X(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint II or III isdisabled.)

1. External Mouse
2. External Keyboard
3. System Board

861X(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint II or III isenabled.)

1. Reseat the keyboard
TrackPoint II or III
cable. (See “1080
Keyboard Unit” onpage 54.)
2. Keyboard
3. External Mouse
4. System Board

36

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

I9990301
I9990302
I9990305

1. Reseat the bootdevice.
2. Check the startup
sequence for thecorrect boot device.
3. Check that theoperating system has
no failures, and isinstalled correctly.

I9990303

1. System Board

Other codes not listedabove

1. Go to “Undetermined
Problems” onpage 42.

FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed. The FRU code indicates two
suspected FRUs. Replace the FRU that is indicated by
the two leftmost digits first, then replace the FRU indicatedby the two rightmost digits. No FRU is assigned to code
00. If only one FRU is suspected, the other FRU code isfilled with zeros. See the referenced page before replacing
the FRU.
FRU Code

FRU/Action

10

System Board

20

Memory(See “Memory Checkout” on page 26.)

30

Reserved

32

External Keyboard

33

External Mouse

40

LCD Assembly

45

External CRT

50

1. Reseat the Diskette Drive
2. Diskette Drive60

1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive
2. Hard Disk Drive

81

Internal Modem Card (if installed)

90

Reserved

Note: The device ID and error codes are used to indicate
the detail portion of the FRU which caused theerror. If replacing a FRU does not correct a
problem, see the Device ID or error code from theprevious failure. If they have changed, the cause
might be because the new FRU is defective or that
the FRU was incorrectly installed.
If the problem remains after replacement of the FRUs, go
to “Undetermined Problems” on page 42.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

37

Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Continuous beeps.

1. System Board

One beep and a blank,
unreadable, or flashing
LCD.

1. Reseat the LCD
connector. (See“1090 LCD Assembly”
on page 55.)
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board

One beep, and the message“Unable to access bootsource.”1. Reseat the bootdevice.
2. Boot Device
3. System Board

One long, two short beeps
and a blank or unreadable
LCD.

1. System Board
2. LCD Assembly

One long beep followed byfour short beeps each time
the power switch isoperated.
(System cannot power-on
due to low battery voltage.)

1. Connect the AC
Adapter or install a
fully-charged battery.

One long and one short
beep.

1. System Board

One beep every second.
(System is shutting down
due to low battery voltage.)

1. Connect the AC
Adapter or install a
fully-charged battery(allows the system tocompletely shutdown
before the battery is
charged).

Two short beeps with error
codes.

1. POST error. (See
“Numeric Error Codes”
on page 35.)

Two short beeps with blankscreen.

1. System Board

No Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep, power-on indicator
not on, and a blank LCD
during POST.

1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 29.
2. System Board
3. Power Sources

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blank LCD during
POST.

1. System Board

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blinking cursor
only during POST.

1. System Board

38

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep during POST, butsystem runs correctly.

1. Turn the volume up
and listen to the
speaker.
2. Speaker

LCD Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Flicker

1. Do not replace any
FRUs. In certain
brightness/contrast
settings, screen flicker
can be seen becauseof technical limitations.

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blank LCD during
POST.

1. System Board

LCD backlight notworking

LCD too dark

LCD brightness cannot
be adjusted

LCD contrast cannot
be adjusted.



LCD screen
unreadable, orCharacters missing
pels, or
Screen abnormal, orWrong characters
displayed.



1. Reseat the LCD
connector. (See“1090 LCD Assembly”
on page 55.)
2. LCD Assembly

1. Reseat the LCD
connector. (See“1090 LCD Assembly”
on page 55.)
2. System Board
3. LCD Assembly

LCD has extra horizontal orvertical lines displayed.

1. LCD Assembly

LCD FRU Replacement Notice:

If missing or
discolored dots appear on the LCD, carefully read thefollowing note to determine whether you should replace the
LCD.




Do not replace the LCD for defective pixels if dotsthat are less than half the area of a pixel are
defective (a total of 11 dots are allowed).
The LCD is not defective if the dots are functional but
are slightly different in color from the immediate,surrounding area or appear as a “stain”.

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

39

Keyboard/TrackPoint II or III Related
Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Keyboard (one or morekeys) does not work, orworks intermittently.

1. Reseat the threekeyboard cables.
2. Reseat the keytop.
Ensure the rubber
dome under the keytop
is straight and in thecorrect direction, withthe larger radius on the
top.
3. Keyboard
4. System Board

TrackPoint II or III does notwork.

1. Go to “TrackPoint II
and III Checkout” onpage 28.
2. Keyboard
3. System Board

Pointer moves automaticallyor does not work correctly.

1. See “TrackPoint II
and III Checkout” onpage 28.

Indicator Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Indicator incorrectly remains
off or on, but system runs
correctly.

1. Reseat the indicatorcard.
2. Indicator Card
3. System Board

Battery power statusindicator blinks from green,
yellow, to orange.

1. Check that a correct
battery is installed.
2. Battery Pack
3. System Board

Power Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Power shut down during
operation.

1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 29.
2. Battery Pack
3. Remove the battery
pack and let it cool for
two hours.
4. Power Sources

The system will not
power-off.
(See “Reset Pushbutton” onpage 46.)

1. Press the Reset
pushbutton.
2. System Board

40

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Function/Audio Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

The system will not suspendor resume by opening or
closing the keyboard.

1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 34
and check that thecomputer can entersuspend mode.
2. Go to the Easy-Setup
screen and press
Fn+4. If the computer
enters suspend mode,suspect that theapplication program isdefective.
3. System Board

The system will not suspendor resume by opening or
closing the LCD.

1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 34
and that check thatthe computer canenter suspend mode.
2. Go to the Easy-Setup
screen and press
Fn+4. If the computer
enters suspend mode,suspect that theapplication program isdefective.
3. System Board

Battery Fuel-Gauge does
not go higher than 90%.

1. Go to “Checking theBattery Pack” onpage 30 and see thenote.

Modem problems.
(If installed)

1. Run the Internal
Modem Test.
2. Check that the port isset to enable in Easy
Setup.
3. Check that the port
power is switched on
by PS2.EXE.
4. Modem Card (ifinstalled)

Memory count (size)
appears differently from
actual size.

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 26.

System configuration does
not match the installed
devices.

1. Go to “Checking theInstalled Devices
List” on page 46.

System hangs intermittently.

1. Go to “Intermittent
Problems” onpage 42.

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

41

Peripheral Device Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

External display does notwork correctly.

1. See “External Display
Self-Test” in the“Common Devices
Checkout” section.

Printer problems.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Serial or parallel port device
problems.

1. Device
2. Device Cable
3. System Board

Run Printer Self-test.
System Board
Parallel Port Device
Cable

Other Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

PCMCIA slot pin isdamaged.

1. System Board

Note: If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list
and the problem remains, see “Undetermined
Problems.”

Intermittent Problems
Intermittent system hang problems can be caused by avariety of reasons that have nothing to do with a hardware
defect such as: cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge, orsoftware errors. FRUs replacement should only beconsidered when a recurring problems exists.
When analyzing the intermittent problem, do the following:
1. Run the advanced diagnostic test for the systemboard in loop mode at least 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRUs.
3. If any error is detected, replace the FRU shown by
the FRU code. Rerun the test to verify that no moreerrors exist.

Undetermined Problems
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify
which adapter or device failed, installed devices areincorrect, a short circuit is suspected, or the system is
inoperative. Follow the procedures below to isolate thefailing FRU (do not isolate non-defective FRUs).
Verify that all attached devices are supported by thecomputer.
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of the
failure is operating correctly. (See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 29.)
1. Power-off the computer.

42

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2. Check the cables, wires, and connectors for shortcircuits and open circuits. Visually check them fordamage. If any problems are found, replace the
FRU.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices.
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Devices attached to the expansion bus
connector
c. Printer, mouse, and other external devices
d. Battery packe. IC DRAM cardf. PC cards
Note: Remember that removing the hard disk
drive, an IC DRAM card, or any adapter
or device, might cause configuration
errors. Ignore error code 174.
4. Power-on the computer.
5. Determine if the problem has changed.
6. If the problem does not occur again, reconnect theremoved devices one at a time until you find thefailing FRU.
7. If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs
one at a time. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
 Modem card (if installed) LCD assembly System board

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides information about the following:










“Status Indicators” on page 44“How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 45“Error Log” on page 45“Reset Pushbutton” on page 46“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 46“How to Run the Low Level Format” on page 46“PC Test Card LED” on page 46“Fn Key Combinations” on page 47“How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics” on page 47

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

43

Status Indicators
The system status indicators show the current computer
status in different colors (green, yellow, and orange).
SymbolColor

Meaning

Green

Battery is fully
charged.

Yellow (340)Battery usable.
Battery is
charging (whenthe AC Adapter
is used).
Note: Whenthebattery is
fully
charged,theindicator
turns andstays
green.

OrangeBattery is low

Blinking orange

Battery is almost
depleted

Blinking yellow(340)

Battery cannot
be charged
because of it'shightemperature.
Note: Whenthetemperaturedrops totheacceptable
range,
charging
will start.

44

Off (340CSE)

The battery in
not installed.

OrangeDiskette drive is
in-useOrangeHard disk drivein-useGreen

Keyboard is in
Num Lock mode

Green

Keyboard is in
Caps Lock mode

Green

Keyboard is in
Scroll Lockmode

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symbol

Color

Meaning

Green

Computer ispowered on

How to Run the Diagnostics
Use either the TrackPoint II or III or the cursor move keys
to interact with the tests. The Enter key works the sameas selecting the OK icon to reply OK.
1. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on thecomputer. Hold the F1 key down until the Easy-setup
screen appears.
2. Select Test and press Enter.
3. Select a device and press Enter to run the test.
4. The test progress screen appears.
5. OK appears when the test ends without any errors.
6. Start the Advanced Diagnostic test by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic menu screen.
7. Select Tool to install the tools.
8. Select a device, press the space key, and install thetool. Multiple devices can be selected by repeating
this step.
9.
10.
11.
12.

A √ mark appears for the selected device.
Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK.
Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.
Select Test All to test all devices.
Select Loop Test to loop tests.

A loop option menu appears in which a device loop or
all loop can be selected. Select a device and press
the space key to select a device. Repeat this step toselect multiple devices. Press Enter to start thediagnostic loop. If no device is selected, all device
tests are looped.
13. To exit the loop, keep pressing Ctrl+Pause until thetest exits.

Error Log
Diagnostic errors are printed on the printer that is attachedto the parallel port when the error is detected. The error isalso logged in the system memory.
Do the following to display the errors.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

End the test, if it is running.
Press Ctrl+A to select the advanced diagnostic mode.
Press Ctrl+E.
The error log appears.
To exit the screen, select the cancel icon or press
Esc.

The error log is not saved when system power ispowered-off.

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

45

Reset Pushbutton
The reset pushbutton resets the system and forces thepower to be powered-off .
Note: Use this pushbutton when the power is notcompletely off or the system is hung. See “System
Board” on page 61 for the location of the
pushbutton.

Checking the Installed Devices List
If a device is installed but the icon appears in a gray shaderather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostics screen,
the device is defective. Reseat the device connectors. If
the symptom remains, replace the device or the systemboard. If needed, adjust the contrast control to clearly
distinguish the shades of the icon.
If a device that is not installed appears in a dark shade, do
the following.
1. Replace the first device, such as a FDD, HDD, or
PCMCIA.
2. If the problem remains, replace the system board.
PCMCIA, Parallel, and Serial icons are always displayed indark shade, because the icons represent subsystems of
the system board and not attachment of the devices.

How to Run the Low Level Format
Do the following to format the hard disk.
Before Formatting the Hard Disk
Make sure that the address of the drive to beformatted is correct. This procedure will erase all
information on the disk.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the ThinkPad 750Ce hardware maintenancediskette into diskette drive A and power-on thecomputer.
Note: You can use this maintenance diskette for the
Model 340CSE.
3. Select Format the hard disk from the main menu.
4. Select the drive from the menu.
5. Follow the instructions on the screen.

PC Test Card LED
The green LED on the PC test card turns on when the
PCMCIA test is running. If the LED does not turn on,
check that the card is installed correctly by reseating it. If
the LED still does not turn on after the card is reseated, try
using another slot for the test. If the LED still does notturn on and the test fails, replace the FRU shown in the
diagnostic error code.

46

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Fn Key Combinations
The following table shows the Fn key and function key
combinations and their corresponding functions.
The Fn key works independently from the operating
system. The operating system obtains the status throughthe system management interface to control the system.
Fn +Description

F1

Reserved

F2

Fuel-gauge display ON/OFF

F3Standby mode invocation

F4

Suspend mode invocation

F5

Audio volume Down

F6

Audio volume UP

F7

LCD/CRT display switching

F8

LCD normal/reverse switching

F9

Reserved

F10

Reserved

F11Power management mode switching(Toggles High power, Medium, Low)

F12

Reserved

How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics
Do the following to run the keyboard test.
1. Go to the advanced diagnostic screen menu bypressing Ctrl+A in the Easy-Setup menu.
2. Go to the keyboard diagnostic test menu by pressing
Ctrl+K.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screenchanges to a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, the black square
briefly appears.

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

47

Product Overview
The following table shows an overview of the system
features.
FeatureDescription

Processor





340
– IBM486 SLC 25/50MHz, on
the system board
340CSE– IBM486 SLC2 25/50MHz, on
the system board– IBM486 SLC2 33/66MHz, on
the system board

Memory(Standard)

4MB (on the system board)

Memory (Option)

2MB, 4MB, 8MB, IC DRAM card
(12MB is maximum)

CMOS RAM128 Bytes

VGA VideoDiskette Drive

Hard Disk Drive

PCMCIA

48

340– 9.4-inch, 64 gray, level DSTNLCD monochrome
340CSE– 9.4-inch, 256 color, DSTNLCD color– 10.4-inch, 256 color, DSTNLCD color
0.720MB, 1.44MB (2-mode),
3.5-inch(for U.S. and European countries)
0.720MB, 1.2MB, 1.44MB(3-mode), 3.5-inch(for Japan)
340– 125MB, 2.5-inch
340CSE– 200MB, 2.5-inch– 360MB, 2.5-inch

One Type-III or Type-II

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information about removals andreplacements.










An electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap must be
used to establish personal grounding. The systemboard is sensitive to, and can be damaged by,electrostatic discharge. Establish personal groundingby touching a ground point with one hand before
touching these units.
Do not damage any part. Only certificated andtrained personnel should service the computer.
The arrows in the “Removals and Replacements”
section show the direction of movement to remove a
FRU, or to turn a screw to release the FRU. The
step number with the arrow shows the correct
sequence of removal. The circled numbers are
sub-steps of the main step.
When other FRUs must be removed before removing
the failing FRU, they are listed at the top of the page.
To replace a FRU, reverse the removal procedureand follow any notes that pertain to replacement.
See “Locations” for internal cable connections andarrangement information.
When replacing a FRU, use the correct screw size asshown in the table of each section.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13

Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, and then disconnect any
interconnecting cables.
Safety Notice 3: Translation on page 9
The battery pack contains Cadmium. Do notdisassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack asrequired by local ordinances or regulations.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts, are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

49

1010 Rear Connector Door
Remove the rear connector door by flexing it.

11020 Battery Pack

1

2

50

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1030 Backup Battery
1040 IC DRAM Card
1050 Standby BatteryBattery Pack (1020)
Step 2:
Step 3:
Step 4:Standby Battery
IC DRAM Card
Backup Battery

Note
The IC DRAM card is sensitive to physical shock.
Incorrect handling of the card can damage it.
Note: When removing the backup battery or standby
battery, use the connector extractor (P/N
39G9977).

1

2

4

3

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

51

1060 Top Cover

Battery Pack (1020)

1

Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/Base cover (3)12 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

3

2
4

52

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1070 Indicator Card

Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)

1

When Replacing
Be careful to not break the pins of the indicator cardconnector.

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

53

1080 Keyboard Unit
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)



Notes:
1. There are two keyboard latches on each side of thecomputer frame. Slide the keyboard as shown in step
2 to release the keyboard from those latches; themremove the keyboard. (Small arrows on the bothsides of the keyboard show the locations of thelatches.)
2. The keyboard has three cables; be careful not todamage the cables when you open the keyboard andto remove them.

1

2

2

1

2

1

2

1

When Replacing




54

Check that the three keyboard cables are clean,
and inserted straight and fully into theconnectors. Slide both ends of each connector
latch at the same time to make sure that eachcable is correctly inserted.
Go to “Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout”
on page 27 and test all keys before returning thecomputer to the customer.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1090 LCD Assembly
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)



Safety Notice 5: Translation on page 11
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCDgets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from thefluid are present after washing.
Caring for the LCDWhen cleaning of the LCD becomes necessary,
gently wipe the LCD with a dry, soft cloth. Do
not use alcohol or detergent to clean the LCD.



To avoid damage to the LCD, do not scratch or
apply any force to its surface.



Do not put anything on the surface of the LCD.



Do not pull the LCD cable. The cable can bedamaged if it is disconnected without releasing
the latch.

1
2

340
340CSE22
1

1
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

55

4

3
3
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

LCD cable (1)

6 mm

.3/

LCD hinge (4)8 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

56

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1100 Diskette Drive1110 Hard Disk Drive
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)
Keyboard Unit (1080)



Steps 1, 2, 3, 4: Diskette Drive
Steps 5, 6: Hard Disk Drive
When Replacing







Before removing the hard disk drive, have theuser make a backup copy of all informationon the hard disk
Never remove the hard disk drive while thesystem is operating or is in suspend mode.
Do not pull the hard disk cable. The cable canbe damaged if it is disconnected without
releasing the latch.
Do not drop or apply any shock or extra force tothe hard disk drive or diskette drive. They aresensitive to physical shock.

1 4
2

3

5
6
2
1

Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Diskette Drive (2)

8 mm

.5/

Hard Disk Drive (2)6 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

57

1120 System Board/Speaker











Rear Connector Door (1010)
Battery Pack (1020)
Backup Battery (1030)
IC DRAM Card (1040)
Standby Battery (1050)
Top Cover (1060)
Indicator Card (1070)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Diskette Drive (1100)
Hard Disk Drive (1110)
Step 1, 2, 3, 4: System Board
Step 4, 5:
Speaker

2

1

3

4

5

Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

I/O connector (6)Hex-headscrews.2/

Base cover (1)

8 mm

.3/

Base cover (2)12 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screws.

58

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Locations
System (Front View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/

LCD
Contrast Control
Brightness Control
Status Indicator
Keyboard
LCD and Keyboard Latch
Click Button
Diskette-Eject Button
Diskette Drive
Fn KeyTrackPoint II/III

1

2

11
10

3
4

9
8
7

5
6

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

59

System (Rear View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/

External Display Connector
Serial Connector
PCMCIA Slot
Serial Connector
Reset Pushbutton
Power Jack
External Input Device connector

7
6

5

4
3
2

1

System (Interior View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/

Backup Battery
IC DRAM Card Slot
Standby Battery
Battery Pack

4
3
2
1

60

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

System Board.1/ Internal Modem Card connector(Modem model only).2/ External Display Connector.3/ Parallel Connector.4/ LCD connectors.5/ PCMCIA Slot
.6/ Indicator Card Connector.7/ Reset Pushbutton.8/ LCD Inverter Power Connector (340CSE).9/ Serial Connector.1ð/ Power Jack
.11/ External Input Device Connector.12/ Keyboard Signal Connector.13/ Hard Disk Drive Connector.14/ Speaker Connector (340CSE only).15/ Keyboard TrackPoint II/III Connector.16/ Battery Pack Terminal.17/ POP Terminal.18/ Standby Battery Connector.19/ IC DRAM Card Connector.2ð/ Diskette Drive Interface.21/ Backup Battery Connector
3

2

4

5

6

7 8

9

10

11

1

12
19

21 20

18

17

16

15

14

13

Indicator Card
.1/ Resume/Suspend Switch.2/ Power Switch.3/ System board Interface
1

2

3

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

61

Parts Listing
1

2

3
17

4

16

5

6

15

7

8
14
9
13
10
11

12

62

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

System Unit Models 340 and 340CSE
Index
1
LCD Assembly (340)
84G6678
1
LCD Assembly (340CSE)
9.4-inch
85G7601
10.4-inch
85G7602
2
Top Cover (340)
84G6677
2
Top Cover (340CSE)
85G7600
3
Keyboard Assembly(See keyboard list)
4
Modem/Fax Card (2400 bps.)
84G5917
5
Indicator Card
84G6662
6
System Board (340)
84G66616
System Board (25/50MHz)
With modem connector
85G7595
Without modem connector
85G7596
6
System Board (33/66MHz)
85G7598
Without modem connector
7
125MB Hard Disk Drive
84G6663
200MB Hard Disk Drive
85G7606
360MB Hard Disk Drive
85G7608
8
Rear Connector Cover
84G66769
Base Cover Assembly (340)
84G6656
For U.S.
84G6890
For Japan
84G6659
Base Cover Assembly (340CSE)
85G7612
For U.S., Japan
85G7611
Note: Base cover assembly includes coil spring,insulator, foot, power switch, knob,
holder, latch buttons
10
Shield Case
84G6660
11
Battery Pack (Nickel Cadmium)
84G6672
For U.S.
84G6671
For Japan
84G667411
Battery Pack (Nickel Metal Hydride)
85G7604
12
Accessory Cover
84G6675
13Standby Battery
84G6668
For U.S.
84G6667
For Japan
84G6670
14
Backup Battery
84G6666
Screw Kit (Includes the following)
84G6764
10-2.5 x 4 mm; 10-2.5 x 6 mm
10-2.5 x 8 mm, Flat head;
10-2.5 x 8 mm; 10-2.5 x 16 mm
10-hex stud I/O; 10-hex stud bus
2-washers for hex stud bus

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

63

DASD
Index
15
Diskette Drive (2-mode)
Diskette Drive (3-mode)
16
Speaker (360CSE)
17
TrackPoint II Cap
17
TrackPoint III Cap
Shield Plate (340)
AC Adapter
For Japan
AC Adapter (small, 35W)
For Japan
DC Plug
IC DRAM Card (See options)

84G6664
84G6665
85G7643
66G6444
84G6536
84G6774
84G6679
84G6738
85G4952
85G6669
85G6664

Keyboards
ArabicBelgium
Canadian French
DanishDutch
Finnish, Swedish
FrenchGerman (Black)
Greek
Hebrew
ItalianJapanese
Latin Spanish
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSwiss, French
Swiss, German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

64

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

84G6881
84G6879
84G6887
84G6878
84G6876
84G6875
84G6872
84G6870
84G6885
84G6882
84G6874
84G6888
84G6886
84G6880
84G6883
84G6877
84G6873
84G6871
84G6884
84G6869
84G6868

Option Parts List
Notes:
1. When you replace the AC Adapter with a new one,use the one for the country you are in even if thesystem is from a different country.
2. The warranty for the system unit does not apply to all
options.
Basic IC DRAM CARD (no parity) 8MB
Basic IC DRAM CARD (no parity) 4MB
Basic IC DRAM CARD (no parity) 16MB
Keyboard/Mouse Cable
Microphone
PS/2 Miniature Mouse

84G5725
84G5724
84G5726
54G0444
66G7871
95F5723

Numeric Keypad
BelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
ItalianJapanese
Norwegian
SpanishSwedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

95F5741
95F5466
95F5467
95F5467
95F6313
95F6314
95F5467
95F5741
95F5467
95F6316
79F6401
95F5467
95F6315
95F5468
95F5711
95F5715
95F5467
95F5741
95F5741

Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap PlugPC Test Card
Audio Wrap Cable
Screwdriver Kit

72X8546
35G4703
66G5180
95F3598

ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)

65

1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

Warning: Use only the power cord certified for yourcountry.
30/40W
35W
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
13F9959
25H2207
Japan, 2-pin
6454377
85G6665
Japan, 3-pin
65F00312
Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
14F0033
25H2215
3
France, Germany, Spain
13F9979
25H2209
4
Italy
14F0069
25H2223
5
Australia, New Zealand
13F9940
25H2205
6
Denmark
13F9997
25H22117
Israel14F0087
25H2225
8
Bangladesh, Pakistan,
14F0015
25H2213
Sri Lanka, South Africa
9
Switzerland
14F0051
25H2221
10
Thailand
1838574
25H2219
Note: The 30/40W cord is 6 feet long; the 35W cord is 6 inches.
1

66

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C
(9552)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . 71
Power Management Features. . . . . . . . . 81
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Miscellaneous Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . . 89
Undetermined Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
System Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Check Point (CP) Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
System Error Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . . . 97
Power-On Password (700, 700C) . . . . . . . . 97
Power-On Password (720, 720C) . . . . . . . . 97
Privileged-Access Password (PAP) . . . . . . . 97
Set Startup Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Restore System Partition . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Hard Disk Low Level Format . . . . . . . . . . 99
Replacing the Hard Disk Drive. . . . . . . . . 99
System Diskettes (Reference and Diagnostic) . 100
Making a System Partition Backup Copy
. . . 101
Japanese Model Diskette Drive and Diskette. 102
173 and 11350 Error Combination. . . . . . 102
PCMCIA Card Removal Tip. . . . . . . . . 102
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 104
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Front View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
System Board (700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
System Board (720, 720C) . . . . . . . . . . 112
Video Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Keyboard Control Card . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Voltage Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Parts Listing (700). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Parts Listing (720, 720C). . . . . . . . . . . . 118
FRU Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 124

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

67

General Checkout
The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype card, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.
Warning: The drives might have been rearranged or thedrive startup sequence might have been altered. Be
extremely careful during write operations such as copying,saving, or formatting. Data or programs can be written
over if you select an incorrect drive.
Japanese Models Only
The Japanese model of the ThinkPad 700C has an
89-key keyboard. This keyboard is identified by theadditional keys at the left and right sides of thespacebar.
When testing the diskette drive in the Japanesemodel, the 1.2MB format (8 sectors per track and 15
sectors per track) in addition to the 720KB and
1.44MB formats are tested to ensure correct
operation.
A 2.0MB capacity diskette is required when testing the
1.2MB format.
1. Power-off the computer and all external devices.
2. Check all cables and power cords for correctconnection.
3. Make sure that no diskettes are in the drives.
4. Power-on all external devices.
5. Power-on the computer. If any error message
appears on the screen, go to “Symptom-to-FRU
Index” on page 82.
If no message appears on the screen, press
Ctrl+Alt+Delete to continue. After the cursor moves
to the upper right corner of the screen, press
Ctrl+Alt+Insert to start the system program. If the
IBM logo screen does not appear, insert the backup
copy of the system partition into the diskette drive andstart the system program again. Then press Ctrl+A,
and run the system checkout. For information on how
to disable the password, see “Power-On Password(700, 700C)” on page 97.
6. Refer to the following table. If you do not find yoursymptom listed, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 82, then go to “Undetermined Problem” onpage 93.

68

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom

Go to ...

Error Code or Message“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 82

Configuration Problem“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 97

Power Problem“Power Systems Checkout”
on page 71

Memory Problem“Memory Checkout” onpage 70

TrackPoint II or Pointing
Stick Problem“TrackPoint II Checkout” onpage 476

ThinkPad 700C, 720C ColorLCD Problem“LCD FRU Replacement
Notice” on page 124

ThinkPad 700, 720 Mono
Panel Problem“700, 720 Mono LCD FRU
Replacement” on page 124

High Speed Modem Noise
Problem“High-Speed Modem Noise
Problems” on page 124

Note
For information about how to run diagnostics, error
messages, passwords, and various other tests andservice checks, go to “Related Service Procedures” onpage 94.

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

69

Memory Checkout
Customer diagnostics can eliminate defective memory sono memory error message appears at power-on reset.
After you replace a defective base memory card or IC
DRAM card, run Automatic configuration. Otherwise,
the new memory will not be recognized. Power-off thecomputer before you remove or replace any parts.
001– Remove all IC DRAM cards from their slots (if installed).
– Power-off the computer, then power it on.
After the cursor moves to the upper right corner of thescreen, press Ctrl+Alt+Insert to start the system
program.
– Press Ctrl+A at the Main Menu.
DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTIC MENU APPEAR?
Yes No002
Replace the base memory card.
If the problem is not corrected, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 93.
003– Run the memory tests.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No004
Replace the base memory card.
005– Install the IC DRAM card into slot 1 and run Automaticconfiguration.
– Run the memory test.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No006
Replace the IC DRAM card in slot 1.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the systemboard.
007– Install the IC DRAM card into slot 2 and run Automaticconfiguration.
(Step 007 continues)

70

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

007 (continued)– Run the memory test.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No008
Replace the IC DRAM card in slot 2.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the systemboard.
009
If the problem occurs intermittently, run the memory tests
multiple times to create an error log.

Power Systems Checkout
Note: One or all of the batteries can discharge if there isa short circuit in the system.
1. Replace the failing FRU if the power supply problem
is caused by a short circuit.
2. Determine if one (or all) of the batteries have becomedischarged. Replace any discharged battery with its
spare, if available.
The test procedures for each power supply are found on
the following pages.
“Checking the AC Adapter” on page 72.
“Checking the Car Battery Adapter (700 only)” on page 73.
“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 74.
“Checking the Backup Battery” on page 75“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 75.
“Checking the Quick Charger” on page 76.
“Checking the Voltage Converter (700, 700C)” on page 77.
“Checking the Voltage Converter (720, 720C)” on page 78.

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

71

Checking the AC Adapter: If the Power-On
indicator does not turn-on, check the power cord of the AC
adapter for correct continuity and installation.
1. If any noise can be heard from the AC adapter when
it is plugged into the ac power outlet, replace the AC
adapter.
If no noise can be heard from the AC adapter, go tostep 3.
2. If a noise is still heard from the new AC adapter,suspect the computer. Replace the AC adapter withthe original one, then go to the next step. If no noiseis heard from the new AC adapter, the original AC
adapter is defective.
3. Unplug the AC adapter cable from the computer andmeasure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
adapter cable. See the following figure.

2

1

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+19.0 to +21.0

2

Ground

If the voltage is not correct, go to the next step.

4. Unplug the AC adapter cable from the ac power outlet
and wait for a few minutes.
5. Plug the AC adapter cable into the ac power outlet.
6. Measure the output voltage of the AC adapter.

72



If the voltage is still not correct, replace the AC
adapter.



If the voltage is correct, plug the AC adapter
cable into the computer and try the failing
operation again.



If the problem goes away, suspect the continuity
or installation of the AC adapter cable.



If the problem is not corrected, replace thevoltage converter.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Checking the Car Battery Adapter (700
only): If the output voltage from the cigarette lighter
socket of the car is less than 10.5 V dc, the power-on
indicator on the car battery adapter blinks and a noise canbe heard continuously.
1. Unplug the car battery adapter cable from theconnector, if connected.
2. Plug the car battery adapter into the cigarette lighter
socket.
Note: If the adapter is already plugged in, be sure to
unplug the adapter from the cigarette lighter
socket, then plug it into the socket again.
3. Measure the output voltage of the car battery adapter
cable. See the following figure.

2

1

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+19.0 to +21.0

2

Ground

If the voltage is correct and the power-on
indicator on the car battery adapter is on all thetime, the car battery is working correctly.
Replace the voltage converter. If the problem is
not resolved when the voltage converter isreplaced, go to “Checking the Voltage Converter(700, 700C)” on page 77 or “Checking theVoltage Converter (720, 720C)” on page 78.
If the voltage is outside the normal voltage
range, do one of the following:– Try the above test procedures using a
different car, if one is available.
– Replace the car battery adapter if thecomputer works with the AC adapter but
does not work with the car battery adapter.

Note: If the output voltage from the cigarette lighter
socket of the car is less than 10.5 V dc, thepower-on indicator on the car battery adapter blinks
and a continuous noise can be heard. Have thecar battery serviced.

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

73

Checking the Battery Pack
1. Carefully place the computer bottom-side up.
2. Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage
between the battery terminals 1 (+) and 3 (−). See
the following figure.

1( ) 2 3
( )
( )

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+10.0 to +18.0

2

Thermal Detection

3

GroundIf the voltage is less than +10.0 V dc, the battery
pack has been discharged or is defective.
 If the voltage is more than +10.0 V dc, go to thenext step.
3. Using an ohm meter, measure the resistance
between battery terminals 2 (T) and 3 (−). The
resistance must be 4 to 30 kilohms.


If the resistance is not correct, replace thebattery pack.



If the resistance is correct, go to the next step.

4. Install the battery pack and plug the AC adapter cable
into the computer to charge the battery pack.


74

If the battery power status indicator is blinking(orange) and battery charging indicator is on,
replace the battery pack. If the battery is
charging normally, the battery is OK.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Checking the Backup Battery
1. Carefully place the computer bottom-side up.
2. Remove the bottom cover.
3. Disconnect the battery connector from the systemboard.
4. Measure the voltage of the backup battery. See thefollowing figure.
(Red)(Black)Wire

Voltage (V dc)

Red+2.5 to +3.7

Black

Ground

If the voltage is correct, replace the system board.
If the voltage is not correct, the backup battery has
been discharged by a short circuit or it is defective.

Checking the Standby Battery
Note: Make sure that the battery pack is removed
from the computer before the standby battery
is removed.
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC adapter
cable from the computer.
2. Remove the battery pack.
3. Remove the indicator cover.
4. Disconnect the standby battery connector from thevoltage converter.
5. Plug the AC adapter cable into the computer andpower-on the computer.
6. Measure the output voltage at the connector on thevoltage converter. See the following figure.

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

75

2

1

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1

+4

2

GroundIf the voltage is less than +4 V dc, replace thevoltage converter.
 If the voltage is more than +4 V dc, go to thenext step.
Power-off the computer and unplug the AC adapter
cable from the computer.
Reconnect the standby battery to the voltage
converter.
Plug the AC adapter cable into the computer andpower-on the computer. Allow approximately 30
minutes for the standby battery to charge.
Power-off the computer and unplug the AC adapter
cable from the computer and remove the standby
battery.
Measure the voltage of the standby battery.
 If the voltage is less than 3.5 V dc, replace thestandby battery.


7.
8.
9.

10.

11.

Checking the Quick Charger:

If a humming or
buzzing sound is heard from the quick charger when it isoperating, replace the quick charger. If the charger isoperating at a normal quiet sound level, do the following.
1. Perform steps 1 through 3 of the “Checking theBattery Pack” to ensure the battery pack is operatingcorrectly.
2. Connect the power cord to the quick charger and theother end to the ac power outlet. Ensure that thepower-on indicator is on.
 If the power-on indicator does not turn on, checkthe power cord of the quick charger for correct
continuity and installation.

76

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

If the problem is not corrected, replace the quick
charger or the power cord.
3. Install the battery pack into the quick charger.


If the charging indicator does not start blinking,replace the quick charger.

Checking the Voltage Converter (700,
700C): Use the following procedure to isolate aproblem with the ThinkPad 700, 700C voltage converter.
Note: If the problem only occurs when using thecomputer with a good battery pack, replace thevoltage converter.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Power-off all attached devices and disconnect themfrom the computer.
3. Unplug the AC adapter cable and remove the battery
pack from the computer.
4. Carefully place the computer bottom-side up andremove the bottom cover.
5. Plug the AC adapter cable into the computer.
6. Power-on the computer.
Important
Be careful not to actuate the suspend switch(located between the Esc key and the LCD)
during the operation. When you turn thecomputer upside down with the LCD opened, putsomething under the computer to prevent
accidentally actuating the suspend switch.
7. Check the voltages of the voltage converter on thesystem board. See the following figure.
SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

VA
VG
VB
VC
PWRGOOD

+4.75
+4.75
+4.75
+3.42
+4.00

+5.25
+5.25
+5.25
+3.78
+5.25

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

77

GND

Password-Override
Connecter

VC

VB

VG

VA

PWRGOOD

Note: Only VOLT is marked on the system board.
Use the above figure to locate the VA, VG,
VB, VC, and PWRGOOD signal names.
If all voltages are correct, the voltage converter
is operating correctly.
 If the voltages are not correct, go to the next
step.
Power-off the computer and unplug the AC adapter
cable from the computer.
Check for a short circuit between GND and VA, VG,
VB, or VC.
 If there is a short circuit, replace the following
FRUs one at a time to correct the problem.
– Voltage converter– System board
 If there is no short circuit, go to the next step.
Check the output voltage of the AC adapter cable(see “Checking the AC Adapter” on page 72).
 If the output voltage is correct, go to the next
step.
Replace the following FRUs one at a time.
– Voltage converter– System board


8.
9.

10.

11.

Checking the Voltage Converter (720,720C): Use the following procedure to isolate aproblem with the ThinkPad 720, 720C voltage converter.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Power-off all attached devices and disconnect themfrom the computer.
3. Unplug the AC adapter cable, then remove thebattery pack from the computer.
4. Carefully place the computer bottom-side up andremove the bottom cover.
5. Plug the AC adapter cable into the computer.

78

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

6. Open the LCD half-way, then stand the computer on
its front edges so that the suspend switch is not
activated.
7. Power-on the computer.
8. Check the voltages of the voltage converter on thesystem board. See the following figure.
Notes:
a. Make sure the suspend switch (located to the left
above the keyboard) is not activated during
measurement of the voltage.
b. Only PG is marked on the system board. Use
the following figure to locate the VA, VG, VB,
VA3, and VB3 signal names.

Ground

PG

VA3
VB3
VB
VA
VG

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

VA
VG
VB
VA3
VB3
PG

+4.75
+4.75
+4.75
+3.42
+3.42
+4.00

+5.25
+5.25
+5.25
+3.78
+3.78
+5.25

If any voltage is not correct, go to step 9.
If all voltages are correct, the voltage converter
is operating correctly. If the power problem did
no reoccur, reconnect the devices removed instep 2 to isolate a device problem.
 If all the voltages are correct and the power
problem still exists, replace the following FRUs
one by one.
– System board– Processor card
9. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC adapter
cable from the computer.
10. Check for a short circuit between Ground and VA,
VG, VB, VA3 or VB3. The following table shows
which FRUs can cause a short at each signal.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

79

If there is a short circuit (less than 10 ohms),
remove the FRUs indicated one at a time until
the short circuit disappears. Replace the FRU
causing the short circuit.

FRU

VA

VG

VB

VA3

Voltage converter
Processor card
System board
Video card
Base memory card
Keyboard control card
Math coprocessor
Diskette drive
Hard disk drive
LCD
Indicator assembly

x

x

x

x
x
x
x

x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x

VB3
x
x
x

x

x
x

x

11. If there is no short circuit, replace the following FRUs
one at a time.
 Voltage converter
 System board

80

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Power Management Features
The suspend and resume functions are unique methods
used to save battery power. In suspend mode, all tasks
are suspended and their present states are stored inmemory to save power. Also, the system enters a sleep
state where only a minimum amount of power is used.
When the computer returns to normal operation using theresume function, the computer restores the same states as
when it entered suspend mode.

Full and Partial Suspend Modes: Suspend modemight be referred as full-suspend mode, as compared topartial-suspend mode.
The computer enters partial-suspend mode when an
application software program interferes with the power
management capability of the computer and prevents itfrom entering full-suspend mode. The following sounds
indicate suspend mode has occurred:

One beep for full-suspend modeTwo beeps for partial-suspend mode(No beep is heard if the Power controller beep parameteris set to off in the Set Advanced Features program.)
The computer enters suspend mode when:







The LCD is closed (the switch is located on thevoltage converter card).
The specified time has elapsed from the lastoperation with the keyboard, mouse, hard disk drive,
parallel connector, diskette drive, and AC adapter isplugged in. The time is specified by Systemsuspend in the Set Advanced Features program.
When a battery-low condition exists, the battery
power indicator blinks (orange).
The PS2 OFF command is set in the Set Advanced
Features program.
The operating temperature is exceeded.

The system returns to normal operation when:






The LCD is opened.
PS2 ON HH:MM:SS command was set in the Set
Advanced Features program before entering suspend
mode.
A “Ring indicator” signal on the communicationinterface is detected.
Either button of the pointing stick is pressed.

You can replace the battery pack during full-suspend
mode. Never replace the battery pack during
partial-suspend mode. If the battery pack is replaced
during suspend mode with the LCD opened, close the LCD
and open it again to return to normal operation.

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

81Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists error symptoms andpossible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Always begin with “General Checkout” on page 68. This
index also can be used to help you decide which FRUs tohave available when servicing a computer.
If you cannot correct the problem using this index, go to“Undetermined Problem” on page 93.
IMPORTANT:
1. If you have both an error message and an incorrect
audio response, diagnose the error message first.
2. If you cannot run the advanced diagnostic tests, but
did receive a POST error message, diagnose the
POST error message.
3. If you did not receive an error message, look for a
description of your error symptoms in this index.
4. Check all power supply voltages before you replace
the system board. See “Power Systems Checkout”
on page 71.
5. If an error message is not listed, there is a device
installed that requires an additional diskette or service
manual. Refer to the diskette or service manual forthat device.
How to Read POST Error Messages
POST error messages are displayed on the screen as 3, 4,
5, or 8 digits. The error messages that can be displayed
as shorter POST messages are highlighted in thisSymptom-to-FRU Index.
Note: Adjust the speaker volume before you power-on
the computer.
In the following error codes, an X can be any number.

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

00010200, 00010300,
00010400, 00010700

1. System Board

00010800

1. System Board
2. Processor card

00011000

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 70 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Base Memory Card
3. IC DRAM Card
4. System Board

000113XX

1. System Board
2. Processor Card

82

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

000118XX

1. Clear Error Log. See“System Error Log”
on page 96.
2. If the error remains,replace the FRUs in
the following order: Base Memory
Card IC DRAM Card
Note: Error Log must be
cleared when a FRU is
replaced.

00016100

1. See “Checking the
Backup Battery” onpage 75.
2. System Board
3. Voltage Converter

00016300, 00016400,
00016500, 00016900(If 00016300 appears, setdate and time first in the
Reference Diskette.)(If setting configuration does
not solve the problem, see“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 97.)

1. SetConfiguration/Features
2. System Board
3. Hard Disk Drive
4. Base Memory Card
5. IC DRAM Card

000171XX, 000172XX

1. System Board

00017300(700, 700C Only)
Before replacing a FRU,
restore the system partition
with the Reference Diskette
Version 1.1 or later. See“Installing a New Version of
the System Diskettes” onpage 100.

1. See “173 and 11350
Error Combination”
on page 102 before
replacing FRUs.
2. See “Checking the
Backup Battery” onpage 75.
3. Voltage Converter

00017400(If Automatic Configuration
does not solve the problem,
run Advanced Diagnostic.)

1. SetConfiguration/Features

000175XX, 00017700
00017800

1. System Board

000179XX

1. Run System Unit andMemory Diagnostic.
- or 2. Select More utilities
to clear the systemerror log.

000183XX

1. PAP (Privileged
Access Password) isneeded to boot fromthe System Program.

000184XX, 00018500

1. System Board

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

83

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

000187XX

1. Set Configuration
2. System Board

000188XX

1. System Board

000189XX

1. Select More utilities
to clear the systemerror log.

00019000

1. Reseat System Board
2. Reseat CPU chip /Processor Card
3. System Board

00019102

1. Rerun diagnostics
tests.
2. If error remains, see
000191XX.

000191XX(Not listed above)

1. Reseat System Board
2. Reseat CPU chip /Processor Card
3. System Board

00019200

1. Voltage Converter
2. Keyboard Control Card
3. System Board

00019201

1. Voltage Converter

00019202

1. Run System Unit
Diagnostic.
If this error message
appears frequently,
replace the Processor
Card.

00019300, 00019301
00019305

1. System Board

00019302

1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board

00019303

1. System Board
2. Diskette Drive

00019304

1. PC Card
2. System Board

00019306

1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. Keyboard
3. Pointing Device

00019400

1. Processor Card

000199XX

1. System Board

0001XXXX(not listed above)

1. System Board
2. Processor Card

000215XX(720, 720C only)

1. Reseat Base Memory
Card (interface
connector on systemboard).

84

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

0002XXXX(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 70 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Base Memory Card
2. IC DRAM Card
3. System Board

00030100, 00030500(Power-on the computer
before external devices.)(See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. System Board
3. Keyboard
4. Numeric Keypad or
Keyboard/Mouse Cable(if attached) or
External Keyboard (ifattached)

00030200, 00030300,
00030400(See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1.
2.
3.
4.

00030600(See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Keyboard
2. Numeric Keypad or
Keyboard/Mouse Cable
or External Keyboard(if attached)
3. Keyboard Control Card
4. System Board

00030700

1. External Keyboard
2. Keyboard/Mouse Cable

0004XXXX

1. System Board
2. Any Parallel Device
3. Communication Cable

000601XX

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable

000602XX

1. Defective Diskette000628XX

1. Incorrect Diskette
Media Type
2. Diskette Drive
3. System Board
4. Diskette Drive Cable

000655XX, 000662XX
000670XX - 000675XX

1. System Board
2. Diskette Drive
3. Diskette Drive Cable

0006XXXX(Unsupported drive or cable)

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable

0007XXXX

1. Math Coprocessor
2. Processor Card

0011XX00

1. System Board
2. Any Serial Device
3. Communication Cable

System Board
Keyboard Control Card
Keyboard
Numeric Keypad or
Keyboard/Mouse Cable(if attached) or
External Keyboard (ifattached)

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

85

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

0014XXXX

1. See “PrinterCheckout” onpage 474 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Printer3. System Board

00180100, 00186100

Replace the line
QEMM386.SYS with
QEMM386.SYS XBDA:L
in Config.sys.

0024XX00

1. Video Card
2. System Board
3. Voltage Converter(700C, 720C only)

0039G900

1. System Board

005002XX, 005006XX,
005008XX, 005041XX

1. See “External Display
Self-Test” onpage 470 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Video Card
3. External Display
4. LCD
5. System Board

005004XX, 005010XX,
005030XX - 005032XX,
005051XX - 005062XX

1. Video Card
2. System Board
3. LCD005009XX, 005040XX

1. See “External Display
Self-Test” onpage 470 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. External Display
3. Video Card
4. System Board

0080XXXX

1. System Board
2. PCMCIA Card Slot

0085XXXX

1. Do not replace any
FRUs. The installed
Memory Expansion
Adapter is notsupported by IBM.

00860100, 00860200
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.

1. Pointing Device
2. System Board
3. Numeric Keypad00860300, 00860400
00862300, 00862400
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

86

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

System Board
Keyboard Control Card
Pointing Device
Keyboard (TrackPoint)
Numeric Keypad

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

00861100, 00861200
00861300
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.

1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. Keyboard (Pointing
Stick)
3. System Board
4. Ext. Keyboard Cable

00861XXX(not listed above)
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.

1. Keyboard (Pointing
Stick)
2. Keyboard Control Card
3. System Board

00862100, 00862200
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.

1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. System Board
3. Keyboard (TrackPoint)

00862500, 00862600
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.

1. Keyboard (Pointing
Stick)
2. Keyboard (TrackPoint)
3. Keyboard Control Card

0086XX00
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.

1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. Keyboard
3. System Board

010103XX - 010110XX,
010116XX - 010153XX,
010171XX

1. See “Fax/Modem
Checkout” onpage 472.

010436XX

1. System Board
2. Hard Disk Drive

0104XXXX

1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board

0129XXXX

1. Run System Board
diagnostics to clear
the error log andretest
2. Select N to thequestion during the
System Board
diagnostics.
3. Power-on the system.
If the error remains,replace the Processor
Card.
4. Repeat steps 1 and 2.
5. If the problem remains,replace the systemboard.

0130XXXX

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Indicator Assembly
System Board
Keyboard Control Card
Hard Disk Drive
Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Cable
SpeakerThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

87Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

0137XXXX

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

0194XXXX

1. Do not replace any
FRUs. The installed
Memory Expansion
Adapter is notsupported by IBM.

I99903XX, I99900XX
I99800XX

1. Reseat the hard disk
drive to ensure goodconnection.
2. See “Set Startup
Sequence” onpage 98.
3. Hard Disk Drive
4. System Board

I999XXXX

Restore the system partition
from the Reference
Diskette.

Serial Adapter
System Board
Video Card
Any Serial Device
Communication Cable

Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Continuous beep.

System Board

Repeating short beeps.

1. See “1080 Keyboard
Unit” on page 54
before replacing any
FRUs.
2. Keyboard
3. Keyboard Control Card
4. System Board

One long and one short
beep.

1. System Board

One long and two short
beeps.

1. Video Card
2. System Board

One short beep and ablank, unreadable, illegible,
or flashing display with noexternal display attached.

1.
2.
3.
4.

One short beep and adiskette prompt or aprogram load from the harddisk or unable to read thediskette. (Be sure an
external display is not too
close to the diskette drive.)

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable

Two short beeps and ablank display.

1. System Board

88

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

LCD
Video Card
System Board
Voltage Converter

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Two long beeps and two
short beeps(or two long beeps and no
short beeps).
(Possibly with a blankscreen and blinking speaker
icon.)

1. Video Card
2. Incorrect system board(700, 700C)
3. Incorrect processor
upgrade (700, 700C)
4. Incorrect 240MB harddisk drive upgrade forthis model

Miscellaneous Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Power-on password is notreactivated.

1. Check the power-on
password switch
position.

Problem occurs only whenport replicator installed.

1. Port Replicator

No beep and a blank or
unreadable display during
POST.

1. See “Power Systems
Checkout” onpage 71 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Processor Card
3. System Board
4. Video Card
5. Hard Disk Drive
6. Base Memory Card
7. Any option or device
8. Power source in use
when failure occurs
9. Voltage Converter
10. Speaker

No beep with a blinking
cursor.

1. System Board
2. Processor Card
3. Any Option or Device

No beep with a normal
display during POST.

1.
2.
3.
4.

No beep and the systemhangs with CP XX at theright-bottom corner of thescreen.

1. System Board
2. Processor Card

No beep and the systemhangs after displaying thememory count.

1.
2.
3.
4.

No boot with blank screen.

1. System Board

Extra horizontal or verticallines displayed on upper orlower half of the LCD.

1. LCD
2. Video Card
3. System Board

Speaker
System Board
Keyboard Control Card
Voltage Converter

System Board
Processor Card
Hard Disk Drive
Coprocessor

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

89Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

LCD screen unreadable orcharacters missing pels.

1. See important notefor “LCD FRU
Replacement Notice”
on page 124.
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board

LCD too dark, unable toadjust contrast or
brightness.

1. LCD
2. Video Card

LCD slightly dims whenchanging to battery power.

1. Normal operation(Dimming of LCD
conserves battery
power.)LCD unreadable, illegible, or
distorted.

1. LCD
2. Video Card
3. System Board

LCD cannot be powered-on
or off.

1. Video Card
2. System Board
3. Voltage Converter

Blank screen, or extra
horizontal or vertical lines
displayed on upper or lower
half of the LCD with nobeep or one short beep.

1. LCD
2. Video Card
3. System Board

System status indicator isincorrectly blinking or stayson.

1. System Board
2. Related Device
3. Indicator Assembly

System status indicator
stays off, but the POST
ends without an error.

1. System Board
2. Related Device
3. Indicator Assembly

No keys on the keyboard
work.
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54.

1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. Keyboard
3. External Keyboard or
Numeric Keypad (ifattached)
4. System Board

Keypad problems.

1.
2.
3.
4.

One or more keys do notwork.

1. See “1080 Keyboard
Unit” on page 54
before replacing any
FRUs.
2. Keyboard
3. External Keyboard or
Numeric Keypad (ifattached)
4. Keyboard Control Card90

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Reseat cable
External Keypad
Keyboard Control Card
System Board

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Mouse and Pointing Stickproblems.

1. See “1080 Keyboard
Unit” on page 54
before replacing any
FRUs.
2. Disable Trackpoint andtest Mouse again. The
Trackpoint caninterfere with theoperation of some
Mouse devices.
3. Mouse
4. Keyboard Control Card
5. Keyboard

Cursor floats or moves
erratically.

1. See “TrackPoint II
Checkout” onpage 476 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Mouse
3. Keyboard

External display problems.

1. See “External Display
Self-Test” onpage 470 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. External Display
3. Video Card
4. System Board

Incorrect memory size
during POST.

1. See “Memory
Checkout” onpage 70 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Base Memory Card
3. IC DRAM Card

System hang or Intermittent
hang.

1. See “Undetermined
Problem” on page 93
before replacing any
FRUs.
2. System Board
3. Hard Disk Drive
4. Replace the last device
being tested
5. Voltage Converter

The system goes into
suspend mode after the
POST.

1. System Board
2. Voltage Converter
3. Keyboard Control Card

The system does notsuspend or resume.

1. Check the
Suspend/Resume
switch operation. If
broken, replace theVoltage Converter.
2. System Board
3. Voltage Converter
4. Keyboard Control Card
5. Keyboard

The computer does not
power-off.

1. Voltage Converter
2. System Board

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

91Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Real-time clock inaccurate.

1. See “Checking the
Backup Battery” onpage 75 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board

Printer problems.

1. See “PrinterCheckout” onpage 474

Serial or serial port device
problems.

1. Device
2. Cable
3. Serial Adapter (ifattached)
4. System Board

Parallel or parallel port
device problems.

1. Device/printer2. Cable
3. Parallel Adapter (ifattached)
4. System Board

Internal Data/Fax modem
does not communicate witha remote modem or afacsimile machine.

1. See “Fax/Modem
Checkout” onpage 472

PS2 command cannot
power-off internal modem
unless computer ispowered-off.

1. Create new PS2
setup program using
UINSTALL command.
(Reference Diskettemust be 1.10 or later.)

92

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Undetermined Problem
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify
which adapter or device failed, the Devices List is incorrector the system is inoperative. Follow the procedures below(do not isolate FRUs that are known to be good).
Check the power supply that was being used at the time of
the failure. (See “Power Systems Checkout” on page 71.)
If the power supply is operating correctly, continue with thefollowing procedure.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one of the following devices oradapter. (Do not isolate FRUs that are known to be
good.)
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Modem, PC card, printer, mouse, or otherexternal devices
c. Battery packd. Hard disk drive (removable disk drive)e. IC DRAM cardf. Any adapter or device
Note: Replacing the hard disk drive, an IC
DRAM card, or any adapter or device,might cause configuration errors.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. If the problem is not corrected, repeat steps 1 through3 until you find the failing FRU or until all FRUs havebeen removed.
5. If all of the FRUs listed have been removed and the
problem is not corrected, replace the following FRUs:
 System board
 Processor card
 Video card

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

93

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides information on the following:“System Status Indicators”“Check Point (CP) Codes” on page 96“System Error Log” on page 96“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 97“Power-On Password (700, 700C)” on page 97“Power-On Password (720, 720C)” on page 97“Privileged-Access Password (PAP)” on page 97“Set Startup Sequence” on page 98“Restore System Partition” on page 98“Hard Disk Low Level Format” on page 99“Replacing the Hard Disk Drive” on page 99“System Diskettes (Reference and Diagnostic)” on page 100“Making a System Partition Backup Copy” on page 101“Japanese Model Diskette Drive and Diskette” on page 102“173 and 11350 Error Combination” on page 102“PCMCIA Card Removal Tip” on page 102

System Status Indicators
Symbol94

State

StatusIndicatedOn

Speaker isenabled

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

SymbolState

StatusIndicated

+

Green

Battery pack isfully-charged.

Yellow

Battery pack ishalf-charged.

OrangeBattery pack is
one-fourthcharged.

Blinking Orange

Battery pack isalmostdischarged(replace withfully charged
spare).

Off








Battery
pack iscompletely
discharged.
Battery
pack isremovedfromcomputer.
Computer isoff.
Computer isusingexternal
power; carbattery or
AC power.

On

Battery is
charging

Off

Battery is fullOn

PC Card isin-useOn

Diskette drive isactiveOn

Hard disk driveis activeOn

Keyboard is in
Num Lock modeOn

Keyboard is in
Caps Lock modeOn

Keyboard is in
Scroll Lock
mode

On

Computer is in
Suspend Mode

Blinking

Computer isresuming normal
operation

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

95SymbolState

StatusIndicated

On

Computer ispowered-on(blinkingindicates
temperature toohigh - systementers suspendmode until
temperature
returns tonormal).

Check Point (CP) Codes
Codes beginning with “CP” are displayed on the LCD toindicate system status during POST. The CP codes varywith the level of microcode installed and the type ofprocessor card installed. The CP codes are not error
codes. If the system detects an error, the CP code ischanged to a POST error message.

System Error Log
The computer system maintains a system error log. The
BIOS nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) handler writes an entry
to the error log each time the system detects an error.

Viewing the error log: To view the error log, start thesystem programs and select More utilities from the Main
Menu, then select Display system error log. For any
error that is displayed, help screens guide you through theactions to take.
Error Storage: The error log stores up to three uniqueerrors (for example three parity errors at three different
addresses). The multiple log counter (on the screen)displays the number of times each unique error occurred.
You can page forward by pressing F8, or backward bypressing F7 to view the stored error logs. The date andtime of the most recent occurrence also is displayed. If
the POST finds that the error log has stored three uniqueerrors, the POST displays a 000179XX error.
Note: If the system configuration is changed, the system
clears any logged errors associated with the FRU
that was changed. (For example, if the memory
configuration was changed, memory errors arecleared from the error log). The conditions underwhich errors are cleared vary with the type of
hardware and level of microcode installed.

Application: If the system diagnostics run error-free,
but you still suspect a problem, look at the error log. If
errors were detected, press the F1 key and follow the96

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

instructions on the screen to help you determine which
FRU might be causing the failure.

Checking the Installed Devices List
The Installed Devices List shows the adapters and devices
installed in the computer.
If an adapter or a device is missing from the list, one of thefollowing conditions might be the cause.
Warning: A customized setup configuration (other thandefault settings) might exist on the system you areservicing. Running Automatic Configuration can alter thesettings. Note the current configuration settings (using theView configuration) and verify that the same settings arein place when service is complete.







The protected partition on the hard disk or theReference Diskette you are using does not containthe code required to support the device.
An adapter or device is defective.
The device missing from the list is not recognized asa device or adapter.
The device missing from the list requires an additional
diskette. (See the device service manual.)
A power supply voltage is not correct (see “Power
Systems Checkout” on page 71).

If the adapter is on the list, run the adapter diagnostic
tests.
If the list contains an adapter or device that is not installed,
go to “Undetermined Problem” on page 93.

Power-On Password (700, 700C)
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

Power-On Password (720, 720C)
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

Privileged-Access Password (PAP)
This is an option. If a PAP is set, the computer cannot
start and you have to get the customer to unlock the PAP.
If the PAP is set, then forgotten, it cannot be overridden or
removed. The system board must be replaced.

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

97Set Startup Sequence
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the backup copy of the Reference Diskette into
the diskette drive.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. Select Set features from the Main Menu.
5. Select Set startup sequence. If you cannot set thestartup sequence, replace the system board.
6. Check the list of devices on the Set startup
sequence screen.
7. Is the hard disk drive in the list as a startup device?
Yes

Exit from this screen and the Main Menu.
Remove the backup copy of the Reference
Diskette, and power-off the computer.
Continue with step 8.

No

Add the hard disk drive as a startup device.

8. Is an operating system installed?
Yes

Go to step 10.

No

Install the operating system.

9. After the operating system is installed, power-off thecomputer.
10. Power-on the computer.
Note: After the programs have been restored, theDiskette and F1 prompts appear, unless anoperating system is present.

Restore System Partition
If the above sequence does not correct the problem, do
the following:
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the backup copy of the Reference Diskette into
the diskette drive.
3. Power-on the computer.
Note: If the I99900X5 error message appears, thepower-on password has been set. To disable
the power-on password (see “Power-On
Password (700, 700C)” on page 97) before
continuing with the next step.
4. Select Backup/Restore system programs from theMain Menu, then select Restore the System
Partition.
5. When the restore process completes, select Set
configuration, then select Run automaticconfiguration.
6. Power-off the computer and remove the backup copyof the Reference Diskette from the diskette drive.
7. Power-on the computer.

98

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Hard Disk Low Level Format
To format the hard disk and restore the system partition,
do the following.
Warning: The following procedure causes permanent
loss of the data on the hard disk. Make sure that abackup of all the information on the hard disk is made.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the backup copy of the Reference Diskette into
the diskette drive.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. Proceed to the Main Menu. Press Ctrl+A to display
the Advanced Diagnostic Menu.
5. Select Format the hard disk and follow the
instructions on the screen to perform a low level
format of the hard disk.
6. After the hard disk format is completed, power-off thecomputer.
7. Restore the system partition.
8. Reinstall the operating system.

Replacing the Hard Disk Drive
If you replace the internal hard disk drive, you must recopy
all of the system programs onto the replacement hard disk
drive. To recopy the programs:
1. Start the system using the customer's backup copy ofthe system partition.
2. Select Backup/Restore system programs from theMain Menu.
3. Run Restore the system partition to load the IML
image, the system programs, and the diagnostic
programs onto the hard disk drive just installed.
Notes:
a. If there is not a backup copy of the system
partition, make one before replacing the harddisk drive. (See “Making a System Partition
Backup Copy” on page 101.)b. If the customer's backup copy of the system
partition is incomplete, you cannot restore thewhole system partition. If this occurs, after you
have recopied the IML image, get the option
diskettes and use Copy an option diskette torecopy the option files onto the system partition.
c. If the IML image is loaded onto the hard disk
drive, but the customer's operating system has
not been loaded, the insert diskette icon willappear on the screen.

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

99

System Diskettes (Reference andDiagnostic)
If the hard disk drive is not operational, you can run thesystem programs from the Reference Diskette.
Note: The Reference Diskette contains the system
programs and the Diagnostic Diskette contains thetest programs. The Diagnostic Diskette is not
self-starting. To run the Diagnostic Diskette, start
the system from the Reference Diskette, selectTest the computer, then follow the instructions on
the screen.

Installing a New Version of the System
Diskettes: When you install the new system diskettes
onto the hard disk, all existing files (including option files)in the system partition are written over. The new systemdiskettes provide the new system programs but they do notcontain the option files; therefore, after completing thefollowing process, you must reinstall the option files.
There are two methods to reinstall the option files.
1. From a backup copy of the current system partition.
(this is the easiest way to reinstall the option files).
For instructions on making a backup copy, see“Making a System Partition Backup Copy” onpage 101.
2. From the original option diskettes.
Do the following for both methods.
1. Insert the new version of the Reference Diskette into
the diskette drive.
2. Power-off the computer, then power it on. After the
cursor moves to the upper right corner of the screen,press Ctrl+Alt +Insert.
Warning: This process writes over all existing files
in the system partition. Before continuing, you musthave either a backup copy of the current system
partition or all the option diskettes so you can reinstall
the option files.
3. Go to the Main Menu of the Reference Diskette andselect Backup/Restore system programs, thenselect Restore the system partition and follow the
instructions on the screen. This transfers all files,
programs, and the IML image of the new diskette
onto the system partition.
4. When the Main Menu appears again, remove thediskette from the diskette drive and power-off thecomputer, then power it on.
5. After the cursor moves to the upper right corner of thescreen, press Ctrl+Alt+Insert.
6. If you have a backup copy of the current system
partition, continue with step 7 on page 101. If you do

100

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

not have a backup copy of the current system
partition, but you have the option diskettes, go to step
8 on page 101.
7. Select Copy an option diskette from the Main Menu.
When theINSERT YOUR OPTION DISKETTE

message appears, insert the backup copy of thesystem partition and follow the instructions on thescreen. (The backup copy of the system partition isused to reinstall the option files onto the system
partition.) Then go to step 9.
8. Select Copy an option diskette and follow the
instructions on the screen. Repeat the procedure
with each option diskette until all option diskettes
have been reinstalled.
9. If there is a customized configuration installed(settings have been changed via the “Change
configuration” screen), continue with step 10. If there
is not a customized configuration installed, go to step
11.
10. Select Set configuration from the Main Menu. Whenyou exit from Set configuration by pressing the F3,
the customized configuration files will be restored
onto the system partition as files @CMOS and@NVRAM.
Warning: Do not run Run automatic configuration
now or you will write over the customized
configuration.
11. You are finished with the updating process. Make a
new backup copy of the system partition. (Forinformation on making a backup copy, see “Making a
System Partition Backup Copy.”)

Making a System Partition Backup
Copy
Note: You might need two blank 2.0MB diskettes (or theold backup copy).
1. Power-off the computer, then power it on.
2. After the cursor moves to the upper right corner of thescreen, press Ctrl+Alt+Insert.
3. When the Main Menu appears, selectBackup/Restore system programs, then selectBackup the system partition.
4. Insert a blank 2.0MB diskette into the diskette driveand follow the instructions on the screen.
Note: If you receive a message indicating that thediskette is full, and you are not prompted toinsert a second diskette, this means that you
will not be able to make a backup copy of theentire system partition. The user should keep
the system diskettes and option diskette as a
backup of these files.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

101

5. When the copies are completed, label each diskette.

Japanese Model Diskette Drive andDiskette
The ThinkPad 700 uses a 1.44MB diskette drive. Both
1.0MB (formatted 720KB) and 2.0MB (formatted 1.44MB)
capacity diskettes can be used in this drive.
The ThinkPad 700 Japanese model uses a diskette drivethat supports 1.2MB format on 2.0MB capacity diskettes.
When servicing a Japanese model, you must test all threeformats.
Notes:
1. The ThinkPad 700C Japanese model has an 89-key
keyboard. This keyboard is identified by theadditional keys at the left and right sides of thespacebar.
2. A 2.0MB capacity diskette is required when testing
the 1.2MB format.

173 and 11350 Error Combination
If a POST error combination of 00017300 and 11350
appears and cannot be bypassed, do the following before
replacing any FRUs.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the hard disk drive from the computer.
3. Insert the Reference Diskette and power-on thecomputer.
4. Ignore any error messages, press Esc, F8, andEnter, then run Automatic Configuration.
5. Ignore the message “An error occurred while updating
config” and power-off the computer.
6. Install the hard disk drive.
7. Keep the Reference Diskette in drive A and power-on
the computer.
8. Ignore any error messages, press Y, and run
Automatic Configuration.

PCMCIA Card Removal Tip
For the Model 720x, you can insert or remove the PCMCIA
card during most computer operations. However, do notremove the card when the PC Card in-use light is on.

Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of the system
features.
FeatureDescription

Processor (700,700C)

486SLC 25-MHz

102

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Feature

Description

Processor (720,720C)

486SLC 25/50-MHz

Bus Architecture

Micro Channel

Memory(Standard)

4MB

Memory(Maximum)

16MB, IC DRAM

CMOS RAM

8KB

Video

VGA

Diskette Drive

3.5-inch

Hard Drive





Audio
Subsystem

Yes (Standard)

PCMCIA (720,
720C only)

One Type-III
or Two Type-II

80MB, 2.5-inch
120MB, 2.5-inch
160MB, 2.5-inch

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

103

FRU Removals and Replacements
Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removalsequence list and in the exploded view to remove or
disconnect parts in the correct order. The letters inparentheses in the list indicate screw types. See the“Screw Size Chart” on page 20 to match the letters to thecorrect screw type and size before replacing each screw.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
.1/

Battery Pack
(Press down and pull out)

.2/

LED Indicator Cover(Insert front first, then press rear down.).3/

Video Connector.4/Video Power.5/

Hinge Covers(Install with bevelled edge at front.).6/

Two Screws (C)(One at each end)

.7/

Four Screws (S)(Two at each end)

.8/

LED Indicator Assembly(With connector and contact shield)
Lift LCD Assembly from computer
Place computer bottom-side up.9/

Three Screws (S)(On bottom cover; two at front-right, one at rear ofmath coprocessor access door.).1ð/Two Memory Bracket Screws (S).11/Five Screws (4-E, 1-V)
(From processor card and video card).12/

Memory Module.13/

Ribbon Cable(At rear of diskette drive).14/

Diskette Drive(Hold the eject button pressed while installing.)(Make sure the flexible cable gets into the holder
plate opening on the IC DRAM card.).15/

Hard Disk Drive(Have the customer backup all information before
replacing the drive. Never replace the hard disk
drive when the system is operating or in suspend

104

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

mode. Restore drive system information using thecustomer's backup copy of the system programs.).16/

Three Keyboard Frame Screws (S).17/

Two Screws (T).18/

System Board(Restore system configuration data.).19/

Five Frame Stiffener Screws (S).2ð/Frame Stiffener.21/

Four Keyboard Screws (S).22/

Keyboard.23/

One Screw (S) and Keyboard Control Card.24/

Two Screws (R) and Voltage Converter with
Suspend Resume Pin(Set the lever on the voltage converter to the middle
position before installation. Be sure the suspend
pin is installed correctly before installing the voltage
converter.)ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

105ThinkPad 700 Exploded View

106

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

ThinkPad 700 Exploded View (continued)

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

107ThinkPad 720, 720C Exploded View

108

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

ThinkPad 720, 720C Exploded View (continued)

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

109

Locations
Front View
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/

110

Release Lever
LCD
Contrast Control
Brightness Control
System Status Indicator
Power-On Light (green)
External Input Device Connector
System Power Switch
Keyboard
Reverse Video Switch
Hard Disk Drive
Integrated Pointing Stick
Battery Pack
Diskette-Eject Button
Diskette Drive
Speaker Volume
Suspend Switch

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

System Board (700)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/

External Input Device Connector
System-Expansion Connector (240-pin)
Parallel Connector
Serial Connector
Diskette Drive Connector
Password-override connector
Base Memory Card Interface
Video Card Interface
Backup Battery Connector
Processor Card Interface
Hard Disk Drive Connector
Speaker Connector
Voltage Converter Interface
System Status Indicator Connector
Keyboard Control Card Interface(Front side)(Rear side)

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

111

System Board (720, 720C)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/

External Input Device Connector
System-Expansion Connector (240-pin)
Parallel Connector
Serial Connector
Password-override Connector
PCMCIA Connector
Base Memory Card Interface
Video Card Interface
Backup Battery Connector
Hard Disk Drive Connector
Processor Card Interface
Keyboard Control Card Interface
Speaker Connector
Voltage Converter Interface
Diskette Drive Interface
System Status Indicator Connector(Front side)(Rear side)112

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Video Card

.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/

External Display Connector
LCD Connector
System Board Connector
Communication Adapter Connector

Keyboard Control Card

(Front side)(Rear side)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/

Pointing Stick Connector
System Board Interface
Keyboard Connector
Keyboard Connector

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

113

Voltage Converter(Front side)(Rear side)

.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/

114

Power Jack
Battery Pack Interface
System Board Interface
Standby Battery Connector
Suspend/Resume Switch

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Parts Listing (700)

1

26

25
24

2
23

3

4

22

5
21

20
6

19

7

18

8
17
9

10
11

16

12
15

13
14

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

115

Index
1
LCD (700) 1
44G3806
For Germany (Gray) (700) 1
48G9321
1
LCD Bezel Assembly (700) 1
53G7831
53G7832
For Germany (Gray) 1
Contrast and Brightness Slide (700)53G7803
48G8723
1
LCD (700C) 1
For Germany (Gray) (700C) 1
48G9909
1
LCD Hinge Kit
85G8199
1
LCD Case
44G3875
Frame, Keyboard (700)44G3797
For Germany (Gray) (700)48G9313For Japan (700)44G3798
2
Frame, Keyboard (700C)
48G8945
For Germany (Gray) (700C)
48G9905
For Japan (700C)
48G8946
3
Battery Pack, Nickel Metal Hydride
44G3811
For Benelux
49G2190
For Germany (Gray)
49G2036
For Swiss
44G38124
Battery Terminal Assembly
44G3779
5
Frame, Stiffener
44G37716
Voltage Converter w/lid susp. switch (700)44G3784
Voltage Converter w/lid susp. switch (700C)
48G8712
7
Keyboard Control Card, 84-key (U.S.)
44G3783
Keyboard Control Card, 85-key
49G2096
Keyboard Control Card, 89-key
49G20978
System Board (700)44G3780
System Board (700C)
49G1975
50MHz Upgrade System Board (700)54G1046240/340MB Upgrade System Board (700)53G782250MHz-240/340MB Upgrade System Board (700) 53G7824
50MHz Upgrade System Board (700C)
54G1047240/340MB Upgrade System Board (700C)
53G7823
50MHz-240/340MB Upgrade System Board(700C)
53G7825
Power Switch Knob/Actuator
49G2140
For Germany (Gray)
49G2156
LED Flexible Plastic Cable
49G21429
Backup Battery, Lithium
44G3778
10
Processor Card
44G37811050MHz Upgrade Processor Card (700,700C)
54G1045
11
I/O Connectors Cover Group
44G3769
For Germany (Gray)
48G9315
12
Bottom Cover Assy, U.S.,Can,LAD (700)44G3800
For Benelux
54G0449
For European Countries
44G3801
For Germany (Gray)
48G9314
12
Bottom Cover Assy, U.S.,Can,LAD (700C)
48G8719
For Benelux
49G2732
For European Countries
48G8721
For Germany (Gray)
49G1983
For Japan
48G8722
13
Covers include spacers for LCD hinge
Model 700 Cover
53G7817For Germany (Gray)
48G9316

1

See “FRU Service Procedures” on page 124.

116

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Index

14
15

16
17
18
19

20
21
22
23
24

25
25
26

Model 700C Cover
48G8714For Germany (Gray)
48G9906
Door, Hard Disk Drive
44G3777
For Germany (Gray)
48G9317
Hard Disk Drive, 80MB
95F4743
Hard Disk Drive, 120MB
95F4744
Hard Disk Drive, 240MB
66G3200
Hard Disk Drive, 340MB
53G7862
Cover, IC DRAM Card
49G1108
For Germany (Gray)
49G2154
Video Card (700)44G3782
Video Card (700C)
35G4823
Tray
44G3773
Guide, Modem
44G3774
Modem Door (700)53G7815
Modem Door (700) (For Germany)
53G7816
Modem Door (700C)
53G7817
Modem Door (700C) (For Germany)
53G7818
Telephone Cable
94X1540
Base Memory Card, 4MB
44G3785
Slot Holder, IC DRAM Card
44G3772
Diskette Drive Assembly
49G2198
Cable, Diskette Drive
44G3776
Keyboard (see page 121)
Standby Battery
44G3799
For Benelux
49G1149
For Swiss
49G2093
Indicator Assembly (700)44G3787
Standoff LED (700)44G3788
Indicator Assembly (700C)
48G8729
Standoff LED (700C)
48G8731
Panel Groups include LED cover, 2-2.5 x 8mm,
left and right hinge bracket supports,
left and right hinge cover end caps
Panel Cover Group (700)44G3789
For Germany (Gray)
48G9320
Panel Cover Group (700C)
48G8715For Germany (Gray)
48G9908
For Japan
49G1982
Speaker
07G1229
Holder, Speaker
44G3786
AC Adapter (25W, 3-pin) (700)44G3808
AC Adapter (40W, 3-pin) (700C)
49G2196
For Japan (40W, 2-pin)
49G2197
Data/Fax Modem Adapter (U.S./Can.)
94X2554
Data/Fax Modem Adapter (Japan only)
94X2506
High-Speed Data/Fax Modem (U.S./Can.)2
42G2592
Serial Adapter
79F6840
Internal Modem Attachment Screw
53G7847
Screw Kit (see 720 parts for detail)
53G7819
Foot, Right/Left (w/ springs)
49G2053
For Germany (Gray)
49G2155
Miscellaneous Parts Group (700)44G3790
Miscellaneous Parts Group (700C)
48G8944
Parts Group includes keyboard support bracket,
DC-in holder, battery terminal clip, stud,LCD cable clamp, mouse bracket shield,
heat sink assembly, base cover hook bracket

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

117

Parts Listing (720, 720C)

26

1

25
24
2
23

3
22

4
21

5

20
6
7

19

8

18

9

17

10
16

11

12
15

13
14

2

See “FRU Service Procedures” on page 124.

118

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Index
1
LCD (720) 3
For Germany (Gray) 3
LCD (720C) 3
For Germany (Gray) 3
1
LCD Bezel Assembly (720) 3
For Germany (Gray) 3
1
LCD Hinge Kit
1
LCD Case
2
Frame, Keyboard (720)
For Germany (Gray)
Frame, Keyboard (720C)For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
3
Battery Pack, Nickel Metal Hydride
For Belgian and Dutch
For Germany (Gray)
For Swiss
4
Battery Terminal Assembly
5
Frame, Stiffener6
Voltage Converter w/ lid suspend switch
7
Keyboard Control Card
84-key85-key89-key8
System Board (720)8240/340MB Upgrade System Board (720)8System Board (720C)
8
240/340MB Upgrade System Board (720C)Power Switch Knob/Actuator
For Germany (Gray)
LED Junction
9
Backup Battery, Lithium
10
Processor Card11
I/O Connectors Cover GroupFor Germany (Gray)
12
Bottom Cover Assembly (720)
For European Countries
For Belgian and Dutch
For Germany (Gray)
Bottom Cover Assembly (720C)
For European Countries
For Belgian and Dutch
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
13
Model Unique Cover (720)
For Germany (Gray)
Model Unique Cover (720C)For Germany (Gray)
14
Door, Hard Disk Drive
For Germany (Gray)
15
Hard Disk Drive
120MB
160MB
240MB
340MB

3

44G3806
48G9321
53G8137
53G8138
53G7831
53G7832
85G8199
44G3875
53G9211
53G9179
53G9212
53G9180
53G9209
44G3811
49G2190
49G2036
44G3812
53G9202
44G3771
53G8114
44G3783
49G2096
49G2097
53G9204
53G7826
53G9205
53G7827
49G2140
49G2156
53G9208
44G3778
54G1045
44G3769
48G9315
53G9217
53G9219
53G9221
53G9181
53G9218
53G9220
53G9222
53G9182
53G9215
53G9183
53G9185
53G9184
53G9186
53G9172
53G9173
95F4744
54G0137
66G3200
53G7862

See “FRU Service Procedures” on page 124.

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

119

Index16
Cover, IC DRAM Card
For Germany (Gray)
17
Video Card (720)Video Card (720C)
18
Cable, Diskette Drive
19
PCMCIA Card Slots
20
Base Memory Card, 4MB
21
Slot Holder, IC DRAM Card
22
Diskette Drive Assembly
23
Keyboard (see page 121)
24
Standby Battery
For Belgian and Dutch
For Swiss
25
Indicator Assembly (720)
Indicator Assembly (720C)
Standoff LED (720)Standoff LED (720C)
26
Panel Cover Groups include LED cover,two screws; 2.5 x 8mm, left and righthinge bracket supports, hinge coverend caps and hinge spacers
26
Panel Cover Group (720)
For Germany (Gray)
Panel Cover Group (720C)For Germany (Gray)
PCMCIA DoorFor Germany (Gray)
Speaker
Holder, Speaker
Miscellaneous Parts Group (720)Miscellaneous Parts Group (720C)
Parts Group includes
Keyboard support bracket, DC-in holder,battery terminal clip, LCD cable clamp,
mouse bracket shield, stud,
Heat Sink Assembly, base cover hook bracket
Screw Kit
(Includes the following)
2.5 x 3 mm; 2.5 x 4 mm
2.5 x 5 mm; 2.5 x 12 mm
2.5 x 16 mm; 2.6 x 4 mm self-tapping
Foot Right/Left (w/ springs)
For Germany (Gray)
AC Adapter (40 W, 3-pin)
For Japan (40 W, 2-pin)
Cap, TrackPoint II
IC DRAM Card Eject Tape120

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

53G9187
53G9188
53G9206
53G9207
53G9201
53G9190
53G9203
53G9189
53G9200
44G3799
49G1149
49G2093
53G9191
53G9192
53G9193
53G9194

53G9213
53G9195
53G9214
53G9196
53G9199
53G9216
07G1229
44G3786
53G9197
53G9198

53G7819

49G2053
49G2155
49G2196
49G2197
54G0439
53G9318

Options and Adapters
Important
When you replace the AC adapter or the Quick
Charger with a new one, use the one available for thecountry you are in even though the system is fromanother country.
Options and Adapters
AC Adapter (50 W)
AC Adapter for Japan, 3-pin
Car Battery Adapter
Keyboard/Mouse Cable
IBM ThinkPad Port Replicator
IBM IC DRAM Memory Card, 2MB
IBM IC DRAM Memory Card, 4MB
IBM IC DRAM Memory Card, 8MB
Miniature Mouse
NiMH Battery with Indicator
Quick Charger
Quick Charger for Japan, 2-pin

48G8942
49G2206
49G1148
54G0444
53G9710
07G1414
07G1415
07G1416
95F5723
53G9166
49G1110
49G1111

Keyboards w/ Trackpoint II (700, 700C, 720, 720C)
ArabicBelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FinnishFrench (AZERTY)
German (Gray)
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
ItalianJapanese
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSpanish Speaking
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
TurkishU.K.
U.S. and European Countries
Pointing Stick Caps (3)48G9249
48G9238
48G9230
48G9243
48G9247
48G9241
48G9235
48G9236
48G9252
48G9251
48G9250
48G9237
44G3796
48G9240
48G9246
48G9239
48G923148G9241
48G9244
48G9245
48G9248
44G3795
44G3794
54G0439

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

121

Numeric Keypad (700, 700C, 720, 720C)
BelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
ItalianJapan
Norwegian
SpanishSwedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

95F5741
95F5466
95F5467
95F5467
95F6313
95F6314
95F5467
95F5741
95F5467
95F6316
79F6401
95F5467
95F6315
95F5468
95F5711
95F5715
95F5467
95F5741
95F5741

Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap PlugPC Test Card
Audio Wrap Cable
Screwdriver Kit

122

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

72X8546
35G4703
66G5180
95F3598

Power Cords
1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

Warning: Use the power cord certified for your country.
1

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Japan, 2-pin
Japan, 3-pin
Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
France, Germany, Spain
Italy
Australia, New Zealand
Denmark
IsraelBangladesh, Pakistan,
Sri Lanka, South Africa
Switzerland
Thailand

13F99596454377
65F003114F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
14F0051
1838574

ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)

123

FRU Service Procedures
Review these service procedures before replacing a FRU.

LCD FRU Replacement Notice:

If missing or
discolored dots appear on the LCD, carefully read thefollowing note to determine whether or not you should
replace the LCD.
The LCD for the Model 700C and 720C contains over
921 000 thin film transistors (TFTs). A small number ofmissing, discolored or lighted dots (on all the time) is
characteristic of TFT LCD technology. Excessive pixel
problems can cause viewing concerns. The LCD should
be replaced if the number of missing, discolored, or lighted
dots in any background is 21 or more.
Hinges on the color LCD are part of the FRU and are
returned with the FRU.

700, 720 Mono LCD FRU Replacement:
Hinges are NOT part of the Model 700 or 720 mono LCD
FRU (do not return them with the FRU). When replacing
the Model 700 or 720 mono LCD, remove the right and left
hinge bracket supports and install them on the new LCD.
Return only the main FRU. The left and right hinge
bracket supports are included in the Mono Panel CoverGroup Kit.

High-Speed Modem Noise Problems:

A smallnumber of high speed modems might produce a noise
when the system is powered-on. To solve this problem,
copy PS2.EXE from the Reference Diskette to the root
directory using the UINSTALL program. Then, add thefollowing lines to the AUTOEXEC.BAT file.
PS2 SET MODEM OFF
PS2 SET MODEM ON
If this does not solve the problem, replace the modem.

124

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)
Checkout Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . .
TrackPoint III Checkout. . . . . . . . . . .
Diskette Drive Checkout. . . . . . . . . . .
Hard Disk Drive Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
MultiPort II Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
Infrared Transceiver Checkout. . . . . . . .
PCMCIA Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No-Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD-Related (Video) Symptoms. . . . . . .
Keyboard and TrackPoint III Symptoms . . . .
MultiPort II Related Symptoms . . . . . . . .
Indicator Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . .
Power Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Function Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . .
Infrared Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . .
Audio Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms . . . . .
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermittent Problems. . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problems. . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Understanding Fn Key Combinations. . . . .
Reading Status Indicators. . . . . . . . . .
Understanding the Power-On Self-Test. . . .
Removing the Power-On Password . . . . . .
Running the Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing and Displaying Error Logs
. . . . . .
Checking Installed Devices . . . . . . . . . .
Running the Low-Level Format . . . . . . . .
Reading the PC Test Card LED. . . . . . .
Removing PCMCIA Cards. . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Disassembling the ThinkPad 701C/701CS . . .
Disassembling the LCD Assembly. . . . . .
Replacing the Top System Board . . . . . . .
Removing and Replacing the SO-DIMM Card.
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System (Front View) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System (Left Side View). . . . . . . . . . .
System (Right Side View). . . . . . . . . .
System (Rear View). . . . . . . . . . . . .
Top System Board (Top View). . . . . . . .

127
128
128
131
132
133
133
134
135
137
139
141
142
144
145
146
146
148
148
149
149
150
151
151
151
152
152
152
154
154
155
155
156
156
157
157
158
158
159
159
161
163
172
178
178
181
181
182
182
183
184

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

125Top System Board (Bottom View) . . . . . . .
Bottom System Board (Top View) . . . . . . .
Bottom System Board (Bottom View). . . . .
Inverter Card (Front View). . . . . . . . . .
Inverter Card (Rear View). . . . . . . . . .
MultiPort II (Front View). . . . . . . . . . .
MultiPort II (Rear View). . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common/Option Parts List . . . . . . . . . .

126

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

185
186
187
188
188
189
189
190
192

Checkout Guide
Service for U. S. and Canada
In the U. S. and Canada, the ThinkPad 701C/701CS
is serviced only through EasyServe.
Use the following procedure as a guide for computer
problems:
1. Ask the customer for as much detail as possible
about the failing symptoms.
2. Verify the symptoms by attempting to recreate thefailure either by running the diagnostics test or byrepeating the same operation. (To run the
diagnostics, refer to “Running the Diagnostics” onpage 156.)
3. Use the following table with the verified symptom todetermine which page to go to. Search thesymptoms column and find the description that best
matches your symptom; then, go to the page shownin the “Go to” column.
Note: Before replacing any FRU, see “FRU
Removals and Replacements” on page 161.
Symptom

Go toPower failure. (Thepower indicator does
not go on or stay on.)“Power Systems Checkout” onpage 135.

POST does notcomplete. No beeps
or error codes areindicated.

“No-Beep Symptoms” onpage 146.

POST beeps, but noerror codes are
displayed.

“Beep Symptoms” on page 145.

POST detected anerror and displayed
numeric error codes.

“Numeric Error Codes” onpage 142.

The diagnostics test
detected an error anddisplayed a FRU
code.

“FRU Codes” on page 144.

The configuration is
not the same as forthe installed devices.

“Checking Installed Devices” onpage 157.

Other symptoms(such as LCD display
problems).

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 141, and then use thesymptoms tables.

Symptoms cannot berecreated.
(Intermittent
problems.)

Use the customer-reported
symptoms and also see“Intermittent Problems” onpage 152.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

127

General Checkout
The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.
Warning:
Only trained personnel should service the computer.
Drives in the computer that you are servicing might
have been rearranged or the drive startup sequence
might have been altered. Be extremely careful during
write operations such as copying, saving, orformatting. Data or programs can be destroyed if you
select an incorrect drive.

Perform the following procedures to complete a generalcheckout:
1. Power-off the computer and all external devices.
2. Check all cables and power cords for correctconnection.
3. Power-on all external devices.
4. Power-on the computer.
5. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. The computer emits one short
beep at the end of POST and the Easy-Setup screen
appears. If this does not occur, go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 141.
6. Run the advanced diagnostics tests. For information
on how to run the diagnostics tests, see “Running the
Diagnostics” on page 156. For information on how todisable the password, see “Removing the Power-On
Password” on page 156.
7. Find your symptom in the table in “Checkout Guide”
on page 127, and then go to the appropriate page.
Otherwise, see “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 141, and then go to “Undetermined Problems”
on page 152.

Memory Checkout
Depending on the amount of additional memory installedby the customer, the memory size that is available forcustomer use appears differently. This is not a hardware
problem. Consult the following table for the available
memory on a system with a 4MB base memory when thecustomer installs different sizes of small outline dual inline
memory module (SO-DIMM).
SO-DIMM
Installed

Total
Memory

None

4MB

4MB

8MB

7 808KB

8MB

12MB

11 904KB

16MB

20MB

20 096KB

128

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Available Memory
3 712KB

The following table shows the available memory on asystem with an 8MB base memory with different sizes of
SO-DIMM.
SO-DIMM
Installed

Total
MemoryAvailable Memory

None

8MB

7 808KB

4MB

12MB

11 904KB

8MB

16MB

16 000KB

16MB

24MB

24 192KB

Memory errors might stop system operations or cause
error codes to be displayed.
Use the following procedure to isolate memory problems:

1.

2.
3.
4.

5.

6.

Note: Make sure that the SO-DIMM is fully installedin the connector. A loose connection can cause anerror. For more information about installing
SO-DIMMs, see “FRU Removals and Replacements”
on page 161.
Power-on the computer. Press the F1 key any time
while the POST memory count is proceeding. At theend of the memory test, the Easy-Setup screen
appears.
Select Test and press Enter.
Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
Select Memory and press Enter to run the memory
test on base memory.
 If an error appears below 3 712KB on a systemwith a 4MB base memory (7 808KB with an 8MB
base memory), replace the bottom system board.
 If an error appears above 3 712KB on a systemwith 4MB base memory (7 808KB with an 8MB
base memory), replace the SO-DIMM.
If after replacing the SO-DIMM, an error above
3 712KB on a system with a 4MB base memory or
7 808KB with an 8MB base memory still appears,
replace the bottom system board.
To exit from the test screen, press Esc.

If memory problems occur intermittently, use the loop
option to repeat the test. For more information on runningthe loop test, see “Running the Diagnostics” on page 156.
When the test detects an error, an error log is printed on
the printer connected to the parallel port. See “Printing
and Displaying Error Logs” on page 157 for more
information.
Do not replace FRUs because of a single, nonreproducible
failure. Single failures can occur for a variety of reasonsthat have nothing to do with a hardware defect, such as
electrostatic discharge or software errors. Consider
replacing a FRU only when a recurring problem exists. If
you suspect that problems besides a failing FRU exist,
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

129

clear the error log and run the test again. Do not replace
any FRUs if errors do not reoccur.

Updating Flash Memory:

BIOS and Easy-Setup,
which includes configuration programs and diagnostic
tests, are stored in Flash memory. To update them, Flashmemory must be updated.
When Updating Flash Memory
Do not power-off the computer, disconnect the Vacpower, or remove the battery pack during the Flash
update. The system board will have to be replaced if
the update is interrupted.
Updating Flash memory also resets all of thecustomer’s configuration settings to the default values.
To update the Flash memory, perform the following steps:
1. Within the Configuration Utility, check the “Startup
Sequence” setting and make sure that it is set to
Smart or Conventional. If it is set to Hard Disk,change the setting to Smart or Conventional to set
the system to boot from the update diskette in thefollowing procedure.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

If you change the user’s setting, make a note of thesetting before changing it.
Power-off the computer.
Connect the computer to Vac power and install acharged battery pack.
Insert the Flash update diskette in drive A.
Power-on the computer.
Follow the instructions as they appear to update
Flash memory.
Power-off the computer, and then power it on again.
Error codes 162 and 163 will be displayed.

Press Enter to enter the Configuration Utility. Resetthe date and time.
8. Press Esc to leave the Configuration Utility, and thenpress Enter to save the changes.
9. If the Flash update fails, replace the bottom systemboard. Save the system board that failed, marking it“to be reflashed.”

130

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout
Remove the external keyboard if the internal keyboard is tobe tested.
If the internal keyboard does not work or an unexpectedcharacter appears, make sure that the three flexible cables
extending from the keyboard are correctly seated in theconnectors on the top system board.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, run the
Keyboard Test by performing the following steps:
1. Power-off the computer, and then power it on again.
2. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. At the end of the memory test,
the Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Press the left or right arrow key to select Test andpress Enter or position the pointer over the Test icon
and click the left click button once.
4. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
5. Press Ctrl+K to start the keyboard diagnostics test.
6. Press each key. A shaded box appears in thecorresponding key position on the keyboard layout on
the screen. Press the key again to remove the box.
Note: The shaded box appears in Fn only during thefirst keyboard test of a diagnostics session.
7. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.
If the tests detect a keyboard problem, perform thefollowing tasks one at a time to correct the problem:
Note: Do not replace a nondefective FRU.


Reseat the three cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the top system board.

The following auxiliary input devices are supported for thiscomputer through the MultiPort II:

Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2* compatible)
External keyboard (standard PS/2 or withkeyboard/mouse cable)

If any of the above devices do not work, reseat the cableconnector and repeat the failing operation. If the problem
does not reoccur, recheck the connector. If the problem
reoccurs, repeat the operation with a device that is known
to be good. If the problem still reoccurs, go to “MultiPort II
Checkout” on page 134.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

131TrackPoint III Checkout
If the TrackPoint III does not work, check the configurationin the Configuration Utility by pressing PgDn to reach the
I/O Management screen. If the setting for TrackPoint III is
Off, press the left or right arrow to change it to On. If thisdoes not correct the problem, continue with the following
procedure:Note: The TrackPoint III performs automaticcompensations to adjust the pointer sensor. During thisprocess, the pointer moves about the screen for a shorttime. This self-acting pointer movement can occur when aslight, steady pressure is applied to the TrackPoint III
pointer when the computer is powered on, when thesystem is running, or when readjustment is required
because the temperature has changed significantly within ashort period of time or the temperature is higher than its
operating temperature. This symptom does not indicate a
hardware problem. No service actions are necessary if thepointer movement stops in a short period of time.
However, the TrackPoint III will not stabilize if you applypressure to it. If pointer movement occurs, you can go into
Suspend mode, and then resume normal operation.
Resuming or turning the computer on both cause theTrackPoint III to be calibrated, which may correct the
problem. If you see continual movement of the pointer, theTrackPoint III is probably defective. In rare cases, the top
system board can also cause this problem.
If a click-button problem or TrackPoint III problem occurs,
perform the following steps:
1. Power-off the computer, and then power it on again.
2. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. At the end of the memory test,
the Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Select an item with the TrackPoint III.
4. Press either the left or right click button.
5. Verify that both buttons work correctly.
If either the TrackPoint III or the click button does notwork, perform the following tasks one at a time to correct
the problem:
Note: Do not replace a nondefective FRU.


Reseat the three keyboard cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the top system board.

132

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Diskette Drive Checkout
Use the following procedure to isolate the diskette problem
to a controller, drive, or diskette. For this test, you need ascratch, write-enabled, double-sided, high-density diskette(2.0MB that formats to 1.44MB) that is known to be good.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Attach the external diskette drive if it is not alreadyattached.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. When the memory test iscompleted, the Easy-Setup screen appears.
5. Press the left or right arrow key to select Test andpress Enter or position the pointer over the Test icon
and click the left click button once.
6. Press Ctrl+A to enter the advanced diagnostics.
7. Select the FDD-1 icon and press Enter. This runs
the controller test and the drive read/write test.
8. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code 10
appears. First, replace the diskette drive and cableand run the test again. If FRU code 10 appears fromthis second test, replace the top system board.
9. If the controller test runs without errors, select Tool
from the advanced diagnostics screen. (See“Running the Diagnostics” on page 156 for
instructions.) Select the FDD-1 icon and insert ascratch diskette to continue with the drive test.
10. Select the FDD-1 icon from the advanced diagnostics
screen and press Enter.
11. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50
appears. Replace the drive or the drive cable.
12. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.

Hard Disk Drive Checkout
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the hard disk drive to be tested.
3. Power-on the computer. Press the F1 key any time
while the POST memory count is proceeding. Whenthe memory test is completed, the Easy-Setup screen
appears.
4. Press the left or right arrow key to select Test andpress Enter or position the pointer over the Test icon
and click the left click button once.
5. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics. andpress Enter.
6. If the test detects an error, FRU code 60 appears
under the HDD-1 icon. Replace the hard disk drive.
7. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

133

MultiPort II Checkout
Use the following procedure to isolate a MultiPort II
problem. The MultiPort II attaches to the system
expansion connector at the rear of the computer.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove all of the devices from the MultiPort II.
3. Unplug the AC adapter from the computer, if
attached, and plug the AC adapter into theMultiPort II if it is not already attached.
4. Attach wrap plugs to the serial port and the parallel
port on the MultiPort II.
5. Power-on the computer.
6. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. When the memory test iscompleted, the Easy-Setup screen appears.
7. Press the left or right arrow key to select Test andpress Enter or position the pointer over the Test icon
and click the left click button once.
8. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
9. Select Tool to install the wrap plugs on the ports.
(See “Running the Diagnostics” on page 156 for
instructions.)
10. Run the diagnostics tests on the parallel and serial
ports on the computer and the MultiPort II. To test
the external display device, select the Display icon.
Test results will be displayed under the icon for eachselected device.
11. If the diagnostics tests do not find errors, suspect a
problem with the previously attached devices.
If the tests find errors, perform the following steps torecheck the computer: Power-off the computer.
 Remove the MultiPort II from the computer.
 Power-on the computer and rerun the tests on
the available parallel and serial ports.
If the errors do not reoccur, replace the MultiPort II.
If the errors persist, suspect that the errors are
related to internal FRUs and replace the appropriate
FRU (for information on FRU codes, see “FRU
Codes” on page 144).
12. If power problems appear only when using theMultiPort II, replace the MultiPort II.
13. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.

134

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Power Systems Checkout
To verify the symptom of the problem, power-on thecomputer using each of the power sources available asfollows:
1. Remove the battery.
2. Connect the AC adapter and check that power is
supplied by pressing the power switch.
3. Disconnect the AC adapter and install the charged
battery; then, check that power is supplied from thebattery by pressing the power switch.
Note: The battery is charged only while the computer ispowered-on (the computer can be in the suspendmode). The battery cannot be charged if thecomputer is powered-off.
If you suspect a power problem, see the appropriate
power-supply check listed below:“Checking the AC Adapter.”“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 136.
“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 137.

Checking the AC Adapter: Check the AC
adapter if the computer fails only when the AC adapter isused, or if the battery does not charge when the AC
adapter is attached and the computer is on or in suspend
mode.





If the power problem occurs only when theMultiPort II is used, replace the MultiPort II.
If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check the
AC adapter for correct continuity and installation. If
the connection is suspect, replace the AC adapter.
If the operational charge does not work, go to “Power
Related Symptoms” on page 149.

Note: Several types of AC adapters can be supplied with
the ThinkPad 701C/701CS. The procedure forchecking them is the same.
1. Unplug the AC adapter cable from the computer andmeasure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
adapter cable. See the following figure.

1

2
Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+15.5 to +17.0

2

GroundThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

135

2. If the voltage is not correct, replace the AC adapter.
Note: In rare cases, the problem may be in the AC
adapter even when the voltage is correct. If an AC
adapter is available, try replacing the computer’s AC
adapter.
3. If the voltage is correct, replace the top system board.
If this does not correct the problem, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 152.
Note: An audible noise from the AC adapter does notalways indicate a defective adapter.

Checking the Battery Pack:

Perform thefollowing steps to check the battery:
Safety Notice 7: Translation on page 12
Though main batteries have low voltage, a shorted or
grounded battery can produce enough current to burncombustible materials or personnel.
1. Remove the battery.
Note: To remove the battery, end external
communications if you are not using an AC
adapter. Power-off the computer, and thenclose the lid. Unlock the battery compartment
door located on the bottom of the computer.
Slide the battery out of the compartment.
2. Measure the voltage between battery terminals 1 (+)
and 4 (−). See the following figure.

1

2

Terminal

Voltage (V dc) / Signal

111.0 (nominal)(Range +10.0 to +16.0)

2

VCC

3

I/O

4

Ground136

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

34

Note: The signal lines not used in these steps,
terminals 2 and 3, are used for communication
between the system and the battery.
3. If the voltage is less than +10.0 V dc, the battery has
been discharged or is defective. Recharge thebattery.
If the voltage is still less than +10.0 V dc after therecharging, replace the battery.

Checking the Standby Battery:

Beforeperforming the following steps, make sure that the standby
battery is fully charged by leaving the computer plugged
into ac power while on or in suspend mode for 24 hours.
The computer can be used normally while the standby
battery is charging. If any problem is not corrected after
charging the standby battery, perform the following steps.
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC adapter
from the computer.
2. Remove the battery.
3. Remove the top system board.
4. Replace the standby battery from the bottom of the
top system board.
5. Reinstall the top system board.
6. Plug the computer into ac power, power-on thecomputer, and let the standby battery charge for 24hours.
7. To verify standby battery operation, remove andreinstall the battery while the computer is in thesuspend mode.
Note: For this test to be valid, the battery should
reinstalled within 1 minute.
The resume operation should start.
8. If the resume operation does not work, replace the
top system board.

Infrared Transceiver Checkout
The infrared transceiver is located on the inverter card in
the ThinkPad 701C/701CS. When you run diagnostics on
the infrared transceiver, the test is actually checking the
top system board, not the infrared transceiver itself.
Therefore, complete the following steps before running
diagnostics or replacing any FRUs.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

137

If the customer cannot establish a connection between the
ThinkPad 701C/701CS and a remote system, perform thefollowing steps:
1. Ensure that the device the customer attempted toconnect with is an Infrared Data Association (IRDA)
compliant device.
2. Check to make sure that both systems are using thesame revision level of the same software.
3. Check setup options on both systems to ensure thatthe baud rate and other setup parameters are thesame.
4. Check the Configuration Utility to ensure that the
infrared transceiver is assigned to the same serial
port that is designated in the application software andthat the IRQ assignment is not shared with any otherdevice such as the internal modem or external serial
port on the MultiPort II.
5. Verify that the two systems are in close proximity(less than 1 meter [3.2 feet] apart for IRDA-compliant
devices) and that the infrared transceiver window on
the ThinkPad 701C/701CS is aligned with (directly
opposite) the remote device’s window.
6. Ensure that the windows on both systems are clean
and unobstructed.
If the two systems still will not connect after you havefollowed the preceding steps and the remote system isanother computer with a terminal program (for example,
Windows** Terminal** or Procomm**) installed, perform thefollowing tests:
1. Set up the terminal application on each system tocommunicate with the infrared transceiver serial port
at a speed of 115KB per second.
2. Type characters on the ThinkPad 701C/701CS
keyboard and check to see whether or not thesecharacters appear on the remote system. (Note thatthe characters you type will not appear on the
ThinkPad 701C/701CS system.)
3. Type characters on the remote keyboard and checkto see whether or not these characters appear on the
ThinkPad 701C/701CS system.
4. If characters do not appear in either step 2 or 3 andyou are certain that infrared is working correctly on
the remote system, replace the inverter card.
5. If characters do appear, consult the software vendor
to ensure that the customer is using a compatible
software package and that the setup parameters arecorrect.

138

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

If data transfers between the ThinkPad 701C/701CS andthe remote system are slow or unstable:
1. Verify that the two systems are in close proximity(less than 1 meter [3.2 feet] apart for IRDA-compliant
devices) and that the infrared window on the
ThinkPad 701C/701CS is aligned with the remotedevice’s window.
2. Ensure that the windows on both systems are clean
and unobstructed.
3. If you are using TranXit, check the IRDELAY
parameter in the TRANXIT.INI file in the TRANXIT
directory. The parameter should be set to 1ð.
To run the diagnostics test on the infrared transceiver,perform the following steps:
1. Power-off the computer, and then power it on again.
2. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. When the memory test iscompleted, the Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Press the left or right arrow key to select Test andpress Enter or position the pointer over the Test icon
and click the left click button once.
4. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
5. Select Infrared and press Enter to run the test on theinfrared transceiver. Test results will be displayed
under the Infrared icon.
6. If no errors are detected, the “OK” message appears.
7. If an error is detected, the FRU code and error
description message appear. Go to “FRU Codes” onpage 144 and replace the FRU.
8. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.

PCMCIA Checkout
For a more thorough test, use one PCMCIA card in eachslot. Perform the following steps to test the PCMCIA**slots:
1. Power-off the computer, and then power it on again.
2. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. When the memory test iscompleted, the Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Press the left or right arrow key to select Test andpress Enter or position the pointer over the Test icon
and click the left click button once.
4. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
5. If you are using PC test cards, select Tool to installthem. Insert the cards when prompted. (Forinstructions on installing test cards, see “Running the
Diagnostics” on page 156. For instructions on
inserting the cards, see “Removing PCMCIA Cards”
on page 159.)

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

139

6. Select the PCMCIA icon and press Enter to run thetest on the PCMCIA slots. The green LED on the
PCMCIA card should turn on when the test runs. (Ifthe green LED does not turn on, see “Reading the PC
Test Card LED” on page 158.) Test results will be
displayed under the PCMCIA icon.
7. If no errors are detected, the “OK” message appears.
8. If an error is detected, the FRU code and error
description message appear. Go to “FRU Codes” onpage 144 and replace the FRU.
9. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.

140

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index contains tables that list
causes of symptoms. The most likely cause is listed first.
Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to haveavailable when servicing a computer.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the sequence
shown in the “FRU / Action” columns. If the replacement
FRU did not solve the problem, put the original FRU backin the computer.
Notes:
1. Before replacing the top and bottom system boards,
try reseating the boards. If reseating the boards does
not correct the problem, replace the boards.
2. If possible, install the latest level of BIOS available
before replacing any FRU.
Before completely reassembling a computer that has been
repaired, try to reboot the computer to check the repairsthat have been completed. However, when you reboot
without the keyboard attached, the computer will display
error codes 8603, 8613, and 86XX.
Use displayed numeric error codes to determine thesystem problem. If numeric error codes are not available,
use the other symptom tables that describe specificsymptoms. If the symptom is not listed, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 152.
Note:
For IBM devices not supported by diagnostics codesof ThinkPad 701C/701CS, see the manual for thosedevices.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

141

Numeric Error Codes
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in POST or
system operation. Use the error codes displayed on thescreen to diagnose failures. If more than one error code isdisplayed, begin the diagnosis with the first error code.
The cause of the first error code can result in false error
codes being displayed.
In the following error codes, X can be any number.
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

02X, 101, 107

1.
2.
3.
4.

10X

1. Bottom System
Board.

Battery.
AC Adapter
Memory Option.
Top System Board.

119

1. Top System Board.

161, 163

1. Set Configuration.
(Press Fn+F1 to enter
the Configuration Utility
and set the time anddate.)
2. Top System Board.
3. Bottom System Board.

162(Check the Installed Devices
list for a missing device.)

1. Set Configuration.
(Press Fn+F1 to enter
the Configuration Utility
and set yourconfiguration.)
2. Any Missing Device.
3. Top System Board.
4. Bottom System Board.

164(Memory size error)

1. If a SO-DIMM card
has been removed,press Fn+F1 to enter
the Configuration
Utility, and verify thememory size.
2. Replace the installed
SO-DIMM.
3. Bottom System Board.

184

1. Press Fn+F1 to enter
the Configuration
Utility, and then reset
the Power-on
Password.

195(The hibernate partition
does not match memory
size.)

1. Check if the disk
drive is from anothercomputer or if thememory size haschanged.
2. Go to “Hard Disk
Drive Checkout” onpage 133.
3. Hard Disk Drive142

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

196(Read error occurred in thehibernate area of the Hard
Disk Drive.)

1. Disable, and thenenable Hibernate
mode.
2. Go to “Hard Disk Drive
Checkout” onpage 133.
3. Hard Disk Drive

197(The computer memory size
is not equal to the hibernate
area size on the Hard Disk
Drive.)

1. Disable, and thenenable Hibernate
mode.

1XX
(Not listed above.)

1. Top System Board.
2. Bottom System Board.

2XX

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 128.
2. SO-DIMM
3. Bottom System Board

3XX(Before replacing FRUs,
power-off, and thenpower-on the computer.)

1. Remove attachedexternal devices.
2. Reseat cables.
3. Keyboard
4. Top System Board

6XX

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Checkout” onpage 133.
2. Diskette
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. Diskette Drive
5. Top System Board

09XX, 10XX

1. Top System Board.

11XX

1. Modem
2. Top System Board
3. Bottom System Board

17XX

1. Go to “Hard Disk
Drive Checkout” onpage 133.
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. Bottom System Board

24XX(For external displays, see
the “External Display
Self-Test” in the Common
Devices Checkout section
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. External Display.
2. External Display Power
Cord.
3. Backlight Lamp
Assembly.
4. LCD Assembly.
5. Bottom System Board.
6. Inverter Card.

8000

1. Set Configuration.
2. PCMCIA Card.
3. Bottom System Board.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

143

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

860X(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint III is disabled.)

1.
2.
3.
4.

861X
(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint III is enabled.)

1. Reseat the
TrackPoint III cable(the narrowest
keyboard cable) at
the Top System
Board.
2. External Mouse.
3. Keyboard.
4. Top System Board.
5. Bottom System Board.

86XX(Not listed above)

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

12902

1. Bottom System
Board.

I9990305

1. Go to “Hard Disk
Drive Checkout” onpage 133.
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. Bottom System Board

Other codes not listedabove

1. Go to “Undetermined
Problems” onpage 152.

External Mouse.
External Keyboard.
Top System Board.
Bottom System Board.

Pointing Device.
TrackPoint III.
Keyboard.
Numeric Keypad.
Top System Board.
Bottom System Board.

FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostics tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed, along with an error code. The
FRU code indicates two suspected FRUs. Replace the
FRU that is indicated by the two leftmost digits first, andthen replace the FRU indicated by the two rightmost digits.
No FRU is assigned to code 00. If only one FRU issuspected, the other FRU code is filled with zeros. See
the referenced page before replacing the FRU.
FRU Code

FRU/Action

10

1. Diskette Drive
2. Bottom System Board
3. Top System Board

12

Top System Board

14

Bottom System Board

20

Memory(See “Memory Checkout” on page 128.)32

External Keyboard

33

External Mouse

144

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

FRU CodeFRU/Action

40

LCD Assembly(See “Disassembling the LCD Assembly” onpage 172.)45

External CRT

50

1. Reseat the Diskette Drive (FDD-1).
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-1)

51

1. Reseat the Diskette Drive (FDD-2).
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-2)

55

1. Insert a correctly formatted 2.0MB
diskette into the Diskette Drive.

60

1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1).
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)

61

1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2) on
the docking station.
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)

70

External PCMCIA

81

Internal Modem Card91

If MultiPort II is installed:
1. Reseat MultiPort II.
2. MultiPort II.
If Dock II is installed:
1. Reseat Dock II.
2. Dock II

Note: The device ID and error codes are used to indicate
in detail the portion of the FRU that caused theerror. If replacing a FRU does not correct a
problem, see the device ID or error code from theprevious failure. If they have changed, the new
FRU might be defective or incorrectly installed.
If the problem remains after replacement of the FRUs, go
to “Undetermined Problems” on page 152.

Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Continuous beeps.

1. Top System Board

One beep and a blank,
unreadable, or flashing
LCD.

1. Reseat all LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. Bottom System Board

One beep, and the message“Unable to access bootsource.”1. Boot device
2. System Board

One long, two short beeps,
and a blank or unreadable
LCD.

1. Bottom System
Board.
2. LCD Assembly

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

145

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

One long beep followed byfour short beeps each time
the power switch isoperated.
(System cannot power-on
due to low battery voltage.)

1. Connect the AC
adapter or install a
fully charged battery.

One beep every second.
(System is entering
Suspend mode due to low
battery voltage.)

1. Connect the AC
adapter or install a
fully charged battery(allows system tosuspend operation
before changing thebattery).

Two short beeps with error
codes.

1. POST error. See“Numeric Error
Codes” on page 142.

Two short beeps with blankscreen.

1. Top System Board.
2. Bottom System Board.

No-Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep, power-on indicator
not on, and a blank LCD
during POST.

1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 135.
2. Top System Board.
3. Power sources.

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blank LCD during
POST.

1. Top System Board.
2. Bottom System Board.

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blinking cursor
only during POST.

1. Top System Board.
2. Bottom System Board.

No beep during POST but
system runs correctly.

1. Turn the volume up.
2. Speaker.
3. Top System Board.

LCD-Related (Video) Symptoms
Note that LCD-related symptoms might be a result ofsoftware problems. Therefore, before working on
hardware to correct video problems, make sure that thesystem has the latest versions of the video drivers
installed. Systems that do not have the latest versions ofvideo drivers might experience symptoms such as random
extra pixels.

146

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Note: To check the versions of the video drivers, follow
these steps:


In DOS.

Drivers display their version level when they areloaded. To check them after they have been loaded,look in CONFIG.SYS or AUTOEXEC.BAT files forvideo driver information.
In Windows.
Drivers installed using the video driver installation
utility place an icon in the Control Panel, in the Maingroup. Double-click on the ChipsCPL icon to display
the driver dialog box. Choose the Version button todisplay the driver level.

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blank LCD during
POST.

1. Adjust contrast.
2. Top System Board.
3. Bottom System Board.

LCD backlight notworking, or
LCD too dark, or
LCD brightness cannot
be adjusted.

LCD contrast cannot be
adjusted (ThinkPad 701CS
only).


LCD screen
unreadable, orCharacters missing
pels, or
Screen abnormal, orWrong color displayed.

1. Reseat LCD
connectors.
2. Reseat inverter card.
3. Inverter Card.
4. LCD Assembly.
1. Reseat LCD
connectors.
2. Top System Board.
3. LCD Assembly.
[See important note for“Disassembling the LCD
Assembly” on page 172.]
1. Check that the latest
versions of thedrivers are installed.
2. Reseat LCD
connectors.
3. Bottom System Board.
4. LCD Assembly.

LCD has extra horizontal orvertical lines displayed.

1. LCD Assembly.

Blank LCD, system runs
correctly during POST.

1. Check display type.
(Press Fn+F1 to enter
the Configuration
Utility, and then reset
Display type to LCD.)

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

147

Keyboard and TrackPoint III Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Keyboard (one or morekeys) does not work.

1. Reseat the two larger
keyboard cables.
2. Keyboard.
3. Top System Board.

TrackPoint III does not workor the pointer moves
automatically (“drifts”) or
does not work correctly.

1. Go to “TrackPoint III
Checkout” onpage 132.

MultiPort II Related Symptoms
Before testing or replacing the MultiPort II, ensure that thecustomer installed the MultiPort II while the computer was
powered-off or in Suspend mode. Make sure the problems
occur when the MultiPort II has been installed correctly.
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Devices connected to theMultiPort II do not work
correctly.

1. Check the device
connectors to makesure that they areconnected correctly.
2. Check the cables tomake sure they are notdefective or damaged.
3. Go to “MultiPort II
Checkout” onpage 134.

Problems occur when theMultiPort II is connected or
removed (unlatched).

1. Verify that theMultiPort II iscorrectly seated andthat the latches areengaged properly.
2. Go to “MultiPort II
Checkout” onpage 134.

Power problems occur when
the MultiPort II is connectedto the computer.

1. Remove and thenreattach the AC
adapter to thecomputer or theMultiPort II.
2. MultiPort II.
3. Top System Board.

148

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Indicator Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Indicator incorrectly remains
on or off, but system runs
correctly.

1. Reseat the invertercard.
2. Inverter Card.
3. Top System Board.

Battery status indicator
blinks green and beeps
three times at power-on or
Resume.

1. Check that a fully
charged battery is
installed.
2. Battery Pack
3. Reseat Top andBottom System Boards
together.
4. Top System Board.
5. Bottom System Board.

Battery status indicator
blinks green at power-on.

1. Check the
card-to-cardconnection. Reseat
Top and Bottom
System Boards
together.
2. Top System Board.
3. Bottom System Board.

Battery status indicator does
not turn on when battery
fuel gauge is over 90% but
less than 100%.

1. This is normal
operation if charging
continues. Leave thecomputer charging,and then recheck thebattery fuel gauge ashort time later to
see whether the
charge has
increased.

Power Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Power shut down during
operation.

1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 135.
2. Battery Pack
3. Power sources
4. Top System Board

The system will not
power-off.

1. If you are in Suspendmode, resume bypressing Fn. Then,try to power-off.
2. Disconnect thecomputer from ac
power.
3. Remove the battery.
4. If problem occurs
consistently, replace
the Top System Board.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

149

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Battery pack charges, but
the battery status indicatordoes not light.

1. Reseat the Inverter
Card.
2. Replace the Inverter
Card.

Battery pack does not
charge, the battery statusindicator does not light, andthe battery fuel gauge isless than 90%.

1. Check the AC
adapter connection.
Make sure that thecomputer ispowered-on or in
Suspend mode.
2. Check theConfiguration Utility toensure that the AC
adapter is supplying
the correct voltage
level.
3. Check the AC adapter.
4. Make sure that thecomputer is within theoperationaltemperature range.
5. Change the AC
adapter.
6. Replace the Battery
Pack.
7. Replace the Top
System Board.

Function Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

The system will not enter
Suspend mode or resume
by opening or closing the
LCD.

1. Check theConfiguration Utility
to ensure that the
Suspend on Lid
Close function isenabled.
2. Check that thecomputer can enter
Suspend mode bypressing Fn+F4.
3. Top System Board.
4. Bottom System Board.

Memory count (size)
appears different from
actual size.

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 128.

System configuration does
not match the installed
devices.

1. Go to “Checking
Installed Devices” onpage 157.

System stops intermittently.

1. Go to “Intermittent
Problems” onpage 152.

150

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Infrared Related Symptoms
See “Infrared Transceiver Checkout” on page 137 for
information on the infrared transceiver and infraredtransceiver checkout.

Audio Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

You cannot hear
any sound.

1. In the Configuration Utility,
check the volume level and thesettings for Audio Power and
Mute.
2. Attach external speakers or
headphones and check for sound: If the external speakers or
headphones work, replace
the internal speaker.
 If the external speakers or
headphones do not work,
replace the Top System
Board.

Internal
microphone does
not record.

1. Check the application’srecording source and level.
2. Attach an external microphoneand check for recording: If the external microphoneworks, replace the internal
microphone.
 If the external microphone
does not work, replace the
Top System Board.

Other audio
problems.

1. Replace the Top System Board.

Peripheral Device Related Symptoms
Before testing or replacing any peripheral device, go into
the Configuration Utility and ensure that all of theconfigurations are correct. Also, check applications toensure that devices are configured correctly.
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

External display does notwork correctly.

1. See “External Display
Self-Test” in“Common Devices
Checkout” section.

Printer problems.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Serial or parallel port device
problems.

1. Device.
2. Device Cable.
3. Top System Board.

Run Printer self-test.
Cable.
Parallel Port Device.
Top System Board.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

151

Other Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Errors occur only when
MultiPort II is used

1. See “MultiPort II
Checkout” onpage 134.

PCMCIA slot pin isdamaged.

1. Bottom System
Board.

Note: If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list
and the problem remains, see “Undetermined
Problems.”

Intermittent Problems
Intermittent system interruptions can be caused by avariety of reasons that have nothing to do with a hardware
defect, such as electrostatic discharge or software errors.
Consider replacing a FRU only when a recurring problem
exists.
When analyzing the intermittent problem, perform thefollowing steps:
1. Run the advanced diagnostics test in loop mode atleast 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRUs.
3. If any error is detected, replace the FRU shown by
the FRU code. Rerun the test to verify that no moreerrors exist.

Undetermined Problems
Perform the following procedures to isolate the failing FRU
if the diagnostics tests did not identify which adapter or
device failed, or whether the installed devices areincorrect, a short circuit is suspected, or the system is
inoperative.
Note: Do not replace a nondefective FRU.
Before performing these procedures, perform the following
actions:Verify that all attached devices are supported by thecomputer.
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of
the failure is operating correctly. (See “Power
Systems Checkout” on page 135.)

1. Power-off the computer.
2. Check the cables, wires, and connectors for shortcircuits and open circuits. Visually check them fordamage. If any problems are found, replace the
FRU.

152

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices:a. Non-IBM devices
b. Devices attached to the expansion bus
connector
c. Printer, mouse, and other external devices
d. Battery packe. Hard disk drive
f. Diskette drive or the device attached to thediskette drive connector
g. SO-DIMM cardh. PCMCIA cards
Note: Remember that removing the hard disk
drive, a SO-DIMM card, or any adapter
or device will cause configuration errors.
Error code 162 will occur.
4. Power-on the computer.
5. Determine whether the problem has changed.
6. If the problem does not occur again, reconnect theremoved devices one at a time until you find thefailing FRU.
7. If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs
one at a time.
Note: Do not replace a nondefective FRU.
 Inverter Card.
 LCD Assembly.
 Top System Board.
 Bottom System Board.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

153

Related Service Procedures
Understanding Fn Key Combinations
The following table shows the Fn key and function key
combinations and their corresponding functions.
The Fn key works independently from the operating
system. The operating system obtains the status throughthe system management interface to control the system.
Fn+

Description(alone)Resumes operation from Suspend mode.

F1

Enters the Configuration Utility.

F2

Turns the battery-gauge icon on and off.

F3Enters Standby mode.

F4

Enters Suspend mode.

F5

Mutes and unmutes speaker.

F6

Turns the hard disk off.

F7

Cycles through display options (LCD, CRT,both).

F8

Reverses video display.

F9

Reserved.

F10

Reserved.

F11

Reserved.

F12Enters Hibernate mode.

InsertIncreases contrast.
(This combination key does not provide thisfunction on ThinkPad 701C as TFT screens
do not require contrast adjustment.)

DeleteDecreases contrast.
(This combination key does not provide thisfunction on ThinkPad 701C as TFT screens
do not require contrast adjustment.)

Home

Increases brightness.

End

Decreases brightness.

PgUp

Increases speaker volume, unmutes
speaker.

PgDn

Decreases speaker volume.

154

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Reading Status Indicators
The system status indicators show the current computer
status in different colors (green and yellow).
SymbolColor

Meaning

Green

Battery charging.

Blinking green

Battery low.

YellowHard disk drivein use.

Green

Keys in NumLk
mode.

Green

Keys in Caps
Lock mode.

Green

Keys in ScrLk
mode.

Green

Computer
powered on and
not in Suspend
mode.

Reading the Battery Status:

If the computer isusing the battery, the Battery Status field in the
Configuration Utility indicates whether the battery is OK or
low. If the computer is using external power, this fieldindicates whether the battery is fully charged or stillcharging. The battery fuel gauge provides a visualindication of the battery power level.

Understanding the Power-On Self-Test
Each time you power-on the computer, the power-on
self-test (POST) is initiated. The POST takes up to 90
seconds to complete, depending on the options installed.
The POST checks the following items: system boards,
memory, display, keyboard, diskette drive, hard disk drive,
parallel port, and serial port.
To start the POST, power-on the computer. The following
actions will happen:
1. If a critical error occurs during the POST, the system
halts. The system might beep or display a message.
If the POST cannot be completed successfully, anerror code appears on the display, and you areprompted to press Esc or Enter. If you press Esc,
the computer bypasses the error and attempts tocomplete the POST. If you press Enter, thecomputer displays the Configuration Utility window.
You can then try to correct the error. (See “Running
the Diagnostics” on page 156.)
2. The computer issues one short beep when the POST
ends successfully.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

1553. The computer attempts to load the operating system
as customized. If the computer does not find an
operating system, it displays a graphic message
requesting that you insert a bootable diskette in thediskette drive and press F1 to resume operation.

Removing the Power-On Password
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

Running the Diagnostics
Use either the TrackPoint III or the cursor movement keys
to interact with the tests. When asked for an “OK”
response, press Enter or select the OK button.
1. With the computer powered-off, attach any test tools
to the device to be tested. For example, attach awrap plug to the serial port on the MultiPort II or
insert the PC test cards in the PCMCIA slot.
2. Power-on the computer. Press the F1 key any time
while the POST memory count is proceeding. Whenthe memory test is completed, the Easy-Setup screen
appears.
3. Select Test and press Enter.
4. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
5. Select Tool to install a test tool.
Select the test tool for a device, and press thespacebar or click button to install it. A √ markappears for the selected device. Repeat this step toinstall multiple devices.
Note: A graphic message prompts you to attach theselected test tools.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Select OK and press Enter if the selection is correct.
Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.
Select Test All to test all devices.
Select Looptest to loop tests.

A loop option menu appears in which you can selecta loop test for one or more devices. Select a device
and press the spacebar or click key. A √ markappears for the selected device. Repeat this step toselect multiple devices. Press Enter to start thediagnostics loop. If no device is selected, all device
tests are looped.
10. To exit the loop, keep pressing Ctrl+Pause until thetest exits. The system emits a beep sound to notify
you that the test program has received the exit
interrupt.
11. Press Esc to exit the test screen.
12. Choose Restart to leave Easy-Setup and restart yoursystem.

156

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

13. Select OK or press Enter to confirm the restart.

Printing and Displaying Error Logs
Diagnostics errors are printed on the printer that is
attached to the parallel port when the error is detected.
The error is also logged in the system memory.
Use the following procedure to display the errors:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

End the test, if it is running.
Press Ctrl+A to enter the advanced diagnostics.
Press Ctrl+E.
The error log appears.
To exit the screen, select Cancel or press Esc.

The error log is not saved when system power is turned
off.

Checking Installed Devices
Installed devices are displayed as dark icons on the
diagnostics screen. All other devices are displayed withgray icons.
If a device is installed but the icon appears gray rather
than dark, the device is defective. Reseat the device
connectors, and then restart diagnostics. If the symptom
remains, replace the device or the system board. Ifneeded, adjust the contrast control to clearly distinguishthe shades of the icon.
If a device that is not installed appears in a dark shade, forexample, if HDD-2 appears in a dark shade when asecond hard disk drive is not installed, perform thefollowing steps:
1. Replace the first device, such as HDD-1.
2. If the problem persists, replace the relevant systemboard.
The PCMCIA, System Board, Display, and infraredtransceiver icons are always displayed in a dark shade,because the icons represent subsystems of the systemboard and not attached devices. The parallel port icon isdark except when the diskette drive is attached to theparallel port; in that case, the FDD icon is dark and theparallel port icon is gray. Icons for devices attachedthrough the MultiPort II are dark when the devices areattached, and are gray when the devices are removed
from the MultiPort II.
The HDD-1 icon represents the first drive in the system
configuration. Similarly, the HDD-2 icon represents thesecond drive, attached to the docking station.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

157

Running the Low-Level Format
Perform the following steps to format the hard disk:
Warning: All data and formatting on the disk will be
destroyed and cannot be recovered. Have the user
make a backup copy of all information on the hard diskthat should be saved. Make sure that a bootable diskette
is available. Make sure that the drive address to beformatted is correct.
Use either the TrackPoint III or the cursor movement keys
to interact with the tests. When asked for an “OK”
response, press Enter or select the OK button.
1. Power-off the computer, and then power it on again.
2. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. When the memory test iscompleted, the Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Select Test and press Enter.
4. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
5. Press Ctrl+F. The Format icon appears at the top of
the advanced diagnostics screen.
6. Select the Format icon and press Enter.
7. Select the hard disk to be formatted and press Enter.
8. A confirmation screen appears, showing the numberof cylinders, heads, and sectors on the hard disk.
9. Press Esc to exit the low-level format screen without
formatting the hard disk.
10. Press Enter to begin the low-level format of the harddisk. When the low-level format is completed, theadvanced diagnostics screen is displayed.
11. When you restart the computer, a graphic message isdisplayed at the end of POST, requesting that you
insert a bootable diskette into the diskette drive andpress F1 to resume operation.

Reading the PC Test Card LED
The green LED on a PC test card (JEIDA/PCMCIA wrapcard) turns on when the PCMCIA test is running. If the
LED does not turn on, check that the card is installed
correctly by reseating the card. If it still does not turn on
after the card is reseated and you are using one PC test
card, try using the other slot for the test. If you are using
two cards, try swapping the cards in the slots. If the LED
still does not turn on and the test fails, replace the FRU
shown in the diagnostics error code.

158

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Removing PCMCIA Cards
After removing the PCMCIA cover, and filler plug if it isinstalled, you can insert or remove PCMCIA cards during
most computer operations.
To insert a PCMCIA card, perform the following steps:
1. Insert the PCMCIA card into one of the available
slots, with the long row of pin sockets facing thecomputer and the label on the PCMCIA card facing
up. When the card is in place, the blue eject button
at the left of the slot pops out. Do not force the card.
If the card does not fit into the slot, turn it over.
Note: A Type III PCMCIA card occupies both
PCMCIA slots. To insert the card, aim its bottom
ridges at the lower PCMCIA card slot.
2. Replace the outer cover over the PCMCIA slots.
To remove a PCMCIA card, perform the following steps:
1. Use a small pointed object such as the point of a pen
to press the blue eject button located to the left of the
PCMCIA card slot.
Note: A Type III PCMCIA card occupies both
PCMCIA slots. To remove the card, press the bottom
eject button.
2. Carefully slide the PCMCIA card out of the slot.
3. If both PCMCIA slots are empty, replace the filler plugand replace the outer cover over the PCMCIA slots.
Note: Do not remove PCMCIA cards while the system isin Suspend or Hibernate mode. If you remove a PCMCIA
card while the system is in either mode, you might lose
configuration information. Or, if you remove a PCMCIA
card and insert another card, your system might notrecognize the new card.

Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of the system
features.
FeatureDescription

Processor

Intel** 486** DX2 25/50MHz or DX4
25/75MHz, with math coprocessor.

Memory(Standard)

4MB or 8MB (on the system board).

Memory(Optional)

4, 8, or 16MB SO-DIMM.

Bus
Architecture(Two Busses)

Local bus for hard drive and video(with hardware line draw, BITBLT,
cursor, and sprite support).
ISA busThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

159

Feature

Description

CMOS RAM128 Bytes.

VGA VideoThinkPad 701CS
10.4-inch, 640 × 480, 256/226K color,
DS-STN LCD color.
ThinkPad 701C
10.4-inch, 640 × 480, 256/226K color,
TFT LCD color.

Diskette Drive

1.44MB (3-mode for Japan, 2-mode forother countries) 3.5-inch external.

Hard Drive(Removable)

360MB, 2.5-inch
540MB, 2.5-inch
720MB, 2.5-inch (optional)

Audio








Built-in speaker
Built-in microphone.
Microphone jack.
Speaker/headphone jack.
Line-in jack.
Supports SoundBlaster** andSoundBlaster Pro** applications.

Internal
Modem Card

Data/Fax/Voice Modem with 14.4 Kbps
transmission rate and telephony support(U.S. and Canada only).

PCMCIA
Cards

Accepts any of the following:

InfraredTransceiverIntegrated infrared hardware
IRDA-compatible transceiver with 115.2
Kbps transmission rate.

160






One or two Type I.
One or two Type II.
One Type I and one Type II.
One Type III.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information about removals andreplacements.
Follow the numerical sequence in “Disassembling theThinkPad 701C/701CS” on page 163 and the three
exploded views to remove or disconnect parts in thecorrect order. Reverse the numerical sequence to replace
FRUs. Note exceptions and special instructions for
replacement throughout the FRU removal procedure.
The letters in parentheses in the list indicate screw types.
Consult the following screw size chart to match the lettersto the correct screw type and size before replacing eachscrew.
BA

Nut, M2.5

SilverBC

M2.5, 6 mm

Black

BD

M2.5, 8.4 mm

Black

BE

M2.5, 10 mm

Black

BF

M1, 3 mm

Black

BG

M2.5, 7.5 mm

Black

BH

M2.5, 8 mm

Black

BI

M2.5, 5 mm

Black

BJ

M2, 8 mmSilverThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

161

BK

M2.5, 16 mm

Black

BL

M2.5, 6 mm

Black

Note:
1. Use a TORX** T1 screwdriver on the BF screw. Torqueto 0.5 in./lb.
2. For the other listed screws, use a TORX T6 screwdriver.
Torque to 2.5 in./lb.

Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
Note: Before removing any FRU, remove any attacheddevices, including the diskette drive, diskette drive
cable, and MultiPort II if they are attached.
Safety Notice 2: Translation on page 8
Some standby batteries contain a small amount ofnickel and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge
it, throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Disposeof the battery as required by local ordinances orregulations. Use only the battery in the appropriate
parts listing when replacing the RTC or backup
battery. Use of an incorrect battery can result in
ignition or explosion of the battery.

162

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Disassembling the ThinkPad
701C/701CS
This procedure provides the steps required to completely
disassemble the ThinkPad 701C/701CS.
The three exploded views show the parts of the computerthat are removed at various stages of the disassembly
process. The numbered callouts in the figures correspondto steps in the procedure.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS Exploded View
1

5

BF
9

6 BC

2

10 BH

4
10

BC

10

10 BE

BC

10 BC

7 BK

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

163

ThinkPad 701C/701CS Exploded View

20

16
17

14

8

15

11 BC
12

13

23
13
24

21

22

19 BG

18

3

19

BG
9 BF

164

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

ThinkPad 701C/701CS Exploded View

29

28

BA
BL
25

28 BJ

27
30

32

33

31

34

26 BC

2

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

165

If you follow all of the steps in this procedure, youcompletely disassemble the ThinkPad 701C/701CS.
However, for some replacement operations, you may notneed to completely disassemble the ThinkPad
701C/701CS. In those situations, the relative sequence ofsteps in this procedure is important. Some FRUs must be
removed to reach the failing FRU, or to make it easier towork with another FRU.
This procedure contains instructions for the following:

Removing the Keyboard Cover

Removing the Keyboard

Separating the Display and Base Units

Removing the Top System Board and Inverter Card

Removing the Bottom System Board and Modem

Taking Apart the Base Assembly.1/

Remove the battery shown in the figure on page
163.

.2/

Remove the SO-DIMM cover and any installed
SO-DIMM cards, shown in the figure on page
163.
See “Removing and Replacing the SO-DIMM Card”
on page 178 for more detailed information.

.3/

Remove the PCMCIA cover and filler plugshown in the figure on page 164. Remove any
installed PCMCIA cards.
See “Removing PCMCIA Cards” on page 159 formore detailed information.

.4/

Remove the parallel port cover, shown in the
figure on page 163.

Warning: Do not drop or apply any shock to the harddisk drive. The hard disk drive is sensitive to physicalshock. Incorrect handling can damage it and cause
permanent loss of data on the hard disk. Before removing
the hard disk drive, have the user make a backup copy of
all the information on the hard disk. Never remove thehard disk drive while the system is operating or while it isin Suspend mode.
.5/

Remove the hard disk drive, shown in the figure
on page 163.
Note: Remove the hard disk drive by inserting acoin in the slot and twisting until the hard disk drive
is unseated. Do not apply any extra force to thehard disk drive when removing it.

Removing the Keyboard Cover.6/

Remove the screw (BC) located on the right side
toward the back of the computer, shown in the
figure on page 163.

166

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

.7/

Remove the screw (BK) located on the rearbottom left of the computer shown in the figure
on page 163.

.8/Open the computer lid all the way (180°) andremove the keyboard shelf, shown in the figure
on page 164.
To release the keyboard shelf from the baseassembly:
1. Gently pull up on the right side of the keyboard
shelf.
2. Insert a tool into the slots on the back of thecomputer and gently push in to release thetabs holding in the shelf.

Removing the Keyboard.9/

Remove the four screws (BF) located on thefront, below the keyboard, shown in the figures
on pages 163 and 164.

.1ð/Remove the five remaining screws from thebottom of the base.
(For the screw types that are removed in this step,
see the figure on page 163.)
Replacement:
Warning: When you reinstall the screws, be
careful when tightening the middle screw toward therear of the computer. If you tighten the screw too
much, you can break the plastic base. If you areusing an electric screwdriver, set it to a low or
sensitive setting to prevent breakage.

.11/

Remove the screw (BC) located below the righthinge.
Replacement: When you replace the screws in thebase and the keyboard shelf, perform the steps in
the following order:
1. Replace the screw (BC) in step .11/ shown in
the figure on page 164. Do not tighten thescrew until the front keyboard screws are inplace.
2. Replace the keyboard shelf.
3. Replace the front keyboard screws in step .9/
shown in the figure on page 163.
4. Tighten the BC screw.
5. Replace the screws in step .1ð/.

.12/

Remove the keyboard, shown in the figure on
page 164.
To remove the keyboard, push it backward slightly,
and then pull it up, then forward and out.
Replacement: When you reinstall the keyboard,
follow these steps:

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

167

Warning: When you reinstall the keyboard, be careful not
to damage the keyboard cables by pinching or crushingthem.
1. Attach the three flat cables.
2. Tilt the front of the keyboard up and push the rear of
the keyboard toward the back of the computer.
3. Press the keyboard down.
4. Pull the keyboard slightly forward to engage thelatches located at the back right, and in the middle ofthe left and right sides.
Warning: Do not pull out the cable before releasing thesliding latch connector.
.13/

Detach the three keyboard cables from the top
system board shown in the figure on page 164.
The keyboard cables use zero insertion force (ZIF)
connectors.
Instructions for working with ZIF connectors:
To detach the cables, pull out the small sliding latch
under each cable using a small tool to pull on eachside. Try to pull the latch out incrementally on eachside, or pull out both sides simultaneously.
Replacement: When you reinstall cables in ZIF
connectors, insert the cable connector end, metalside facing up, into the connector, and then gently
push in each sliding latch to secure the cable. Do
not twist the cables.
Warning: Do not pull out the cable before
releasing the sliding latch connector.

Separating the Display and Base Units.14/

Detach the LCD cable shown in the figure on
page 164.
Slide up the ferrite core on the cable to reach thelatches.
The LCD cable uses ZIF connectors.
Replacement: For information about reconnecting
the LCD cable, see “Replacing the LCD Assembly”
on page 175.

.15/

Remove the ferrite core from the LCD cableshown in the figure on page 164.
Replacement: For information about replacing theferrite core, see “Replacing the LCD Assembly” onpage 175.

.16/

Detach the microphone cable from the top
system board, shown in the figure on page 164.
Replacement: Make sure that the two aluminum
spacers are in place. After you reattach themicrophone cable, place any excess cable behind
the PCMCIA slot assembly. For information on

168

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

routing the backlight cable, see “Routing the
Backlight Cable” on page 176.
.17/

Detach the LCD backlight cable from theinverter card, shown in the figure on page 164.
Replacement: For information on routing thebacklight cable, see “Routing the Backlight Cable”
on page 176.

.18/

Detach the speaker cable from the top systemboard, shown in the figure on page 164.
Replacement: After you reattach the speaker
cable, place any excess cable behind the PCMCIA
slot assembly.

.19/

Remove the four hinge screws (BG) shown in
the figure on page 164.
Close the computer lid before removing the screws.

.2ð/

Remove the LCD assembly, shown in the figure
on page 164.
Replacement: See “Disassembling the LCD
Assembly” on page 172 for instructions on FRU
removals and replacements for the LCD assembly.
See “Replacing the LCD Assembly” on page 175
for instructions on replacing the LCD assembly.

Removing Top System Board and Inverter Card
.21/

Remove the top system board and the attachedstandby battery and inverter card, shown in the
figure on page 164. Reuse the rubber spacers.
Separate the metal spacers between the top andbottom system boards. Gently pull up the front of
the top system board and insert a tool at the slot
located near the battery connector. Press downwith the tool and gently pry up to detach the top
system board from the bottom system board.
Replacement: See “Replacing the Top System
Board” on page 178 for information about replacing
the top system board.
Safety Notice 3: Translation on page 9

The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel.
Do not disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack asrequired by local ordinances or regulations. Use only
the battery in the appropriate parts listing whenreplacing the battery pack. Use of an incorrect battery
can result in ignition or explosion of the battery.
.22/

Remove the standby battery, shown in the
figure on page 164.
Replacement: When you replace the standby

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

169

battery, fold the cable and place the standby battery
in the space beside the battery pack connector.
Safety Notice 6: Translation on page 12
To avoid shock, do not remove the plastic cover thatsurrounds the lower portion of the inverter card.
.23/

Remove the inverter card from the top systemboard, shown in the figure on page 164.

.24/

Remove the infrared window from the invertercard, shown in the figure on page 164.

Removing Bottom System Board and Modem.25/

Remove the screw (BL) holding in the bottom
system board, shown in the figure on page 165.

.26/

Remove the two screws (BC) located on thedocking connector shown in the figure on page
165.
Replacement: When you replace these screws,
use the following order:
1. Install one docking connector screw.
2. Install the bottom system board screw (fromstep .25/).
3. Install the other docking connector screw.
Safety Notice 4: Translation on page 10

The backup battery is a lithium battery and can causea fire, explosion or severe burn. Do not recharge it,remove its polarized connector, disassemble it, heat it
above 100 degrees C (212 degrees F), incinerate it, or
expose its cell contents to water. Dispose of thebattery as required by local ordinances or regulations.
Use of an incorrect battery can result in ignition or
explosion of the battery. Replacement batteries canbe ordered from IBM or IBM Authorized Dealers.
.27/

Remove the bottom system board and theattached modem shown in the figure on page165.
To remove the bottom system board, push in lightly
on the modem connector to free it from the base.
Make sure that the modem connector has been
freed from its slot in the base before removing thebottom system board.
Replacement: When you replace the bottom
system board, keep the speaker cable toward therear of the computer. Do not leave it folded underthe bottom system board. Reuse the rubber
spacers.

170

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

.28/

Remove the two bolts (BJ) and nuts (BA)holding the PCMCIA slot assembly to thebottom system board, shown in the figure on
page 165.

.29/

Remove the PCMCIA slot assembly, shown in
the figure on page 165.

.3ð/

Remove the modem shown in the figure on
page 165.
The modem is held in place with an adhesive
gasket. You may need to pry gently on the modem
to remove it from the bottom system board. Whenyou reinstall the modem, you may need to apply a
new adhesive gasket.

Taking Apart the Base Assembly.31/

Remove the power switch cover, shown in the
figure on page 165.

Warning: The speaker can magnetize metal and corrupt a
diskette.
Warning: A scratch can damage the speaker. Be careful
not to damage it with screwdrivers, screws, or otherobjects.
.32/

Remove the speaker, shown in the figure on
page 165.
After you have removed the speaker, carefully
remove any metal particles that might have flaked
off.

.33/

Remove the adhesive gasket shown in the
figure on page 165.
Replacement: Follow these steps in order:
1. Remove the old adhesive gasket and apply a
new one to the base.
2. With the front of the base facing you, rotate
the speaker so that the speaker wires are at“one o’clock,” then attach the speaker to thegasket.
3. Position the speaker cable under the bottom
system board and between the inverter cardand the top system board to the connector on
the top system board.

.34/

Remove the screen over the speaker, shown in
the figure on page 165.
If the screen over the speaker is damaged, replaceit.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

171

Disassembling the LCD Assembly

12

10
11 BI

7

1 BH

8

9

6

9

5

BD

10

3

3

BD
3

BD
4

BD 3

2

Safety Notice 5: Translation on page 11
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCDgets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from thefluid are present after washing.
.1/

Remove the two bottom screws (BH).

.2/

Remove the left hinge cover (cam).

.3/

Remove the four bezel screws (BD).

172

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

.4/

Carefully unsnap the T-shaped snaps along thebottom edge of the bezel, and lift it out.
Be sure to use the correct replacement bezel for
the LCD.
The TFT bezel has adhesive on its top side wall.
When you install a new TFT bezel, remove thebacking first.

.5/

Remove the microphone.

.6/

Remove the backlight cable protective sleeve.
Replacement:
For detailed information about replacing the
microphone and sleeve, see “Replacing theMicrophone and Sleeve” on page 174.

.7/

Remove the LCD.
When you replace the LCD, be sure to replace itwith the correct type of LCD (STN or TFT).

.8/

Remove the LCD cable from the LCD.

.9/

Remove the latches from the bezel.

.1ð/Remove the latch springs from the latches.
Replacement:
When replacing the latches, place the latch in thebezel, and then slide the spring over the post on
the latch. Compress the spring slightly and slip it
into the recess in the bezel.

.11/

Remove the two right hinge screws (BI).

.12/

Remove the right hinge.
The left hinge is part of the top cover assembly,
and should be replaced with it as a unit.

Note: To clean the LCD, use rubbing alcohol and a soft
cloth.
To avoid damaging the LCD, do not scratch or apply any
force to its surface.
Important
The LCD for the ThinkPad 701C contains over
921 000 thin film transistors (TFTs). A small numberof missing, discolored, or lighted dots (on all the time)
is characteristic of TFT LCD technology, but excessive
pixel problems can cause viewing concerns. The LCD
should be replaced if the number of missing or
discolored, or lighted dots in any background is 21 or
more.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

173

Replacing the Microphone and Sleeve

The right hinge should already be installed. To replace themicrophone and cables, perform the following steps:
1. Insert the microphone wires into the small slit in thebacklight cable protective sleeve.
2. Holding the microphone and sleeve near the hinge,
insert the yellow backlight cable through the slit in thesleeve, and then the brown cable. Do not allow the
microphone cable to twist around the backlight
cables.
3. Slip the sleeve into place so that the flange is inside
the computer lid, toward the LCD.
4. Insert the microphone into the space between thehinge and the LCD, with the foam block against theright side of the space. Press the block gently toensure that it is completely inserted.
Make sure that the foam does not cover the
microphone diaphragm. When installed correctly, themicrophone lines up with the two small slots in thebezel.

174

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Replacing the LCD Assembly

To reattach the LCD assembly, follow these steps:
1. With the LCD cable flat, carefully wrap the end of the
LCD cable around the attached sleeve on the cable,
finishing with the end of the cable coming from behindthe sleeve.
2. To prevent possible damage, tape the end of thecable to the bezel while you reattach the LCD
assembly.
3. Place the LCD assembly on the base in the closed
position. Make sure that the backlight andmicrophone cables are inside the base unit.
4. Replace the four hinge screws (BG).
5. Open the computer lid all the way (180°) and remove
the tape from the the LCD cable.
6. Slide the ferrite core over the end of the LCD cable,
pushing the core onto the cable just far enough to
expose the two sets of silver contacts on the cable.
7. Connect the LCD cable to the connectors on thebottom system board by inserting the flat ends of thecable. Then, push in the small sliding latch undereach cable to secure the cable in the connector. Do
not bend or fold the LCD cable. Press on the loop ofcable around the sleeve to insert the cable ends into
the connectors.
8. Pull the ferrite core forward on the cable until the core
touches the connectors and it can be pressed down
flat on top of the bottom system board.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

175

Routing the Backlight Cable
1

2.1/ Brown wire.
.2/ Yellow wire.
Warning: Incorrect routing of the backlight cable may
cause it to break after repeated opening and closing of thecomputer lid. Routing the cable correctly is important toprevent this breakage.
To route the backlight cable, follow these steps:
1. Plug the LCD backlight cable into the inverter card.
Do not twist the wires.
2. Position the brown wire behind the connector so thatafter it exits the connector housing, it goes down
between the inverter card and back wall of the basecover. (It must be outside of the inverter insulator.)
3. Loop the brown wire toward the LEDs and over the
top of the connector.

176

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1

2

Backlight cable routing from the rear, shown without
the computer lid.
.1/ Brown wire.
.2/ Yellow wire.
4. Route the yellow wire in the same manner as thebrown wire. Position the yellow wire beside thebrown wire where it runs over the connector on theside toward the back of the computer. Do not allow
the wires to cross.
5. Be careful to keep the cable in the correct position as
you complete the assembly of the computer.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

177

Replacing the Top System Board
Perform the following steps when you replace the top
system board:
1. Before inserting the top system board, move thepower switch cover forward toward the front of thebase assembly. Make sure that the spring in the
power switch is fully inside the plastic housing.
2. Insert the top system board, tilting the board to theleft and aligning the appropriate connectors with theslots on the base assembly. Be careful to align the
power switch cover with the switch mechanism on theboard.
3. Gently press the battery pack connector down toplace the connector in the slot on the base assembly.
4. Ensure that the inverter card is firmly attached to the
top system board, and that the infrared window is
attached to the inverter card. The infrared window
has a top and bottom. Install the window with thelong side with the partial cutout facing the top of theinverter card.
5. Feed the speaker cable between the inverter cardand the top system board to the right of the invertercard connector to the board.
6. As you press lightly down on the top system board
and the inverter card, slip the bottom corners of theinverter card into the slots in the base assembly.
7. Gently but firmly press on the middle of the top
system board to finish inserting the board and toensure a complete connection between theboard-to-board connectors.

Removing and Replacing the SO-DIMM
Card
Warning: The SO-DIMM card is sensitive to physicalshock. Incorrect handling of the card can damage it.
To remove a SO-DIMM card, follow these steps:
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery.
3. Disconnect all cables and other devices, including theAC adapter.
4. Close the computer and turn it upside down.
5. Open the SO-DIMM door.

178

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

6. Press the metal tabs on each side of the SO-DIMM
away from the card. The card should raise slightly as
the tabs are pulled away from it.
7. Remove the card by holding it at a 15 to 20 degree
angle and pulling it firmly away from the SO-DIMM
socket.
8. Replace the SO-DIMM door.
9. Reattach all cables and other devices, including theAC adapter.
10. Power-on the computer. The computer will display
error code 164.
To insert a SO-DIMM card, follow these steps:
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery.
3. Disconnect all cables and other devices, including theAC adapter.
4. Close the computer and turn it upside down.
5. Remove the SO-DIMM door.
6. Locate the notch on the SO-DIMM.
Warning: Do not insert the SO-DIMM too far. You might
damage the SO-DIMM or SO-DIMM socket.
7. Position the card at a 15 to 20 degree angle to the
SO-DIMM socket with the notch facing to the rightwhen you are looking into the socket, and push it into
the socket firmly.
8. The card is fully inserted when the gold connectors
are almost completely concealed by the SO-DIMM
socket and only the top of each connector is visible.

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

179

Warning: The card will not lock into place if it has notbeen fully inserted into the socket.
9. Once the card is fully inserted into the socket, press
the card down until it locks into place. It is held inplace by two tabs, one on either side of the card.

10. Replace the SO-DIMM door.
11. Reattach all cables and other devices, including theAC adapter, and power-on the computer.
12. Verify that the memory count displayed during the
POST is correct. (See “Memory Checkout” onpage 128 for information on memory size.)

180

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Locations
System (Front View).1/ Latches.2/ LCD.3/ Keyboard.4/ Click Buttons.5/ TrackPoint III.6/ Fn Key.7/ Status Indicators
See “Reading Status Indicators” onpage 155.
1

2

3

7

6

5

4

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

181

System (Left Side View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/

Power JackPower Switch
Parallel/Diskette Drive Connector
Microphone-In JackLine-In Jack
Headphone-/Speaker-Out Jack

1

2

3

4

5

6

System (Right Side View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/

Battery Pack
Hard Disk Drive
PCMCIA Access Port
Slot for Kensington Lock

1

182

2

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

3

4

System (Rear View).1/ Latches.2/ System Expansion Connector.3/ Docking Door
A MultiPort II or Dock II can be connected to thisinterface to support the following features:
 16-bit AT-bus interface
 Serial port
 Parallel port
 Keyboard and mouse Hard disk drive connection
 LED control signals
 Video signals
 Audio signals
 Diskette drive PCMCIA Power controls Power line
1

2

3

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

183

Top System Board (Top View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/

Keyboard Connectors
Inverter Card Connector
Microphone Connector
Speaker Connector
Battery Pack Connector
Lid Close Sensor
Parallel/Diskette Drive Connector
TrackPoint III Connector
8

1

2
3
4

7

5

6

184

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Top System Board (Bottom View).1/ Inverter Card Connector.2/ Power Jack
.3/ Power Switch.4/ Parallel/Diskette Drive Connector.5/ Microphone-In Jack
.6/ Line-In Jack
.7/ Headphone-/Speaker-Out Jack
.8/ Standby Battery Connector.9/ Battery Pack Connector.1ð/ Board-to-Board Connector
1

2
3

4

5
6
7

10

9

8

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

185

Bottom System Board (Top View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/

System Expansion Connector
LCD Connectors
PCMCIA Controller
PCMCIA Slots
System Controller
Board-to-Board Connector
Video Controller
1

2

3

7

6

5

186

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

4

Bottom System Board (Bottom View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
1

PCMCIA Connector
Processor
System Expansion Connector
Modem Connector
Random Access Memory
SO-DIMM Connector
Hard Disk Drive Connector
RTC Battery
Power-On Password Bypass Pads
2

3

4

8
5

7

6

9

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

187

Inverter Card (Front View).1/ Light-Emitting Diodes.2/ System Board Connector
12Inverter Card (Rear View).1/ Light-Emitting Diodes.2/ Infrared Serial Port
.3/ LCD Connector
3

188

1

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2

MultiPort II (Front View).1/ Port Connector

1

MultiPort II (Rear View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/

Release Lever
External Display Port
AC Adapter Port
External Mouse/Numeric Keypad Port
External Keyboard Port
Audio Out
Audio In
Parallel Port
Serial Port
1

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

189

Parts Listing190

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

System Unit (ThinkPad 701C/701CS)
Index FRU
1
Latch Kit
(Includes logos and spring)2
Display Cover Assembly3
Microphone
4
Right Hinge
5
Color LCD (ThinkPad 701CS)
5
Color LCD (ThinkPad 701C)
6LCD Bezel (ThinkPad 701CS)
6
LCD Bezel (ThinkPad 701C)
7a
Keyboard Cam
7b
Keyboard Hinge
8
Keyboard Shelf
9
See Keyboard List
10
Inverter Card/Infrared Transceiver
11
Top System Board
12
Bottom System Board (25/50MHz)
12
Bottom System Board (25/75MHz)
13
SO-DIMM(See options list)
14
Modem
15
PCMCIA Cover
16
PCMCIA Filler Plug
17
360MB Hard Disk Drive
17
540MB Hard Disk Drive
17
720MB Hard Disk Drive
18
Battery Pack NiCD
For Worldwide Use(Including Benelux)
18
Battery Pack NiMH
19
Base Assembly20
Base Feet Kit
21
SO-DIMM Door
22
Standby Battery Door
23
Diskette Drive
For Japan
24
Diskette Drive Cable
25
Parallel Port Door
26
Power Switch Cover
27
Standby Battery
28
MultiPort II
29
Speaker30
LCD Cable
Parallel Port Cable
Screen for SpeakerSpeaker Gasket
Docking Door

04H8327
04H8326
04H8328
04H8388
04H8333
04H8331
04H8325
04H8332
42H1505
04H8389
04H8336
04H8347
04H8343
04H8342
25H4883

04H8341
04H8346
04H8348
04H6829
04H6830
25H4873
04H6898
04H6902
04H6197
04H8335
04H8390
04H8337
04H8338
10H4056
10H4055
04H6916
04H8340
04H8349
04H8345
04H6915
04H8344
04H8329
10H4070
10H4086
04H8383
04H8339

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

191

Keyboards
Country
ArabicBelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman
Greek
Hebrew
ItalianJapanese
Latin American
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSwedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

04H8319
04H8317
04H6918
04H8316
04H8318
04H8310
04H8311
04H832204H8320
04H8309
04H8323
04H6919
04H8314
04H831204H8308
04H8313
04H8315
04H8373
04H8321
04H8307
04H6917

Common/Option Parts List
Miscellaneous Parts
AC Adapter
For Americas and JapanFor Worldwide Use
Screw Kit
(Includes the following TORX screws)
Nuts (2)M2.5 x 6 mm (9)M2.5 x 8.4 mm (4)M2.5 x 10 mm (1)M1 x 3 mm (4)M2.5 x 7.5 mm (4)M2.5 x 8 mm (3)M2.5 x 5 mm (2)M2 x 8 mm (2)M2.5 x 16 mm (1)TrackPoint III Cover

04H6903
04H6904
04H8330

04H8387

Notes
1. When you replace the AC adapter with a newone, use the one for the country you are in even
if the system is from a different country.
2. The warranty for the system unit does not apply
to all options.

192

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Options
Memory 70ns, 3.3v, nonparity, self-refresh DIMM
Memory SO-DIMM 4MB
92G7260
Memory SO-DIMM 8MB
92G7262
Memory SO-DIMM 16MB
92G7264
AC Adapter (U.S.)
04H6903
360MB Hard Disk Drive
04H6829
540MB Hard Disk Drive
04H6830
720MB Hard Disk Drive
25H4873
Dock II Adapter Card
04H8353
Dock II Adapter Kit Diskette Drive Cable
25H4879

Tools
Standard Tri-Connector Wrap Plug
PCMCIA (PC Test Card)
Standard Audio Wrap Cable
Standard Screwdriver Kit
TORX T1 Screwdriver
TORX T6 ScrewdriverPower Cords
U.S., Canada
Asia Pacific
Latin America
EuropeJapan
Warning:
Use the power cord certified for your country.

72X8546
35G4680
66G5180
95F3598
10H4156
10H4157
04H6905
04H6906
04H6907
04H6908
04H6909

ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)

193

194

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x,
755C, 755Cs
Model 355x - 2619
Model 360x - 2620
Model 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs - 9545
Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What to Do First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Board and Processor Card Checkout(370C, 750Ce, 755C, 755Cs) . . . . . . . .
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . .
TrackPoint II checkout . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pen and Digitizer Checkout (360P, 360PE, 750P)
Audio Card Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . .
Diskette Drive Test
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
Power Management Features. . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard/TrackPoint II Related Symptoms. .
Indicator Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . .
Power Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Function/Audio Related Symptoms. . . . . .
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms . . . . .
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermittent Problems. . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problems. . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Run the Diagnostics. . . . . . . . .
Error Log
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . .
Password Combinations. . . . . . . . . . .
How to Run the Low Level Format. . . . . .
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fn Key Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . .
How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Models 355x, 360x . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model 370C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model 750x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Models 755C, 755Cs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Removals Models 355x, 360x
. . . . . . . . . .
1010 Rear Connector Door
. . . . . . . . .
1015 Foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1020 Battery Pack
. . . . . . . . . . . . .

203
203
204
205
205
206
207
213
216
217
220
221
222
223
223
224
224
224
225
226
226
227
228
228
229
229
230
230
230
231
231
231
232
232
233
233
235
236
237
237
237
238

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

195

197
198
200
201

1030 Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1035 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .
1040 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1050 IC DRAM Card
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1055 Diskette Drive Bezel . . . . . . . . . .
1060 Status Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . .
1070 LCD Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . .
1080 Modem Card (355x) . . . . . . . . . .
1085 Bezel (360x). . . . . . . . . . . . .
1090 Speaker Shield Assembly. . . . . . .
1095 Interposer Card
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1100 DC/DC Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1110 Backup Battery. . . . . . . . . . . .
1115 Standby Battery . . . . . . . . . . . .
1120 System Board Assembly . . . . . . . .
1130 PCMCIA Slot Assembly. . . . . . . .
Removals Models 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs . . .
2010 Rear Connector Door
. . . . . . . . .
2015 Foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 Battery Pack
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
2030 Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2035 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .
2040 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2050 IC DRAM Card
. . . . . . . . . . . .
2055 DIMM and DIMM Adapter (755C, 755Cs)
2056 Diskette Drive Bezel . . . . . . . . . .
2060 Status Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . .
2070 LCD Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . .
2080 Speaker Shield Assembly. . . . . . .
2085 Audio Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2090 Interposer Card
. . . . . . . . . . . .
2100 DC/DC Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
2110 Backup Battery. . . . . . . . . . . .
2105 Standby Battery . . . . . . . . . . . .
2120 System Board Assembly . . . . . . . .
2130 PCMCIA Slot Assembly. . . . . . . .
2140 Processor Card (750Ce, 755C, 755Cs) .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System - Front View (750, 750Cx, 755Cx, 370C,
360x, 355x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Front View - (750P, 360P, 360PE). .
System Rear View - All Models . . . . . . . .
System Board (Top View). . . . . . . . . .
System Board (Bottom View) . . . . . . . . .
Processor Card (370C, 750Ce, 755C, 755Cs) .
DC/DC Card - Top View
. . . . . . . . . . .
Interposer Card - All Models (Front View) . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Models 350x, 360x . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model 370C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model 750x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Models 755C and 755Cs . . . . . . . . . . .
Common/Option Parts List . . . . . . . . . .

196

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

239
240
241
244
244
245
247
249
249
253
253
255
256
256
257
259
261
261
261
262
263
264
265
268
269
271
272
274
277
280
280
281
282
282
284
286
287
289
289
290
291
292
293
294
294
295
296
296
300
303
307
310

Read This First
Service for U. S. and Canada
In the U. S. and Canada, the ThinkPad 370C andThinkPad 360PE are serviced only through
EasyServe.
This hardware maintenance manual covers information
about the following IBM ThinkPad models:






355, 360, 750 (monochrome)
355C, 360C, 360CE, 370C, 750C, 755C (TFT color)
750Ce (TFT color, enhanced)
355Cs, 360Cs, 360CSE, 750Cs, 755Cs (STN color)
360P, 360PE, 750P (pen).

When information affects only a specific model, the model
number is shown in parenthesis in the heading or is
explained in the text. Before you go to the checkout guide,
be sure to read this section.
Be extremely careful during write operations suchas copying, saving, or formatting. Drives in thecomputer that you are servicing might have beenrearranged or the drive startup sequence might havebeen altered. If you select an incorrect drive, data or
programs can be written over.
Replace FRUs only for the correct model. Whenyou replace the FRU, make sure the model of themachine and FRU part number are correct byreferring to the part list.
FRUs should not be replaced because of a single,
un-reproducible failure. Single failures can occur
from a variety of reasons that have nothing to do witha hardware defect such as: cosmic radiation,
electrostatic discharge, or software errors. FRU
replacement should only be considered when arecurring problem exists. If this is suspected, clear
the error log and run the test again. Do not replace
any FRUs if log errors do not reappear.

The servicer must include the following in the partsexchange form or part return form that is attached to thereturned FRU.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Name and phone number of servicer.
Date of service.
Date when part failed.
Date of purchase.
Failure symptoms, error codes appearing on
display, and beep symptoms.
Procedure index and page number in which
failing FRU was detected.
Failing FRU name and part number.
Machine type, model number, and serial number.
Customer's name and address.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

197

What to Do First
Before checking problems with the computer, determine
whether or not the damage applies to the warranty byreferring to the following:
Note for Warranty: During the warranty period, thecustomer may be responsible for repair costs if thedamage was caused by misuse, accident,
modification, unsuitable physical or operating
environment, or improper maintenance by thecustomer.
The following list provides some common items that are
not covered under warranty and some symptoms that
could indicate that the system was subjected to stresses
beyond normal use.
Warranty Coverage Notes
The following is not covered under warranty:















LCD panel cracked from being dropped orapplying too much force.
Scratched (cosmetic) parts.
Cracked or broken plastic parts, broken latches,broken pins or connectors caused by excessive
force.
Damage caused by liquid spilled onto the system.
Damage caused by improperly inserting a
PCMCIA card or installation of an incompatible
card.
Damage due to foreign material in the FDD or
FDD bay.
Damage to the diskette drive caused by pressing
the diskette drive cover or inserting diskettes withmultiple labels.
Diskette eject button was bent or damaged.
Damage to the CD-ROM drive caused byexcessive force shocked or dropped.
Fuse blown by attaching non-supported device.
Computer or hard disk could not be usedbecause the password was forgotten.

If the following symptoms are present, they could
indicate the damage was caused by non-warranted
activity:




198

Missing parts can be a symptom of unauthorized
service or modification.
HDD spindles can become noisy if subjected toexcessive force or is dropped.
I9990303 errors can be caused by exposure to strong
magnetic fields.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

How to Use Error Messages: Use the error
codes displayed on the screen to diagnose failures. If
more than one error code is displayed, begin the diagnosis
with the first error code. The cause of the first error code
can result in false error codes being displayed. If no error
code is displayed, see if the error symptom is listed in the“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 216.
How to Diagnose Multiple FRUs:

When theadapter or device has more than one FRU, the error code
could be caused by either FRU. Before replacing
multi-FRUs, try removing or exchanging each FRU, one by
one in the designated sequence, to see if the symptoms
change.

Passwords:

The Passwords are security features thatare used to protect the system and the hard disk data fromunauthorized access. There are three types of passwords
as follows:Power-on Password (POP)Hard disk Password (HDP)
Supervisor Password (Privileged Access Password,
PAP)

No overriding is provided. Obtaining permission from thepassword owner to unlock the password is a prerequisite
for running diagnostic tests and performing maintenanceservice.
See “Password Combinations” on page 230 for more
information about passwords.

How to Disable the Power-On Password:
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

Reset Pushbutton:

The reset pushbutton resets thesystem regardless of the microcode status and forces
power to be powered-off. Use this pushbutton to power-off
when power is not completely off or the microcode is in ahung state. See “System Board (Top View)” on page 292
for the location of the pushbutton.

Port Replicator Problems: If you suspect a
problem with the Port Replicator, see “Port Replicator
Checkout” in the “Common Devices Checkout” section for
more information.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

199

General Checkout
Use the following procedure as a guide for computer
problems.
Note: The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.
1. Obtain the failing symptoms in as much detail as
possible.
2. Verify the symptoms by attempting to recreate thefailure by running the diagnostic test or by repeating
the same operation.
Note: To run the diagnostics, refer to “How to Run
the Diagnostics” on page 229.
3. Use the following table with the verified symptom todetermine which page to go to. Search thesymptoms column and find the description that best
matches your symptom; then go to the page shown in
the “Go to” column.
Symptom

Go toPower failure. (The power
indicator does not go on or
stay on.)“Power Systems Checkout”
on page 207.

POST does not complete.
No beeps/error code areindicated.

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 216, and then use the
No Beep Symptoms table.

POST beeps, but no error
codes are displayed.

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 216, and then use theBeep Symptoms table.

POST detected an error anddisplayed numeric error
codes.

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 216, and then use the
Numeric Error Codes table.

The diagnostic test detected
an error and displayed an
FRU code.

“FRU Codes” on page 220.

The configuration is not thesame as the installed
devices.

“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 230.

Other symptoms (such as
LCD display problems).

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 216, and then use
other miscellaneous
symptoms tables.

Symptoms cannot berecreated. (Intermittent
problems.)

Use the customer reported
symptoms and go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 216.

TV Tuner Problems

See “TV Tuner” onpage 477.

200

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Memory Checkout
Depending on the model, the memory size that is available
for customer use appears differently. This is not a
hardware problem. See the following table for theavailable memory size of each card.
Note: For Models 370C, 755C and 755Cs, one of two
types of memory cards can be used, IC DRAM card or
DIMM card. If DIMM cards are installed, replace IC DRAM
with DIMM in the following.
IC
DRAM

750, 750C, 750Cs,
750P

355x, 360x, 370C,
750Ce, 755C, 755Cs

0 MB

3904 KB

3712 KB

2 MB

5952 KB

5760 KB

4 MB

8000 KB

7808 KB

8 MB

12096 KB

11904 KB

16 MB

20288 KB

20096 KB

DIMM

370C, 755C, 755Cs

0 MB

3712 KB

4 MB

7808 KB

8 MB

11904 KB

12 MB

16000 KB

24 MB

28288 KB

16 MB

20096 KB

20 MB

24192 KB

32 MB

36480 KB

Memory errors might stop system operations, show error
messages on the screen, or hang the system. The
computer detects memory parity errors but does notcorrect them.
Use the following procedure to isolate memory problems.
Notes on Memory Errors
For Models 355x, 360x, and 370C, ignore any
references to parity errors.
DIMM Adapter and DIMM card are not supported
for 355x and 360x. Remove them (if installed).

1. Installing a non-parity memory card causes memory
errors. Before you go to the next procedure, check
whether or not the memory card use parity or
non-parity. If the non-parity memory card is installed,disable the parity check on Easy-Setup configuration
screen.
2. Make sure that the memory card is fully installed into
the connector. Loose connection can cause an error.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

201

3. Power-off the computer and remove the IC DRAM
card, or DIMM card from its slot (if installed).
4. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on thecomputer. Hold the F1 key down until Easy-Setup
screen appears.
5. Select Test and press enter.
6. Select Memory and press enter to run the memory
test on base memory. If an error appears, replace
the system board.
7. Power-off the computer and reinstall the IC DRAM
card; then power-on the computer. Verify thememory size; then test the memory. If an error
appears, replace the IC DRAM card.
If memory problems occur intermittently, use the loop
option to repeat the test. When the test detects an error,
an error log is printed on the printer connected to theparallel port. See “Error Log” on page 229 for more
information.
If a parity error is logged in CMOS, POST error code 118
appears when the power is turned on. To clear the log
and to test the memory, run the memory diagnostic. If noerror is detected by the test, the log is cleared, and error
code 118 will not appear the next time the POST is run. If
the 118 error code occurs repeatedly, determine andreplace the failing memory FRU. FRUs should not be
replaced because of a single, un-reproducible failure.
Single failures can occur from a variety of reasons thathave nothing to do with a hardware defect such as: cosmic
radiation, electrostatic discharge, or software errors. FRUs
replacement should only be considered when a recurring
problems exits. If this is suspected, clear the error log andrun the test again. Do not replace any FRUs if log errors
do not reappear.

System Programs in Flash Memory: System setup
programs and diagnostic tests are stored in Flash memory.

Flash Memory Update: A flash memory update isrequired for the following conditions:

New versions of system programs.
New feature or options are added.
When Updating Flash Memory

Do not power-off the computer, disconnect the Vacpower, or remove the battery during the Flash update.
On certain systems, updating Flash memory can reset
all customer’s configuration settings to the default
values.
To update the Flash memory, perform the following steps:
1. Connect the AC Adapter and install the battery pack.

202

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2. Get the appropriate diskette which contains the
update.
3. Insert the System Program Service Diskette into
drive A and power-on the computer.
4. Select Update system programs from the menu.

System Board and Processor Card
Checkout (370C, 750Ce, 755C, 755Cs)
The processing functions for the Models 370C, 750C,
755Ce, and 755Cs are performed by both the systemboard and the processor card. Processor problems can becaused by either FRU. However, the processor card
generally has a lower probability of failure. When anumeric code calls the system board or the processor card
as a FRU, or the processor card is called by a diagnostic
test by showing FRU code 11, use the following procedure
to isolate the problem.
1. Run the system board test to verify the symptom.
This test verifies both the system board and theprocessor card. If no error is detected, return to“General Checkout” on page 200.
2. If FRU code 10 appears, replace the system board
but do not replace the processor card. Transfer theprocessor card from the old system board to the new
system board.
3. If FRU code 11 appears, reseat the processor card.
4. Rerun the test to verify the fix.
5. If FRU code 11 remains, replace the processor card.
If above procedure does not correct the problem, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 227.

Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout
Remove the external keyboard if the internal keyboard is tobe tested.
If the internal keyboard does not work or an unexpectedcharacter appears, make sure that the three flexible cables
extending from the keyboard are correctly seated in theconnectors on the interposer card.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, run the
Keyboard Test by doing the following:
1. Go to diagnostic menu screen by pressing Ctrl+A in
Easy-Setup screen.
2. Press Ctrl+K; the figure of the keyboard appears on
the screen.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screenchanges to be a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, the black square
briefly appears.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

203

If the tests detect a keyboard problem, do the following
one at a time to correct the problem. Do not replace a
non-defective FRU.


Reseat the three cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the interposer card.
Replace the system board.

The following auxiliary input devices are supported for thiscomputer.


Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
External keyboard (with keyboard/mouse cable)

If any of the above devices do not work, reseat the cableconnector and repeat the failing operation.
If the problem does not occur again, recheck theconnector.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the device, andthen the system board.

TrackPoint II checkout
If the TrackPoint II will not work, check the configuration in
Easy-Setup by selecting Keyboard from the Config menu.
If the configuration of the TrackPoint II disabled, selectTrackPoint to enable it.
If this does not correct the TrackPoint II problem, continue
with the following.
The TrackPoint II does automatic compensations to adjust
the pointer sensor. During this process, the pointer moves
on the screen automatically for a short time. This
self-acting pointer movement can occur when a slight,
steady pressure is applied to the TrackPoint II pointerwhile the computer is powered on or while the system isrunning, or re-adjustment is required because thetemperature has exceeded its normal temperature range.
This symptom does not indicate a hardware problem. No
service actions are necessary if the pointer movement
stops in a short period of time.
If a click button problem or pointing stick problem occurs,
do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Go to Easy-Setup screen.
Select an item with the pointing stick.
Press either the left or right click button.
Verify that both buttons work correctly.

If either the pointing stick or the click button will not work,
do the following actions one at a time to correct the
problem. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.


Reseat the three keyboard cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the interposer card.

204

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Replace the system board.

Pen and Digitizer Checkout (360P,
360PE, 750P)
To check the stylus pen and digitizer, do the following.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Press and hold the F1 key.
Power-on the computer to go to Easy-Setup screen.
Select Test by using the stylus pen.
If the test menu appears, the pen and digitizer are
operating correctly.
If the menu does not appear, do the following.
a. Do the “Digitizer Adjustment.”b. If the problem remains, replace the stylus pen.
c. If the problem still remains after step 6 in theadjustment, replace the LCD assembly.

Digitizer Adjustment:

Adjust the pen-point

pressure when:The LCD is replaced with a new one.
The LCD is changed to a pen LCD from amonochrome model.
The stylus pen or digitizer is not working correctly.

Do the following:
1. Press and hold the F1 key, then power-on thecomputer to go to the Easy-Setup menu.
2. Press Ctrl+P. The following Pen icon appears on thescreen.

Pen

3. Open the LCD all the way to 180 degrees. (Do notconvert it into the tablet-style notebook.)
4. Select the pen icon by moving the cursor on the icon
and clicking it.
5. Without applying any pressure on the screen, hold thestylus pen so it stands on the screen, then press
Enter.
Note: The pressure on the screen should only befrom the weight of the stylus pen.
6. Restart the system.

Audio Card Checkout
Do the following to run the audio tests.
Note: Refer to “Product Overview” on page 232 to see
whether the audio card is standard or not.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the ThinkPad 750Ce hardware maintenancediskette into diskette drive A and power-on thecomputer.
Note: You can use this maintenance diskette for all
Models.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

205

3. Select the Audio Diagnostics from the main menu.
4. Select Tests from the menu bar and press Enter.
5. Select All tests from the pull-down menu and press
Enter.

6.
7.
8.

9.

Run options are set to test once and stop on error as
defaults. Other options can be selected by thepull-down menu of Setting-up.
Follow the instructions that appear on the screen toproceed with the tests.
If the tests end and no errors are detected, the “Alltests passed OK” message appears.
If an error is detected, the FRU code and error
description message appear. Go to “FRU Codes” onpage 220 and replace the FRU.
To exit from the test screen, press Esc.

Diskette Drive Test
Do the following to isolate the problem to a controller,
drive, or diskette. A scratch, write enabled, non-defective
2HD diskette is required.
Warning: Make sure that the diskette does not havemore than one label attached to it. Multiple labels cancause damage to the drive or can cause the drive to fail.
1. Do the following to select the test device:a. Select the advanced diagnostic mode and selectTool;b. Select the icon FDD-1 or FDD-2 and press thespace key.
A √ mark appears next to the selected icon.
Insert the blank diskette when instructed.
2. Run the diskette drive test.
3. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code 10
appears. Replace the system board.
4. If the controller test runs without errors, the drive
read/write tests start automatically.
5. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50 for
FDD-1 or 51 for FDD-2 appears. If the diskette itself
is known to be good, replace the drive.
6. If the drive is attached through a Port Replicator as
FDD-1 or FDD-2 and the test detects errors, movethe drive to the computer's diskette drive connector
directly, and test it again as FDD-1.
If no errors occur at the FDD-1 position, the drive is
not defective. Go to “Port Replicator Checkout” in“Common Devices Checkout” section to isolate thereplicator problem.
7. If the drive is attached through an Expansion Unit, go
to the service manual of the Expansion Unit to isolate
the problem.

206

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

8. If the drive is attached through a Diskette Drive
Attachment Unit, replace the unit.

Power Systems Checkout
To verify the symptom of the problem, power-on thecomputer using each of the power sources available asfollows.
1. Remove the battery pack, diskette drive, and harddisk drive.
2. Connect the AC Adapter and check that power is
supplied.
3. Install the diskette drive, or hard disk drive one at atime and check that power is supplied from eachpower source.
4. Disconnect the AC Adapter, remove the hard disk anddiskette drive, and install the charged battery pack;then check that power is supplied by battery pack.
If you suspect a power problem, see the appropriate power
supply check listed below.









“Checking the AC Adapter.”“Checking Operational Charging” on page 208.
“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 208.
“Checking the Car-Battery Adapter” on page 210.
“Checking the Quick Charger” on page 211.
“Checking the Backup Battery” on page 211.
“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 212.
“Port Replicator Power Overload” on page 215.

Checking the AC Adapter: You are here
because the computer fails only when the AC Adapter is
used.





If the power problem occurs only when the port
replicator is used, replace the replicator.
If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check thepower cord of the AC Adapter for correct continuity
and installation.
If the operational charge does not work, go to“Checking Operational Charging” on page 208.

Note: There are two types of adapters. The procedure
for checking both types is the same.
1. Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the computer andmeasure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
Adapter cable. See the following figure.

2

1

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

207

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+19.0 to +21.0

2

GroundIf the voltage is correct, replace the systemboard. If the problem is not corrected, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 227.
 If the voltage is not correct, go to the next step.
Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the ac power
outlet and wait five minutes or longer to allow theover voltage protection circuit to be fully discharged
and initialized.
Plug the AC Adapter cable into the ac power outlet.
Measure the output voltage of the AC Adapter.
If the voltage is still not correct, replace the AC
Adapter.


2.

3.
4.
5.

Note: An audible noise from the AC Adapter does notalways indicate a defective adapter.

Checking Operational Charging: To check
operational charging, use a discharged battery pack or abattery pack that shows a yellow or orange battery statusindicator when it installed in the computer.
Perform operational charging. If the battery statusindicator turns orange and the battery charging indicatorturns green within two minutes, replace the AC Adapter.

Checking the Battery Pack:

Battery charging will
not start until the Fuel-Gauge shows that less than 90% of
the total power remains; with this condition the battery
pack will charge to 100% of its capacity. This protects thebattery pack from being over-charged or having ashortened life.
Notes:
a. Models 355x and 360x battery pack does notcontain a microprocessor. In the following,
ignore any reference to the storage switch.
b. Before you perform the following procedure,check the following: The correct battery pack is used for themodel.
 The storage switch set to on (|).
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage
between battery terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−). See thefollowing figure.
Note: The following figure shows the battery for the
Model 370C, 750x, 755C, and 755Cs. The
battery for Models 355x and 360x, do nothave the storage switch, but the battery
terminals are the same.

208

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

4
(

3

Storage Sw itch
1
(

(

)

)

)

Terminal

Voltage (V dc) / Signal

1+8.0 to +16.0

2

Send

3

Thermal4

Ground (−)

5

R1

6

Select7

R2

Note: Signal lines, not used in these steps, are used
for communication between the system andthe battery. The storage switch is used tocontrol the power to the internal
microprocessor of the battery. The storage
switch should be set to off (0) only when thebattery is going to be kept in storage for morethan two months.
3. If the voltage is less than +8.0 V dc, the battery packhas been discharged or is defective. Recharge thebattery. If the recharging does not work, go to Step 5
to check the charging circuit.
If the voltage is still less than +8.0 V dc after therecharging, replace the battery.
4. If the voltage is more than +8.0 V dc, measure theresistance between battery terminals 3 and 4. The
resistance must be 4 to 30 kilohms.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the battery
pack.
If the resistance is correct, replace the DC/DC card.
5. To check the charging circuit, do the following. Plugin the AC Adapter with the battery pack removed,
then power-on the computer.
6. Measure the charging voltage between DC/DC
terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−).

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

209

7. If the voltage is less then +9.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is more than +9.0 V dc,
the charging circuit is working correctly, replace thebattery pack.

Checking the Car-Battery Adapter:

There aretwo types of adapters but the checkout procedure is thesame for both of them.
1. Unplug the Car-Battery Adapter cable from thecomputer.
2. Plug the Car-Battery Adapter into the cigarette lighter
socket.
Note: If the adapter is already plugged in, reseat it.
3. Measure the output voltage of the Car-Battery
Adapter cable. See the following figure.

2

1

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+19.0 to +21.0

2

Ground

If the voltage is correct and the power-on
indicator on the Car-Battery Adapter is on all thetime, the Car-Battery is working correctly.
Replace the system board.
If the problem is not resolved when the systemboard is replaced, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 227.
If the voltage is outside the normal voltage
range, do one of the following:– Try the above test procedures in a different
car, if one is available.
– Replace the Car-Battery Adapter if thecomputer works correctly with the AC
Adapter.

Notes:
1. If the output voltage from the cigarette lighter socketof the car is less than 10.5 V dc, the power-on
indicator on the Car-Battery Adapter blinks and acontinuous noise can be heard. The condition of thecar battery should be checked by appropriate service
personal.
2. The Car-Battery Adapter does not support operationalcharging.

210

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Checking the Quick Charger:

There are two
types of chargers, but checkout procedures are the samefor both of them.
1. Ensure that the battery pack is operating correctly.
(See “Checking the Battery Pack” on page 208.)
2. Connect the power cord to the quick charger and theother end to an ac power outlet. Ensure that thepower-on indicator is on.
 If the power-on indicator does not turn on, checkthe power cord for correct continuity andinstallation.
 If the problem is not corrected, replace the quick
charger or the power cord.
3. Install the battery pack into the quick charger.
 If the charging indicator does not start blinking,replace the quick charger.

Checking the Backup Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the battery pack andthe diskette drive.
3. Remove the backup battery from the system board.
4. Measure the voltage of the backup battery. See thefollowing figure.

Red
Black

Wire

Voltage (V dc)

Red+2.5 to +3.7

Black

Ground

If the voltage is correct, replace the system board.
If the voltage is not correct, the backup battery has
been discharged. Replace the backup battery.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

211



If the backup battery discharges quickly after
replacement, replace the system board.

Checking the Standby Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the battery pack andthe diskette drive.
3. Remove the standby battery.
4. Measure the voltage of the standby battery.
 If the voltage between red and black is 3.5 V dc
or greater, the voltage is correct. Go to Step 10
on page 213 to verify standby battery operation.
 If the voltage is less than 3.5 V dc, go to thenext step.
5. Plug the AC Adapter into the computer and power-on
the computer.
6. Measure the output voltage at the connector on thesystem board.

Black

Red

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

+

+4.0

−

GroundIf the voltage is less than +4.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is still low, replace
the system board.
 If the voltage is more than +4.0 V dc, power-off
the computer, replace the standby battery, andgo to the next step.
7. Ensure that the AC Adapter is plugged into thecomputer; then power-on the computer.


212

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

8. Charging of the standby battery starts. A depleted
battery needs approximately 30 minutes to berecharged to the operational voltage of +3.5 V dc.
9. Unplug the AC Adapter.
10. Verify the standby battery function by removing andinstalling the battery pack during suspend mode.
Note: Removing and installing the battery packduring suspend mode should be done within one
minute. The resume operation must start. If theresume operation does not work, switching of powerfrom the battery pack to standby battery will not becorrect. Replace the DC/DC card.
If replacing the DC/DC card does not resolve theproblem, replace the system board.

Power Management Features
Three power management modes are provided by thecomputer to save power consumption and prolong battery
power.

Standby Mode:

When in standby mode the following

occurs:The LCD backlight turns off.
The hard disk motor stops.
The CPU clock is set to the lowest speed.

Events that cause entering of standby mode:Standby requested by the Fn key. (Fn+F3)
No activity under auto-standby enabled by thefeature utility.

Events that cause exiting or resuming of standby mode:(Resume) Any key operation.

Suspend Mode:

When in suspend mode, thefollowing, in addition to the four actions of standby mode,
occur:

The LCD power is powered-off.
The hard disk is powered-off.
The CPU is stopped.

In the ThinkPad Features Program, the computer can be
set to “Will not suspend even if LCD is closed.”.
When the computer is powered with ac power and is usedwith one of the following IBM PC cards, the computer
enters standby mode; the PC card and application program
remain active.


3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

213

In the following condition, the computer cannot enter thesuspend mode.
While the communication link is running.
When a serial mouse or other pointing device isselected in the Config menu of Easy-Setup.

Events that cause entering of suspend mode:








Suspend mode is requested by the Fn key (Fn+F4).
The LCD is closed.
The keyboard is opened.
The specified time has elapsed from the lastoperation with the keyboard, mouse, hard disk drive,
parallel connector, diskette drive, or the AC Adapter isplugged in. The time is specified by Suspend Timerin the ThinkPad Features program.
The battery condition is low. The battery power
indicator blinks (orange).
The PS2 OFF command is set in the ThinkPad
Features program.

Events that cause exiting or resuming of suspend mode:







(Resume) The LCD is opened.
(Resume) The keyboard is closed.
(Resume) Real time clock alarm signaled.
(Resume) Ring indicator (RI) signaled by serial or
PCMCIA device.
(Resume) The Fn key is pressed.
(Exit) Timer conditions are satisfied to enter
hibernation mode.

Hibernation Mode:

When in hibernation mode, thefollowing occurs:The system status, RAM, VRAM, and setup data are
stored on the hard disk.
The system is powered-off.

The computer cannot enter hibernation mode when:



214

A serial mouse or other pointing device is selected in
the Config menu.
The computer is powered with ac power and one of
the following IBM PC cards is used.
– PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem– High Speed PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem– 3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter– 5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter– Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter– Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Events that cause entering of hibernation mode:The hibernation mode is requested by the Fn key(Fn+F12).
Timer conditions are satisfied in suspend mode.
Critical low battery condition.

Event that causes exiting of hibernation mode.
The power-on switch is operated.

When power is turned on, the hibernation history of theboot record on the hard disk is recognized and systemstatus is restored from the hard disk to resume operation.

Port Replicator Power Overload:

If power shut
downs occur intermittently when using PCMCIA-2 devices
via a port replicator, suspect an over-current problem.
Some PCMCIA devices use more power; if the maximum
usage of each device occurs simultaneously, the total
current will exceed the limit, thereby causing a power shut
down. Isolate this problem by removing one of thedevices, and use the computer under the same condition
to see whether a power shut down occurs. Do thisprocedure for all devices, then determine the cause. Useof the larger AC Adapter (50W, optional) is recommended,
if one is not yet in use.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

215

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists the symptoms and errors
and the possible causes. The most likely cause is listed
first.
Note: Perform the FRU replacement or actions in thesequence shown in the “FRU/Action” columns. If a FRU
did not solve the problem, put the original part back in thecomputer.
This index can also be used to help you decide which
FRUs to have available when servicing a computer.
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in POST or
system operation. In the following error codes, X can be
any number.
If no codes are available, use narrative symptoms.
If the symptom is not listed, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 227.
Notes:

216

For IBM devices not supported by the diagnostic
codes in this manual, see the manual for thatdevice.
If the LCD is replaced with a new one, see“Digitizer Adjustment” on page 205 to adjust the
pen-point pressure.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

10X

1. System Board

110

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 201.
2. IC DRAM Card or
DIMM Card
3. System Board

111

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 201.
2. Expansion Unit/Port
Replicator
3. System Board

118(Memory parity error was
logged in CMOS.)(Go to “Memory Checkout”
on page 201.)

1. Run memory
diagnostics to clear
the error log.

158
(HDP was not set eventhough the supervisor
password is set.)

1. Set a HDP.

159
(HDP is not set the same as
the supervisor password.)

1. Set a correct HDP.

161

1. Go to “Checking the
Backup Battery” onpage 211.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board

163(Time and Date was notset.)

1. Set Time and Date.
2. System Board

173(Configuration data werelost.)

1. Select OK in the error
screen; then set timeand date
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board

174(Perform “Checking theInstalled Devices List” onpage 230 before changing
any FRUs.)

1. Check Device
Configuration.
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
4. Hard Disk Drive
Assembly

175, 177, 178

1. System Board

183(Incorrect password enteredat the supervisor password
prompt.)1. Have the user
examine thepassword.

184(POP check sum error.)

1. Reset the POP in
Easy-Setup.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

217

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

185(The startup sequence is
not valid. Suspect thatpower was off when thestartup sequence was being
updated.)

1. Reset the startup
sequence inEasy-Setup.

186

1. System Board

188

1. Set the system
identification using
the ThinkPad 750Ce
hardwaremaintenance diskette.
Note: You can use
this maintenancediskette for all Models.

190(Depleted battery pack was
installed when the power
was on.)1. Go to “Checking theBattery Pack” onpage 208.

191XX

1. System Board
2. Processor card (370C,
750Ce, 755C, and755Cs)

195(The configuration read fromthe hibernation area does
not match the actual
configuration.)

1. Check if theconfiguration waschanged.
For example, check if
the disk drive is fromanother computer.

196(Read error occurred in thehibernation area of theHDD.)

1. Run the hard disk
drive test.
2. Hard Disk Drive

197(The computer memory size
is not equal to thehibernation area size on the
HDD.)

1. Have the user disable
then enablehibernation mode.

199XX

1. System Board

1XX

1. System Board

2XX

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 201.
2. IC DRAM Card, DIMM,
or DIMM Adapter
3. System Board

218

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

301, 303, 304, 305, 3XX

1. Go to“Keyboard/Auxiliary
Input Device
Checkout” onpage 203.
2. Keyboard
3. Interposer Card
4. External Numeric
Keypad
5. External Keyboard
6. Keyboard/Mouse Cable
7. System Board

601, 6XX

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 206.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. Diskette
4. System Board

602(Diskette read error.)

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 206.
2. Diskette
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly604(Non-acceptable ID wasread from the diskette
drive.)

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 206.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. System Board

11XX

1. Serial Device (First)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board

12XX

1. Serial Device(Second)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board

17XX

1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board

24XX

1. System Board

4101

1. Reseat the LCD
connector (Pen, see“2070 LCD
Assembly” onpage 274).
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board

808X

1. PCMCIA Slot
Assembly
2. PCMCIA Device
3. System Board

860X(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint II is disabled.)

1. External Mouse
2. External Keyboard
3. System Board

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

219

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

861X(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint II is enabled.)

1. Reseat the keyboard
Track Point II cable atthe interposer card.
355x, 360x
See “1040
Keyboard Unit” onpage 241.
370C, 750x, 755C,
755Cs
See “2040
Keyboard Unit” onpage 265.
2. Keyboard
3. External Mouse
4. System Board

I9990301
I9990302
I9990305

1. Reseat the bootdevice.
2. Check the startup
sequence for thecorrect boot device.
3. Check that operating
system has no failure,or is installed correctly.

I9990303

1. System Board

Other codes not listedabove

1. Go to “Undetermined
Problems” onpage 227.

FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed. The FRU code indicates two
suspected FRUs. Replace the FRU that is indicated by
the two leftmost digits first, then replace the FRU indicatedby the two rightmost digits. No FRU is assigned to code
00. If only one FRU is suspected, the other FRU code isfilled with zeros. See the referenced page before replacing
the FRU.
FRU Code

FRU/Action

10

System Board

11

Processor Card (370C, 750Ce, 755C, and755Cs)

15

Audio Card

20

Memory(See “Memory Checkout” on page 201.)30

Reserved

32

External Keyboard

33

External Mouse

40

LCD Assembly(See “Digitizer Adjustment” on page 205 andimportant note for “LCD Related Symptoms”
on page 223.)

220

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

FRU CodeFRU/Action

45

External CRT

50

1. Reseat the Drive (FDD-1)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-1)

51

1. Reseat the Drive (FDD-2)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-2)

60

1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)

61

1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)

70

PCMCIA-2 (Replicator)

80

Cellular Modem (370C, 750Ce, 755C, and755Cs)

81

Internal Modem Card

90

Reserved

Note: The device ID and error codes are used to indicate
the detail portion of the FRU which caused the error. If
replacing a FRU does not correct a problem, see theDevice ID or error code from the previous failure. If they
have changed, the cause might be because the new FRU
is defective or that the FRU was incorrectly installed.
If the problem remains after replacement of the FRUs, go
to “Undetermined Problems” on page 227.

Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Continuous beeps.

System Board

One beep and a blank,
unreadable, or flashing
LCD.

1. Reseat all LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board
4. DC/DC Card

One beep, and the message“Unable to access bootsource.”1. Boot device
2. System Board

One long, two short beeps
and a blank or unreadable
LCD.

1. System Board
2. LCD Assembly

One long beep followed byfour short beeps each time
the power switch isoperated.
(System cannot power-on
due to low battery voltage.)

Connect the AC Adapter
or install a fully-charged
battery.

One beep every second.
(System is shutting down
due to low battery voltage.)

Connect the AC Adapter
or install a fully-charged
battery (allows system tocomplete shutdown
before changing thebattery).

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

221

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Two short beeps with error
codes.

POST error. See“Numeric Error Codes” onpage 217.

Two short beeps with blankscreen.

System Board

No Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep, power-on indicator
not on, and a blank LCD
during POST.

1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 207.
2. System Board
3. DC/DC Card
4. Power sources

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blank LCD during
POST.

1. System Board
2. DC/DC Card
3. Processor Card (370C,
750Ce, 755C, 755Cs)

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blinking cursor
only during POST.

1. System Board
2. Processor Card (370C,
750Ce, 755C, and755Cs)
3. DC/DC Card

No beep during POST but
system runs correctly.

1. Turn the volume up
and check the
speaker
2. Speaker
3. Audio Card
4. DC/DC Card222

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

LCD Related Symptoms
The TFT LCD of the notebook computers contain over
921 000 thin film transistors (TFTs). A small number ofmissing, discolored or lighted dots (on all the time) is
characteristic of TFT LCD technology. Excessive pixel
problems can cause viewing concerns. The LCD should
be replaced if the number of missing or discolored, orlighted dots in any colored background is 21 or more.
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blank LCD during
POST.

1. System Board
2. DC/DC Card
3. Processor Card (370C,
750Ce, 755C, and755Cs)



LCD backlight notworking, orLCD too dark, orLCD brightness cannot
be adjusted, orLCD contrast cannot
be adjusted.



LCD screen
unreadable, orCharacters missing
pels, or
Screen abnormal, orWrong color displayed.

LCD has extra horizontal orvertical lines displayed.

1. Reseat the LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. Interposer Card
4. DC/DC Card

1. See the preceding
important note.
2. Reseat the all LCD
connectors
3. LCD Assembly
4. System Board
5. Interposer Card
1. LCD Assembly

Keyboard/TrackPoint II Related
Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Keyboard (one or morekeys) does not work.

1. Reseat the threekeyboard cables.
2. Keyboard
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board

TrackPoint II does not work.

1. Go to “TrackPoint II
checkout” onpage 204.
2. Keyboard
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board

Pointer moves automaticallyor does not work correctly.

1. See “TrackPoint II
checkout” onpage 204.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

223

Indicator Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Indicator incorrectly remains
off or on, but system runs
correctly.

1. Reseat the statusindicator cable.
2. Status Indicator
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board

Battery power statusindicator blinks from green,
yellow, to orange.

1. Check that a correct
battery is installed.
2. Set the battery storage
switch to ON.
3. Battery Pack
4. DC/DC Card
5. System Board

Power Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Power shut down during
operation.

1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 207.
2. Battery Pack
3. Remove the battery
pack and let it cool for
two hours.
4. DC/DC Card
5. Power sources

The system will not
power-off.
(See “Reset Pushbutton” onpage 199.)

1. Press the Reset
pushbutton.
2. System Board

Function/Audio Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

The system will not suspendor resume by opening or
closing the keyboard.

1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 213
and check that thecomputer can entersuspend mode.
2. Go to Easy-Setup
screen and press
Fn+4. If the computer
enters suspend mode,suspect that theapplication program isdefective.
3. DC/DC Card
4. Interposer Card
5. System Board

224

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

The system will not suspendor resume by opening or
closing the LCD.

1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 213
and that check thatthe computer canenter suspend mode.
2. Go to Easy-Setup
screen and press
Fn+4. If the computer
enter suspend mode,suspect that theapplication program isdefective.
3. Interposer Card
4. DC/DC Card
5. System Board

Battery Fuel-Gauge does
not go higher than 90%.

1. Go to “Checking theBattery Pack” onpage 208 and see thenote.

Audio problems.

1. Run the Audio Test.
2. Audio Card

Memory count (size)
appears differently from
actual size.

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 201.

System configuration does
not match the installed
devices.

1. Go to “Checking theInstalled Devices
List” on page 230.

System hangs intermittently.

1. Go to “Intermittent
Problems” onpage 226.

Peripheral Device Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

External display does notwork correctly.

1. See “External Display
Self-Test” in“Common Devices
Checkout” section.

Printer problems.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Serial or parallel port device
problems.

1. Device
2. Device Cable
3. System Board

Run Printer Self-test.
System Board
Parallel Port Device
Cable

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

225

Other Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Stylus pen or digitizer does
not work correctly.

1. Go to “Pen and
Digitizer Checkout(360P, 360PE, 750P)”
on page 205.

Errors occur only when Port
Replicator is used.

1. See “Port Replicator
Checkout” in“Common Devices
Checkout” section.

PCMCIA slot pin isdamaged.

1. PCMCIA Slots
Assembly

Note: If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list
and the problem remains, see “Undetermined Problems”
on page 227.

Intermittent Problems
Intermittent system hang problems can be caused by avariety of reasons that have nothing to do with a hardware
defect such as: cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge, orsoftware errors. FRUs replacement should only beconsidered when a recurring problems exits.
When analyzing the intermittent problem, do the following:
1. Run the advanced diagnostic test for the systemboard in loop mode at least 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRUs.
3. If any error is detected, replace the FRU shown by
the FRU code. Rerun the test to verify that no moreerrors exist.

226

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Undetermined Problems
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify
which adapter or device failed, installed devices areincorrect, a short circuit is suspected, or the system is
inoperative. Follow the procedures below to isolate thefailing FRU (do not isolate non-defective FRUs).
Verify that all attached devices are supported by thecomputers.
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of the
failure is operating correctly. (See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 207.)
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Check the cables, wires, and connectors for shortcircuits and open circuits. Visually check them fordamage. If any problems are found, replace the
FRU.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices.
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Devices attached to the expansion bus
connector
c. Printer, mouse, and other external devices
d. Battery packe. Hard disk drive
f. Diskette drive or the device attached to thediskette drive connector
g. IC DRAM card or DIMM cardh. PC cards

4.
5.
6.

7.

Note: Remember that removing the hard disk
drive, an IC DRAM card, or any adapter or
device, might cause configuration errors. Ignore
error code 174.
Power-on the computer.
Determine if the problem has changed.
If the problem does not occur again, reconnect theremoved devices one at a time until you find thefailing FRU.
If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs
one at a time. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
 DC/DC card
 Audio card
 Interposer card
 LCD assembly System board
 Processor card (370C, 750Ce, 755C, and755Cs)

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

227

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides information about the following:










“Status Indicators”“How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 229“Error Log” on page 229“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 230“Password Combinations” on page 230“How to Run the Low Level Format” on page 230“PC Test Card LED” on page 231“Fn Key Combinations” on page 231“How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics” on page 231

Status Indicators
The system status indicators show the current computer
status in different colors (green, yellow, and orange).
Symbol228

Color

Meaning

Blinking green

Speaker sounds(Does not soundfor Models 355,
355Cs, 360,
360Cs, and
370C.)

Green

Battery fully
chargedYellow

Battery usable

OrangeBattery low

Blinking orange

Battery almost
depleted

Blinking green,
yellow, andorangeBattery storage
switch is set off

GreenBattery charging

OrangePC card in-use

OrangeDiskette drivein-useOrangeHard disk drivein-useGreen

Keys in Num
Lock mode

Green

Keys in Caps
Lock mode

Green

Keys in Scroll
Lock mode

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symbol

Color

Meaning

Green

Computer insuspend mode

Blinking green

Computerresuming normal
mode

Green

Computer
powered on

How to Run the Diagnostics
Use either the TrackPoint II or the cursor move keys tointeract with the tests. The Enter key works the same as
selecting the OK icon to reply OK.
1. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on thecomputer. Hold the F1 key down until Easy-setup
screen appears.
2. Select Test and press Enter.
3. Select a device and press Enter to run the test.
4. The test progress screen appears.
5. OK appears when the test ends without any errors.
6. Start the Advanced Diagnostic test by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic menu screen.
7. Select Tool to install the tools.
8. Select a device, press the space key, and install thetool. Multiple devices can be selected by repeating
this step.
9.
10.
11.
12.

A √ mark appears for the selected device.
Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK.
Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.
Select Test All to test all devices.
Select Loop Test to loop tests.

A loop option menu appears in which a device loop or
all loop can be selected. Select a device and press
the space key to select a device. Repeat this step toselect multiple devices. Press Enter to start thediagnostic loop. If no device is selected, all device
tests are looped.
13. To exit the loop, keep pressing Ctrl+Pause until thetest exits. A beep sounds (750Ce, 755C, 755Cs) to
notify that the exit interrupt is sensed by the test
program.

Error Log
Diagnostic errors are printed on the printer that is attachedto the parallel port when the error is detected. The error isalso logged in the system memory.
Do the following procedure to display the errors.
1.
2.
3.
4.

End the test, if it is running.
Press Ctrl+A to select the advanced diagnostic mode.
Press Ctrl+E.
The error log appears.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

229

5. To exit the screen, select the cancel icon or press
Esc.
The error log is not saved when system power ispowered-off.

Checking the Installed Devices List
If a device is installed but the icon appears in a gray shaderather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostics screen,
the device is defective. Reseat the device connectors. If
the symptom remains, replace the device or the systemboard. If needed, adjust the contrast control to clearly
distinguish the shades of the icon.
If a device that is not installed appears in a dark shade, forexample, FDD-2 appears in a dark shade when NO
second FDD is installed, do the following.
1. Replace the first device, such as a FDD-1, HDD-1, or
PCMCIA-1.
2. If the problem remains, replace the system board.
PCMCIA-1, Parallel, and Serial icons are always displayedin dark shade, because the icons represent subsystems of
the system board and not attachment of the devices.
The HDD-1, FDD-1, or PCMCIA-1 represents the first
drive in the system configuration, respectively. Similarly,
the HDD-2, FDD-2, or PCMCIA-2 represents the second
drive, usually attached through a port replicator or an
expansion unit.

Password Combinations
The password relationship is:When POP is the same as HDPThe POP prompt appears, but the HDP prompt does
not appear.

When POP is not the same as HDP
Both POP and HDP prompts appear.



PAP and HDPWhen PAP is used, the HDP is enabled automatically,
but no HDP prompt appears. The HDP is set thesame as PAP.

How to Run the Low Level Format
Do the following to format the hard disk. Warning: Make
sure the drive address to be formatted is correct. This
procedure will erase all information on the disk.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the ThinkPad 750Ce hardware maintenancediskette into diskette drive A and power-on thecomputer.

230

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Note: You can use this maintenance diskette for all
Models.
3. Select Format the hard disk from the main menu.
4. Select the drive from the menu.
5. Follow the instructions on the screen.

PC Test Card LED
The green LED on the PC test card turns on when the
PCMCIA test is running. If the LED does not turn on,
check that the card is installed correctly by reseating thecard. If it still does not turn on after it is reseated, try
using another slot for the test. If the LED still does notturn on and the test fails, replace the FRU shown in the
diagnostic error code.

Fn Key Combinations
The following table shows the Fn key and function key
combinations and their corresponding functions.
The Fn key works independently from the operating
system. The operating system obtains the status throughthe system management interface to control the system.
Fn +Description

F1

Reserved

F2

Fuel-gauge display ON/OFF

F3Standby mode invocation

F4

Suspend mode invocation

F5

Audio volume Down

F6

Audio volume UP

F7

LCD/CRT display switching

F8

LCD normal/reverse switching

F9

Reserved

F10

Reserved

F11Power management mode switching(Toggles High power, Intelligent, Economy)

F12

Hibernation invocation

How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics
Do the following to run the keyboard test.
1. Go to the advanced diagnostic screen menu bypressing Ctrl+A in Easy-Setup menu.
2. Go to the keyboard diagnostic test menu by pressing
Ctrl+K.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screenchanges to be a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, the black square
briefly appears.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

231

Product Overview
The following table shows a brief overview of the system
features.

Models 355x, 360x
FeatureDescription

Processor355x, 360, 360C, 360Cs, 360P
– SL Enhanced 486SX 33 MHz,solder mounted on the systemboard
360CE, 360CSE, 360PE– SL Enhanced 486DX2 50/25
MHz, on the system board

Bus
ArchitectureMemory(Standard)

4MB (on the system board)

Memory(Option)2, 4, 8, 16MB, Basic IC DRAM card (max.
16 MB)CMOS RAM128 Bytes

VGA VideoAT Bus
VESA local bus for video subsystem

355, 360– 9.5-inch (diagonally), 64 graylevel, STN LCD monochrome
355Cs, 360Cs, 360CSE, 360P,
360PE– 9.5-inch (diagonally), 256/4096
color, DSTN LCD color
355C, 360C, 360CE– 8.4-inch (diagonally), 256/256K
color, TFT LCD color

Diskette Drive(Removable)

0.720, 1.2, 1.44MB (3-mode), 3.5-inch

Hard Disk
Drive(Removable)





355x
– 125MB, 2.5-inch– 250MB, 2.5-inch
360x– 170MB, 2.5-inch– 340MB, 2.5-inch

Audio Card

Standard (360PE)
Option (other Model 360x)

Internal
Modem Card

Standard (355x)
Option (360x)

PCMCIA

360x– One Type-III
or Two Type-II
355x– One Type-III
or Type II232

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Model 370C
FeatureDescription

Processor

IntelDX4 75MHz on the system board

Bus
ArchitectureMemory(Standard)

4MB (on the system board)

Memory(Option)AT Bus
VESA Local Bus for video subsystem

2, 4, 8, 16MB, Basic IC DRAM card(max. 16 MB)
4, 8, 16MB, DIMM card (max. 32 MB)
DIMM card adapter

CMOS RAM128 Bytes

VGA Video10.4-inch (diagonally), 256/256K
colors TFT LCD color

Diskette Drive(Removable)



0.720, 1.2, 1.44MB (3-mode),
3.5-inch

Hard Disk
Drive(Removable)

340MB, 2.5-inch
540MB, 2.5-inch
810MB, 2.5-inch

Audio Card

Standard in Japan and European
countries.

PCMCIA

One Type-III or two Type II

Model 750x
FeatureDescription

Processor



750x
–

486SL 33MHz, solder-mounted
on the system board



750Ce
– SL Enhanced 486DX2 50MHzon the processor card

Bus
ArchitectureAT Bus
VESA Local Bus for video subsystem(750Ce)Memory(Standard)

4MB (on the system board)

Memory(Maximum)2, 4, 8, 16MB, IC DRAM card (max.
20 MB

CMOS RAM

750x– 256 Bytes
750Ce– 128 Bytes

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

233

Feature

Description

VGA Video









750
– 9.5-inch (diagonally), 64 graylevel, STN LCD monochrome
750C, 755Ce– 10.4-inch (diagonally), 256 color,
TFT LCD color
750Cs– 9.5-inch (diagonally), 256 color,
STN LCD color
750P– 9.5-inch (diagonally), 64 graylevel, STN LCD monochrome

Diskette Drive(Removable)

0.720, 1.2, 1.44, 2.88MB (4-mode),
3.5-inch

Hard Disk
Drive(Removable)

Audio Card

Standard

PCMCIA

One Type-III or Two Type-II

234

170MB, 2.5-inch
340MB, 2.5-inch

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Models 755C, 755Cs
FeatureDescription

Processor



SL Enhanced 486DX2 50MHz, on thesystem board

486DX4 75MHz, on the processor
card

Bus
ArchitectureAT Bus
VESA Local Bus for video subsystem

Memory(Standard)

4MB (on the system board)

Memory(Option)

2, 4, 8, 16MB, IC DRAM card (max.
16 MB)
4, 16MB, DIMM card (max. 32 MB)
DIMM card adapter

CMOS RAM128 Bytes

VGA VideoDiskette Drive(Removable)




755C
– 10.4-inch (diagonally), 256/256K
color, TFT LCD color– 10.4-inch (diagonally), 256/226K
color, TFT LCD color
755Cs– 9.5-inch (diagonally), 256/4096
color, DSTN LCD color
0.720, 1.2, 1.44MB (3-mode),
3.5-inch
0.720, 1.2, 1.44, 2.88MB (4-mode),
3.5-inch

Hard Disk
Drive(Removable)

170MB, 2.5-inch
340MB, 2.5-inch
540MB, 2.5-inch

Audio Card

Microphone and headphone jacks withbuilt-in microphone

PCMCIA

One Type-III or two Type II

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

235

FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information about removals andreplacements.










The system board is sensitive to, and can bedamaged by, electrostatic discharge. Establish
personal grounding by touching a ground point with
one hand before touching these units.
An electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap must be used
to establish personal grounding.
Do not damage any part. Only certified trained
personnel should service the computer.
The arrows in the “Removals and Replacements”
section show the direction of movement to remove a
FRU, or to turn a screw to release the FRU. The
arrows are marked in numeric order, in squarecallouts, to show the correct sequence of removal.
When other FRUs must be removed before removing
the failing FRU, they are listed at the top of the page.
To replace a FRU, reverse the removal procedureand follow any notes that pertain to replacement.
See “Locations” for internal cable connections andarrangement information.
When replacing a FRU, use the correct screw size asshown in the procedures.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13

Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, and then disconnect any
interconnecting cables.
Safety Notice 3: Translation on page 9
The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel.
Do not disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack asrequired by local ordinances or regulations.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts, are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.

236

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Removals Models 355x, 360x
1010 Rear Connector Door
Remove the center latch .1/; then remove the rearconnector door by flexing it .2/.

1015 FootTo replace the foot:

Align the foot in the open position with one pivot in its
hinge in the base cover
Press the other pivot point into position with yourthumb or finger

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

237

1020 Battery Pack

Notes:
1. Be careful that the computer does not fall backward
when the battery pack is removed.
2. Check that the keyboard latch springs are in place.

238

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1030 Diskette Drive

Battery Pack (1020)

Warning:
1. Check that the backup and standby batteries areseated correctly to prevent damage to the diskette
drive.
2. Do not put any pressure on the diskette drive
cover. Remove the diskette drive exactly as shownin the figure.
3. Make sure that a diskette is not installed in thedrive. Removing the drive with a diskette installed
causes bending or damaging the eject button.

After replacing the diskette drive, latch the removal strap
into the correct position.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

239

1035 Hard Disk Drive

Battery Pack (1020)

Warning:
1. Do not apply any extra force to the hard disk
drive when removing it. Remove the hard disk drive
exactly as shown in the figure.
2. Do not drop or apply any shock to the hard disk
drive. The hard disk drive is sensitive to physicalshock. Incorrect handling can damage it or cause
permanent loss of data. Before removing the harddisk drive, have the user make a backup copy of all
information on the hard disk. Never remove the harddisk drive while the system is operating or is insuspend mode.

After replacing the hard disk drive, latch the removal strap
into the correct position.

240

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1040 Keyboard Unit

Battery Pack (1020).1/ When removing the screw covers, use a small
screwdriver as shown.
.2/ Warning: When using a screwdriver to remove
cover or latches, be careful not to:

Scratch the surface of the computer.
Break the latches.

.3/ Open the keyboard.
.4/ Remove the leaf-spring plate.
.5/ When unlatching the upper cover latches to remove
the upper cover, use a small screwdriver as shown.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

241

Track Point II Cable.6/ Remove the upper cover.
Note: To remove the upper cover, do not latch the
keyboard. Lower the keyboard and remove
the upper cover.
.7/ Disconnect the cables to remove the keyboard unit
as shown.
Warning: Do not pull the keyboard cables.
The keyboard cables can be damaged if the
keyboard is disconnected without releasing the threelatches .7/.
.8/ Remove the keyboard.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.2/Upper cover (2)8 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

242

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Notes for when replacing:
1. When replacing the keyboard, check that the threecables are clean, and inserted straight and fully into
the connectors. Slide both ends of each latch at thesame time to make sure that each cable is correctly
inserted.
Warning: While pressing the cables into place, be
careful not to break the flexible cables.
Go to “Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout” onpage 203 and test all keys before returning thecomputer to the customer.
2. When replacing the upper cover, insert the twolatches located on the rear side of the cover into theguide of the LCD foot; then push the right, left, andfront sides to snap them into place. Be careful not
to damage the suspend/resume switch whenputting on the cover.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

243

1050 IC DRAM Card

Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)

Warning: The IC DRAM card is sensitive to physicalshock. Incorrect handling of the card can damage it. The
eject tape (P/N 53G9318) must be used to remove thecard.

1055 Diskette Drive Bezel

Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive(1030)

Insert a coin between the diskette drive bezel and thecomputer as shown .1/ and push the bezel from thebottom of the computer .2/ to remove it.

244

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1060 Status IndicatorBattery Pack (1020)
Keyboard Unit (1040)

Warning: Do not pull the status indicator cable. The
cable can be damaged if the indicator is disconnected (instep .2/) without releasing the latch.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

245

The status indicator has three latches on its rear side andone on its front side. For step .3/, do the following:
1. Release the rear latches by pushing each one withyour thumb, as shown in the figure. (The broken
circles in the figure show the locations of the threelatches.)
2. Release the front latch.
3. Lift the indicator.
(R ear View )Note: When replacing the indicator, insert the flexible
cable straight into the connector until the head of the cablestops. Slide both ends of the latches at the same time tomake sure that the cable is correctly inserted.
1

2

2

Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Indicator bracket (2)4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

246

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1070 LCD AssemblyBattery Pack (1020)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Status Indicator (1060)

LCD Connector

355Cs, 360Cs

360P

355, 360

355C, 360C

.1/ When replacing the LCD ground-terminal screw, do
not pull or push the LCD cables.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

247

.2/ When removing the LCD cables, pull the connector
straight up. Incorrect handling can damage theconnector.
Note: For the color model, make sure the indicatordoes not hook the most right LCD connector
when replacing the status indicator.
.3/ Remove the screw.
.4/ Remove the right hinge cover.
.5/ When removing the left hinge cover, use a small
screwdriver as shown to release the latch from therear base cover. Pull the hinge cover slightly upward
to keep it unlatched.
.6/ From the front side, remove the latch with a small
screwdriver as shown to remove the cover. Be
careful not to scratch the surface of the computerwhen you use a screwdriver to remove thelatches.
.7/ Remove the four screws.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

LCD ground-terminal (1)

4 mm

.3/

LCD hinge cover, right (1)

4 mm

.7/

LCD hinge (4)4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Safety Notice 5: Translation on page 11
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCDgets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from thefluid are present after washing.
Caring for the LCD





248

When cleaning of the LCD becomes necessary,
gently wipe the LCD with a dry, soft cloth. Do
not use alcohol or detergent to clean the LCD.
To avoid damage to the LCD, do not scratch or
apply any force to its surface.
Do not put anything on the surface of the LCD.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1080 Modem Card (355x)
1085 Bezel (360x)






Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1035)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Status Indicator (1060)

Notes:
1. For Model 360x, use steps .9/ through .12/ toremove the bezel.
2. When the audio card is installed in Model 360x,
modem card means audio card in the following step.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

249

For the modem card:or
For the audio card:
Notes:
1. Gently lift the audio card in step .7/ to avoid
damaging the speaker cable.
2. Do not pull the speaker cable.8/ before the audio
card is removed.7/.

250

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

251

Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1a/

Speaker shield (2)

4 mm

.1b/

Diskette drive connector (2)

6 mm

.5/

Lower Shield (2)4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Note: When you reinstall the upper shield, make sure the
LCD ground-terminal is located correctly as shownin the circle.

252

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1090 Speaker Shield Assembly
1095 Interposer Card
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1035)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Status Indicator (1060)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Modem Card (1080)









Warning: Carefully remove any metal particles that might
have flaked off. Be careful not to damage it with ascrewdrivers, screws, or other objects.

.2/

When replacing the speaker shield, insert it under
the projection at the left, rear corner of the computer
base.
Note: The shaded part in the figure is attached tothe speaker shield assembly with lightadhesive. This is a separate FRU from the
speaker shield assembly.

.3/

When raising the speaker shield assembly, makesure that the shield assembly does not hook thethree flexible cables of the keyboard.
For Model 360, gently raise the speaker shieldassembly to avoid damaging the speaker cable. (For
Models 355 and 355Cs, skip step .3/; the speaker
cable has already been removed.)

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

253

Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1a/

Speaker shield (1)

4 mm

.1b/

Hard disk drive connector (2)

6 mm

.1c/

System board (1)

16 mm

.1d/

System board, spacer (1)16 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Notes:
1. Verify that the spacer .1d/ is in the correct position.
2. .2/ is a shield for radio frequency interference.

254

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1100 DC/DC Card










Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1035)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Status Indicator (1060)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Speaker Shield Assembly (1090)
Modem Card (1080)
Interposer Card (1095)

Notes:
1. When replacing the DC/DC card, put the spacer.5/on the screw hole.
2. DC-in holder .A/ and spacer .5/ are supplied as
miscellaneous parts.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.3/Power jack (1)8 mm(flat head)

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

255

1110 Backup Battery
1115 Standby BatteryBattery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030).4/ Backup Battery.3/ Standby Battery
Note: When replacing the batteries, make sure bothare seated correctly. Check that the insulator cover.1/ is in the correct position by sliding it end to end.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

cover (1)4 mmNote: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Safety Notice 2: Translation on page 8
The standby battery contains a small amount of nickel
and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge it,
throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Dispose of
the battery as required by local ordinances orregulations.
Safety Notice 4: Translation on page 10
The backup battery is a lithium battery and can causea fire, explosion, or severe burn. Do not recharge it,remove its polarized connector, disassemble it, heat it
above 100°C (212°F), incinerate it, or expose its cell
contents to water. Dispose of the battery as requiredby local ordinances or regulations. Use of an incorrect
battery can result in ignition or explosion of thebattery. Replacement batteries can be ordered fromIBM or IBM Authorized Dealers.

256

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1120 System Board Assembly













Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1035)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Status Indicator (1060)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Modem Card (1080)
Speaker Shield Assembly (1090)
Interposer Card (1095)
DC/DC Card (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Standby Battery (1115)
Important

The EEPROM on the system board contains the vital
product data (VPD), that is, system unit serial number,system board serial number, and other computerunique data. When the system board is replaced, thesystem unit serial number must also be restored. Use
the Set system identification utility on themaintenance diskette to restore the number.
Do not power-off the computer when restoring the
VPD.
The serial number label is attached to the bottom
cover.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

257

Notes:1. Before removing and replacing the system board,
make sure that the PCMCIA cards are removed andthe eject levers are not sticking out.
2. When replacing the system board assembly, align the
power-key slide hub with the power-switch actuator by
moving the power-key in the direction of the arrow.
See the large circle in the figure. Before tightening
any screws, check that the power-switch operates
correctly.
3. Do not pull the PCMCIA slot assembly while removing
the system board.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Hinge bracket (4)

4 mm

.2/

Base cover, lower shield (1)4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

258

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1130 PCMCIA Slot Assembly














Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1035)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Status Indicator (1060)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Modem Card (1080)
Speaker Shield Assembly (1090)
Interposer Card (1095)
DC/DC Card (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Standby Battery (1115)
System Board Assembly (1120)

Warning: The system board can be damaged if the lower
shield touches the system board components. Carefully
follow the next instruction.
In step .4/, gradually raise the system board from thelower shield until all the components of the system board
just clear the tabs of the lower shield. Be careful not toraise it too far. While keeping the clearance to a minimum,
separate the system board from the lower shield bymoving the system board straight forward as shown by
step .2/.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

259

Notes:1.

When handling the PCMCIA slot assembly, be
careful not to disassemble any part of it. The slot
assembly is not solidly fixed when it is removed fromthe system board or the FRU.
2. The screw stand-off located each corner of the
PCMCIA slot, is easy to remove. Make sure that thescrew stand-off is positioned when replacing the slot.
Do not replace the slot without the screw stand.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

PCMCIA slot, upper (2)

12 mm

.2/

PCMCIA slot, lower (2)14 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

260

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Removals Models 370C, 750x, 755C,
755Cs
2010 Rear Connector Door
Remove the center latch .1/; then remove the rearconnector door by flexing it .2/.

2015 FootTo replace the foot:

Align the foot in the open position with one pivot in its
hinge in the base cover
Press the other pivot point into position with yourthumb or finger

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

261

2020 Battery Pack

Notes:
1. Be careful that the computer does not fall backward
when the battery pack is removed.
2. When replacing the battery pack, check that thestorage switch of the new battery is set to the on (|)
position. Do not operate the storage switch of abattery that has been used and is going to be
re-used.
3. Check that the keyboard latch springs are in place.

262

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2030 Diskette Drive

Battery Pack (2020)

Warning:
1. Check that the backup battery and standby
battery are seated correctly to prevent damage tothe diskette drive when replacing the diskette drive.
2. Do not put any pressure on the diskette drive
cover. Remove the diskette drive exactly as shownin the figure.
3. Make sure that a diskette is not installed in thedrive. Removing the drive with a diskette installed
causes bending or damaging the eject button.

After replacing the diskette drive, latch the removal strap
into the correct position.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

263

2035 Hard Disk Drive

Battery Pack (2020)

Warning:
1. Do not apply any extra force to the hard disk
drive when removing it. Remove the hard disk drive
exactly as shown in the figure.
2. Do not drop or apply any shock to the hard disk
drive. The hard disk drive is sensitive to physicalshock. Incorrect handling can cause damage it, andcause permanent loss of data on the hard disk.
Before removing the hard disk drive, have the user
make a backup copy of all the information on the harddisk. Never remove the hard disk drive while thesystem is operating or is in suspend mode.

After replacing the hard disk drive, latch the removal strap
into the correct position.

264

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2040 Keyboard Unit

Battery Pack (2020).1/ When removing the screw covers, use a small
screwdriver as shown.
.2/ Warning: When using a screwdriver to remove
cover or latches, be careful not to:

Scratch the surface of the computer.
Break the latches.

.3/ Open the keyboard.
.4/ Remove the leaf-spring plate.
.5/ When unlatching the upper cover latches to remove
the upper cover, use a small screwdriver as shown.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

265

Track Point II Cable.6/ Remove the upper cover.
Note: To remove the upper cover, do not latch the
keyboard. Lower the keyboard and remove theupper cover.
.7/ Disconnect the cables to remove the keyboard unit
as shown.
Warning: Do not pull the keyboard cables.
The keyboard cables can be damaged if the
keyboard is disconnected without releasing the threelatches.
.8/ Remove the keyboard.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.2/Upper cover (2)8 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

266

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Notes for when replacing:
1. When replacing the keyboard, check that the threecables are clean, and inserted straight and fully into
the connectors. Slide both ends of each latch at thesame time to make sure that each cable is correctly
inserted. Go to “Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout” on page 203 and test all keys before
returning the computer to the customer.
2. When replacing the upper cover, insert the twolatches located rear side of the cover into the guide of
the foot of the LCD; push the right, left, and frontsides to snap into place. Be careful not to damage
the suspend/resume switch when putting on the
cover.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

267

2050 IC DRAM Card

Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)

For Models 370C, 755C and 755Cs, one of two types ofmemory card can be used, IC DRAM card or DIMM card.

Warning: The IC DRAM card is sensitive to physicalshock. Incorrect handling of the card can damage it. The
eject tape (P/N 53G9318) must be used to remove thecard.
Note: For Models 370C, 755C and 755Cs, one of thefollowing combinations occupies the slot depending on theconfiguration.



268

IC DRAM card + IC DRAM card base
DIMMs on DIMM adapter

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2055 DIMM and DIMM Adapter (755C,
755Cs)


Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)

Press both locks at the same time and remove the DIMM.

While holding the strap .1/, pull the DIMM adapter toward
the front .2/ to remove it.

12

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

269

Notes:1. If the IC DRAM cards or the DIMM are not installed
and the base plate is installed instead of these card,
remove the plate as follows:a. Pinch the projection .1/ on the left side of theplate; then pull the plate slightly toward the front.2/.
b. Raise the rear portion of the plate .3/ andremove it.

2
1

2

1

2. When inserting the DIMM into either connector on the
DIMM adapter:a. Locate the triangle .2/ on the right side of thesocket.
b. With the notched end of the DIMM .1/ toward
the triangle, insert the DIMM into the socket.
c. Pivot the DIMM until it snaps into place.
If you have another DIMM to install, insert it in
the other socket the same way.

2

1

270

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2056 Diskette Drive Bezel

Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive(2030)

Insert a coin between the diskette drive bezel and thecomputer as shown .1/ and push the bezel from thebottom of the computer .2/ to remove it.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

271

2060 Status IndicatorBattery Pack (2020)
Keyboard Unit (2040)

Warning: Do not pull the status indicator cable. The
cable will be damaged if the status indicator is
disconnected without releasing the latch in step .2/.

The status indicator has three latches on its rear and two
in its front. in step .3/, do as follows:
1. Release the rear latches with pushing each one withyour thumb, as shown in the artwork. (The broken
circles in the figure show the locations of the threelatches.)
2. Release the front latches.
3. Lift the indicator.

272

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

(R ear View )Note: When replacing the indicator, insert the flexible
cable straight into the connector until the head of the cablestops. Slide both ends of the latches at the same time tomake sure that the cable is correctly inserted.
1

2

2

Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Indicator bracket (2)4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

273

2070 LCD AssemblyBattery Pack (2020)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)

LCD Connector

370C, 750C, 750Cs
755C, 755Cs

Screw holds
two flexible
cables.

750

755C

This figure shows the LCD that
does not have a contrast control.
(P/N 84G4337)

274

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

750P

Important
Two types of LCDs are available for the Model
755C: one with a contrast control and one
without. Make sure that you replace the LCDwith the correct type.
The LCD for the Model 370C does not have acontrast control.



.1/ When replacing the LCD ground-terminal screw, do
not pull or push the LCD cables.
.2/ When removing the LCD cables, pull the connector
straight up. Incorrect handling can damage theconnector.
Note: For the color models, make sure the indicatordoes not catch the right LCD connector whenreplacing the status indicator.
.3/ Remove the screw.
.4/ Remove the right hinge cover.
.5/ When removing the left hinge cover, use a small
screwdriver as shown to release the latch from therear base cover. Pull the hinge cover slightly upward
to keep it unlatched.
.6/ From the front side, remove the latch with a small
screwdriver as shown to remove the cover. Be
careful not to scratch the surface of the computerwhen you use a screwdriver to remove thelatches.
.7/ Remove the four screws.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

LCD ground-terminal (1)

4 mm

.3/

LCD hinge cover, right (1)

4 mm

.7/

LCD hinge (4)4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Safety Notice 5: Translation on page 11
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCDgets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from thefluid are present after washing.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

275

Caring for the LCD





276

When cleaning of the LCD becomes necessary,
gently wipe the LCD with a dry, soft cloth. Do
not use alcohol or detergent to clean the LCD.
To avoid damaging the LCD, do not scratch or
apply any force to its surface.
Do not put anything on the surface of the LCD.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2080 Speaker Shield Assembly







Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)

Models 750x, 755C, and 755Cs

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

277

Model 370C

Important:
1. Carefully remove any metal particles that might haveflaked off.
2. The shaded part in the figure is attached to the
speaker shield assembly with light adhesive. ThisFRU is a separate FRU from the speaker shieldassembly.
.1/

Remove the screws.

.2/

Gently raise the speaker shield assembly to avoid
damaging the speaker cable and make sure thatthe shield assembly does not hook the three flexible
cables of the keyboard.

.3/

Disconnect the speaker connector.

278

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

When Disconnecting the Connector

Do not pull the speaker cable before the audio
card is removed.
Be careful not to damage the speaker withscrewdrivers, screws, or other objects. A scratch
will damage the speaker.
When replacing the speaker shield, insert it under
the projection at the left, rear corner of thecomputer base.

Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1a/

Speaker shield (4)

4 mm

.1b/

Hard disk drive connector (2)

6 mm

.1c/

System board (1)

16 mm

.1d/

System board, spacer (1)

16 mm

.1e/

Diskette drive connector (2)6 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Notes:
1. .1d/ shows the correct position of the spacer.
2. .2/ is a shield for radio frequency interference.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

279

2085 Audio Card
Note: Refer to “Product Overview” on page 232 to see
whether the audio card is standard or not.








Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Speaker Shield Assembly(2080)
12090 Interposer Card









Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Speaker Shield Assembly (2080)
Audio Card (2085)

280

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2100 DC/DC Card










Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Speaker Shield Assembly (2080)
Audio Card (2085)
Interposer Card (2090)

Notes:
1. When replacing the DC/DC card, put the spacer.5/on the screw hole.
2. DC-in holder .A/ and spacer .5/ are supplied as
miscellaneous parts.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.3/Power jack (1)8 mm(flat head)

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

281

2110 Backup Battery
2105 Standby BatteryBattery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)

Model 750x

.2/ Standby Battery.3/ Backup Battery
Models 370C, 755C, and 755Cs.3/ Standby Battery.4/ Backup Battery

282

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Note: When replacing the batteries, make sure thebatteries are seated correctly. Make sure theinsulator cover .1/ is in the correct position by sliding
it end to end.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

cover (1)4 mmNote: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Safety Notice 2: Translation on page 8
The standby battery contains a small amount of nickel
and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge it,
throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Dispose of
the battery as required by local ordinances orregulations.
Safety Notice 4: Translation on page 10
The backup battery is a lithium battery and can causea fire, explosion, or severe burn. Do not recharge it,remove its polarized connector, disassemble it, heat it
above 100°C (212°F), incinerate it, or expose its cell
contents to water. Dispose of the battery as requiredby local ordinances or regulations. Use of an incorrect
battery can result in ignition or explosion of thebattery. Replacement batteries can be ordered fromIBM or IBM Authorized Dealers.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

283

2120 System Board Assembly













Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Speaker Shield Assembly (2080)
Audio Card (2085)
Interposer Card (2090)
DC/DC Card (2100)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery (2105)
Important

The EEPROM on the system board contains the vital
product data (VPD), that is, system unit serial number,system board serial number, and other computerunique data. When the system board is replaced, thesystem unit serial number must also be restored. Use
the Set system identification utility on themaintenance diskette to restore the number.
Do not power-off the computer when restoring the
VPD.
The serial number label is attached to the bottom
cover.

284

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Notes:1. For Model 755C, there are two types the systemboards. Make sure the correct system board bychecking the part number in the part list. Afterreplacing the system board, run the display test fromthe Easy-Setup and use the Pause button to checkthe color graduations that are displayed after theVideo Page screen. If the color blocks in one column
are all the same color, replace the system board.
2. Before removing and replacing the system board,
make sure that the PCMCIA cards are removed andthe eject levers are not sticking out.
3. When replacing the system board assembly, align the
power-key slide hub with the power-switch actuator by
moving the power-key in the direction of the arrow.
See the large circle in the figure. Before tightening
any screws, check that the power-switch operates
correctly.
4. Do not pull the PCMCIA slot assembly while removing
the system board.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Hinge bracket (4)

4 mm

.2/

Base cover, lower shield (1)4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

285

2130 PCMCIA Slot Assembly














Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Speaker Shield Assembly (2080)
Audio Card (2085)
Interposer Card (2090)
DC/DC Card (2100)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery (2105)
System Board Assembly (2120)

Notes:
1. When handling the PCMCIA slot assembly, be careful
not to disassemble any part of it. The slot assemblyis not solidly fixed when it is removed from thesystem board or the FRU.
In step .4/, gently pull up the bottom of the centerarea of the connector board edge with your fingers.
2. The screw stand located each corner of the PCMCIA
slot, is easy to remove. Make sure that the screw
stand is located when replace the slot. Do not
replace the slot without the screw stand.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

PCMCIA slot, upper (2)

12 mm

.2/

PCMCIA slot, lower (2)14 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

286

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2140 Processor Card (750Ce, 755C,
755Cs)















Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Speaker Shield Assembly (2080)
Audio Card (2085)
Interposer Card (2090)
DC/DC Card (2100)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery (2105)
System Board Assembly (2120)
PCMCIA Slot Assembly (2130)

Warning: The system board can be damaged if the lower
shield touches the system board components. Carefully
follow the next instruction.
In step .3/, gradually raise the system board from thelower shield until all components of the system board justclear the tabs of the lower shield. Be careful not to raise it
too far. While keeping the clearance to a minimum,
separate the system board from the lower shield bymoving the system board straight forward as shown by
step .3/.

Note: In step .1/, each screw has a flat washer and alock washer. When reinstalling the screws, make sure thatthe lock washer is placed next to the head of the screw.
Incorrect washer placement can cause metal to flake.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

287

Turn the system board upside down. Remove the screws.4/ and .5/. Models 370C, 755C and 755Cs have only
the screw on the right side in step 5.
Notes:

1. In step .1/, use 5.0 mm and 5.5 mm hex headscrewdrivers. To remove the processor card, gently
lift the area shown by .3/ straight up. Do not pull theother areas.
2. In step .6/, pull both edges of the bracket at thesame time. Do not pull the center of the bracket.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Expansion bus, lower shield (2)Hex head.1/

I/O connector, lower shield (6)Hex head.4/

Processor card (1)

6 mm

.5/

Processor card connector
750x - (2), 370C, 755C, 755Cs
- (1)

4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

288

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Locations
System - Front View (750, 750Cx,
755Cx, 370C, 360x, 355x).1/ LCD.2/ Contrast Control
Note: The Model 360 does not have a contrast
control. The Model 755C has one of two
types of LCD: one with a contrast control
and one without.
.3/ Brightness Control.4/ Status Indicator
See “Status Indicators” on page 228.
.5/ External Input Device Connector.6/ PCMCIA Slot
.7/ PCMCIA Release Lever.8/ Keyboard.9/ LCD and Keyboard Latch.1ð/ TrackPoint II.11/ Click Button.12/ Diskette-Eject Button.13/ Diskette Drive.14/ Fn Key

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

289

System Front View - (750P, 360P,
360PE)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/

290

Convertible LCD
Contrast Control
Brightness Control
Status Indicator
External Input Device Connector
PCMCIA Slot
PCMCIA Release Lever
Keyboard
LCD and Keyboard Latch
Hard Disk Drive Compartment
Battery Compartment
Click Buttons
Diskette-Eject Button
Diskette Drive
Fn KeyTrackPoint II
Stylus Pen

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

System Rear View - All Models
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/

Diskette Drive CoverPower Switch
Microphone/Line-In Jack
Headphone Jack

Note: Not all models have jacks .3/ and .4/.
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/

Power Jack
Serial Connector
Parallel Connector
External Display Connector
Reset Pushbutton
System Expansion Connector

Note: Model 355x does not have this connector.
A multimedia portable expansion unit, port
replicator, or port replicator with PCMCIA can beconnected to this interface to support the following
features.
 16-bit AT-bus interface
 Serial port
 Parallel port
 Keyboard and mouse HDD connection
 LED control signals
 Visual signals
 Audio signals
 FDD signals
 PCMCIA signals
 Power controls Power line
.11/ Connector Door
.12/ Rear Door

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

291

System Board (Top View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/

Power Switch
Modem Card Connector (355x, 360x)
Serial Connector
Audio Card Connector
Speaker Connector (370C only)
Parallel Connector
Interposer Card Connector
External Display Connector
Reset Pushbutton
System Expansion Connector

Note: Model 355x does not have this connector.
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/

292

External Input Device Connector
Hard Disk Drive Connector
PCMCIA Slot
DC/DC Card Connector
IC DRAM Card Connector
Diskette Drive Connector

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

System Board (Bottom View).1/ Power-On Password Connector.2/ Backup Battery Connector.3/ Standby Battery Connector.4/ IC DRAM Card Connector.5/ Processor Card Connector (750Ce, 755C,
755Cs)

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

293

Processor Card (370C, 750Ce, 755C,
755Cs).1/ System Board Connector

DC/DC Card - Top View
.1/ External Power Jack
.2/ Battery Pack Terminal
Models 355x, 360x

Models 370C, 750x, 755x

294

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Interposer Card - All Models (Front
View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/

LCD Connector, ColorLCD Connector, Pen
LCD Connector, Monochrome and ColorLCD Power Connector, Color
Status Indicator Connector
Keyboard TrackPoint II Connector
Keyboard Signal Connector
Keyboard Signal Connector
LCD Open Detect Switch

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

295

Parts Listing
Models 350x, 360x
35

1

2

3
5
2

34
33

3

32

4
5
6
6a

31
30

6b
29a
29

6c

28

8

7

27
9
10

26

11

25

12

24
23a
13

23

14
22
21a
21
20

15

16

19

296

18

17a

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

17

System Unit (355x, 360x)
Index
1
LCD Assembly (355, 360)
84G2265
LCD Assembly (355C, 360C, 360CE)
84G5719
LCD Assembly (355Cs, 360Cs, 360CSE)
84G2264
LCD Assembly (360P)
84G5721LCD Assembly (360PE)
85G96782
Hinge Cover (355, 360)
84G2303
Hinge Cover (355C, 360C, 360CE)
84G5703
Hinge Cover (355Cs, 360Cs, 360CSE)
84G2258
Hinge Cover (360P, 360PE)
84G5704
3
Hinge Bracket, Right, Left
66G5057
4
Status Indicator Assembly (355)
84G2299
Status Indicator Assembly (355C)
84G5722
Status Indicator Assembly (355Cs)
84G2298
Status Indicator Assembly (360)84G2297
Status Indicator Assembly (360C)
84G5718
Status Indicator Assembly (360Cs)
84G2251
Status Indicator Assembly (360CE)
85G2408
Status Indicator Assembly (360CSE)
85G2407
Status Indicator Assembly (360P)
84G5720
Status Indicator Assembly (360PE)
85G9646
5
Screw Cover
66G5046
6
Small Shield (355x, 360, 360C, 360Cs, 360P)
84G5860
Small Shield (360CE, 360CSE, 360PE)
84G5639
6a Speaker Shield Assembly
84G2255
6b Insulator
84G5705
7
Speaker (Includes speaker holder)
66G3754
8
Interposer Card (355x, 360, 360C, 360Cs, 360P) 85G0959
Interposer Card (360PE)
85G9672
Interposer Card (360CE, 360CSE)
85G24039
DC/DC Card
84G2253
10
PCMCIA Slot Assembly (1-slots, 355x)
84G2273PCMCIA Slot Assembly (2-slots, 360x)
66G5121
11
System Board (355x)
84G2300
System Board (360, 360C, 360Cs, 360P)
84G2252
System Board (360CE, 360CSE, 360PE)
85G2409
12
HDD Removal Strap
66G5122
13
Hard Disk Drive (Includes strap, index 12)
125MB
84G2271
170MB
66G5066
250MB
84G2272
340MB
66G5068
540MB
84G4319810MB
85G096114
Lower Shield (355x)
84G2301
Lower Shield (360x)
84G2256
15
Rear Connector Cover (355x)
84G2304
Rear Connector Cover (360x)
84G2259
16
PCMCIA Cover
84G2262(Includes bezels and security plate)
17
PCMCIA Device
17a Name Labels
66G9228
18
Base Cover Assemblies include coil spring,insulator, foot, power switch knob, holder,
latch buttons
Base Cover Assembly (355)
84G2276
Base Cover Assembly (355C)
84G5717
Base Cover Assembly (355Cs)
84G2275

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

297

Index

19
20
21

21a

22

23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

298

Base Cover Assembly (360)
For Benelux
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (360C)
For Benelux
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (360Cs)
For Benelux
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (360CE, 360CSE)
For Benelux
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (360P)For Benelux
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (360PE)
For Benelux
For Japan
Bezel, Diskette Drive
Cover, Option Bay
Bracket, Audio Card (option)
Bracket, Internal Modem(Built-in for 355x, option for 360x)
Bezel, Audio Card (option)
Bezel, Blank
Bezel, Internal Modem(Built-in for 355x, option for 360x)
Standby Battery
For Belgium, Dutch
For Switzerland
Backup Battery
Attachment holder
IC DRAM Card (See options)
Battery Pack (Nickel Metal Hydride)
Diskette Drive (3-mode)(Includes strap, reference 28)
Diskette Drive Removal Strap
Base Plate
Bracket Shield
Internal Modem Card (See options)
Audio Card (option)
Fax/Audio Spacer (360x)
Keyboard Lock
TrackPoint II Cap
See Keyboard List
Leaf Spring Plate
Upper Cover (355Cs, 360Cs, 360CSE)
Upper Cover (Other models)
Stylus Pen (360P, 360PE)
EMI Spring Plate
PCMCIA Security Plate
AC Adapter (100 - 240 V ac, 40W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
AC Adapter (100 - 125 V ac, 30W, 3-pin)(This adapter is for U.S. only.)
AC Adapter (35 W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
AC Adapter (30 W, U.S only)
DC PlugFoot (right or left)

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

84G2274
84G5707
84G5708
84G5711
84G5712
84G5708
84G2250
84G5709
84G5708
85G2404
85G2405
85G2406
84G5714
84G5715
84G5708
85G9676
85G968185G2406
84G2260
84G2261
84G2306
84G2291
84G2307
84G2295
84G2296
66G3755
66G3761
66G3758
84G2263
84G2294
84G2144
84G2269
66G5123
84G2293
84G5861
66G5037
84G5862
66G0031
66G6444
66G0041
84G2257
84G2302
66G6695
85G0948
85G8625
49G2196
49G2197
84G2277
85G4952
85G6669
84G2277
85G6664
84G4326

Keyboard
ArabicBelgium
Canadian French
DanishDutch
Finnish, Swedish
FrenchGerman (Black)
Greek
Hebrew
ItalianJapanese
Latin American
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSwiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
Russian

84G5909
84G5907
84G5915
84G5906
84G5904
84G5903
84G5900
84G5898
84G5913
84G5910
84G5902
84G5916
84G5914
84G5908
84G5911
84G5905
84G5901
84G5899
84G5912
84G5897
84G5896
84G8348

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

299

Model 370C
1
2

3
5
2

36
35

3
34
4
5

33
32

6
31
30
6a

29

7
28

8

27
9
10

26

11
11a
25

12

24
23a
13

23

14
22
21
20

15

16

19

300

18

17a

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

17

System Unit (370C)
Index
1
LCD Assembly2
Hinge Cover
3
Hinge Bracket, Right, Left
4
Status Indicator Assembly
5
Screw Cover6
Speaker Shield Assembly
6aInsulator
7
Speaker (Includes speaker holder)
8Interposer Card
9
DC/DC Card
10
PCMCIA Slot Assembly
11
System Board(Does not includes PCMCIA slot
assembly, index 10, lower shield,
index 14, or processor card, index 11a)
11a Processor Card (25/75 MHz)
(Includes hex screws, nut, and screw cover)12
HDD Removal Strap
13
Hard Disk Drive (includes strap, index 12)
340MB
540MB
810MB
14
Lower Shield
15
Rear Connector Cover
16
PCMCIA Cover(Includes bezels and security plate)
17
PCMCIA Device
17a Name Label
18
Base Cover Assembly includes coil spring,insulator, foot, power switch knob, holder,
latch buttons
Base Cover Assembly
For Benelux
For Japan
19
Bezel, Diskette Drive20
Cover, Option Bay
21
Blank Audio Bezel
Audio Bezel
Supported in Japan and European countries
22
Standby Battery
For Belgium, Dutch
For Switzerland
23
Backup Battery
23a Attachment Holder
24
IC DRAM Card (See options)25
Battery Pack (Nickel Metal Hydride)
26
Diskette Drive (3-mode)(Includes strap, reference 27)
27
Diskette Drive Removal Strap
28
Base Plate
29
Hinge Cover Bracket
30
Bracket Shield
31
Fax/Audio Spacer
Audio Card
Supported in Japan and European countries
32
Keyboard Lock
33
TrackPoint III Cap
34
Keyboard Assembly (See keyboard list)
35
Leaf Spring Plate

29H7543
66G5047
66G5057
29H6688
66G5046
84G4290
84G4357
66G3754
66G9242
84G4329
66G5121
29H6690

84G4288
66G5122
66G5068
84G4319
85G0961
84G4291
66G5050
66G5053

66G9228

29H7544
29H7547
29H7545
66G5051
66G5052
29H7546
84G4292
66G3755
66G3761
66G3758
84G2263
84G2294
29H6687
84G2269
66G5123
84G2293
29H8762
84G5861
84G5862
66G5037
66G003184G6536
66G0041

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

301

Index36
Upper Cover
PCMCIA Security Plate
EMI Spring PlateDC Plug

84G2257
85G8625
85G0948
85G6664

Keyboard
ArabicBelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FinnishFrenchGerman (Black)
Greek
Hebrew
ItalianJapanese
Latin American
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSwedishSwiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
Russian

302

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

66G0163
66G0161
66G0169
66G0160
66G0158
66G0157
66G0154
66G6402
66G0167
66G0164
66G0156
66G0171
66G0168
66G0162
66G0165
66G0159
66G0157
66G0155
66G0153
66G0166
66G0151
66G0150
85G7443

Model 750x
32

1

2

3
5
2

31
30

3
29
4
5

28a
28
27

6
7
8
26
9
10

25

11
11 a
24

12

23

13

22

14
21

20

15

16

19

18

17a

17

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

303

System Unit (750x)
Index
1
LCD Assembly (750)4
For Germany (Gray)4
LCD Assembly (750C, 750Ce)4
For Germany (Gray)4
LCD Assembly (750P)4For Germany (Gray)4
LCD Assembly (750Cs)
For Germany (Gray)
2
Hinge Cover (750)
For Germany (Gray)
Hinge Cover (750C, 750Cs, 750Ce)
For Germany (Gray)
Hinge Cover (750P)
For Germany (Gray)
3
Hinge Bracket, Right, Left
4
Status Indicator Assembly (750)
For Germany (Gray)
Status Indicator Assembly (750C)
For Germany (Gray)
Status Indicator Assembly (750P)
For Germany (Gray)
Status Indicator Assembly (750Cs)
For Germany (Gray)
Status Indicator Assembly (750Ce)
For Germany (Gray)
5
Screw CoverFor Germany (Gray)
6
Speaker Shield Assembly
7
Speaker (Includes speaker holder)
8Interposer Card (750, 750C, 750Cs,
750P)
Interposer Card (750Ce)
9
DC/DC Card (750, 750C, 750Cs, 750P)
DC/DC Card (750Ce)
DC/DC Card (750Ce, 25/75 MHz)10PCMCIA Slot Assembly
11
System Board Assembly(750, 750C, 750P)4(Includes PCMCIA slot assembly,
index 10, and lower shield,
index 14)
System Board Assembly (750Cs)4
For Germany(Includes PCMCIA slot assembly,
index 10, and lower shield,
index 14)
System Board (750Ce)4(Does not include PCMCIA slot
assembly, index 10, lower shield,
index 14, or processor card, index 11a)
11a Processor Card (750Ce)
Processor Card (750Ce, 25/75 MHz)
(Includes hex head screws, nut,and screw cover)12
HDD Removal Strap

4

See “Digitizer Adjustment” on page 205.

304

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

66G3710
66G3711
66G5058
66G5083
66G5059
66G5084
66G6210
66G6211
66G5048
66G5077
66G5047
66G5076
66G5049
66G5078
66G5057
66G5034
66G5072
66G5033
66G5071
66G5035
66G5073
66G6321
66G6324
66G9222
66G9223
66G5046
66G5075
66G5041
66G3754
66G5044
66G9242
66G5038
66G9226
66G9267
66G5121
66G5036

66G6209
66G6211

66G9224

66G9225
84G4288

66G5122

Index13
Hard Disk Drive (Includes strap, index 12)
170MB
For Germany (Gray)340MB
For Germany (Gray)
14
Lower Shield (750, 750C, 750Cs, 750P)
Lower Shield (750Ce)
15
Rear Connector CoverFor Germany (Gray)
16
PCMCIA Cover(Includes bezels and security plate)
For Germany (Gray)
17
PCMCIA Device
17a Name Label (750, 750C, 750Cs, 750P)
For Germany (Gray)
Name Label (750Ce)
For Germany (Gray)18
Base Cover Assemblies include coil spring,insulator, foot, power switch knob, holder,
and latch buttons
Base Cover Assembly (750)
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (750C)
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (750Ce)
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (750Cs)
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (750P)
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
19
Bezel, Diskette Drive
For Germany (Gray)
20
Cover, Option Bay
For Germany (Gray)
21
Standby Battery
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Switzerland
22
Backup Battery
23
IC DRAM Card (See options)24
Battery Pack (Nickel Metal Hydride)
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Switzerland
For Denmark, Sweden, Finland,
Norway25
Diskette Drive(Includes strap, reference 26)
26
Diskette Drive Removal Strap
27
Audio Card
28
Keyboard Lock
28a TrackPoint II Cap

66G5066
66G5085
66G5068
66G5087
66G5043
66G9227
66G5050
66G5079
66G5053
66G5082
66G7865
66G7866
66G9228
66G9229

66G5125
66G5131
66G5128
66G4590
66G5126
66G5132
66G5129
66G4590
66G9217
66G9219
66G9218
66G9220
66G4591
66G4593
66G4592
66G4590
66G5127
66G5133
66G5130
66G4590
66G5051
66G5080
66G5052
66G5081
66G3755
66G3761
66G3758
66G3764
66G2820
66G2822
66G2821
66G5063
66G5060
66G5123
66G5037
66G0031
66G6444

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

305

Index29
See Keyboard List
30
Leaf Spring Plate
31
Upper Cover (750)
For Germany (Gray)
Upper Cover (750C, 750Cs, 750Ce)
For Germany (Gray)
Upper Cover (750P)
For Germany (Gray)32
Stylus Pen (750P)5For Germany (Gray)5

66G0041
66G5045
66G5074
66G5094
66G5095
66G6771
66G6772
66G6695
66G6696

Keyboard
ArabicBelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FinnishFrenchGerman (Black)
German (Gray)
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
ItalianJapanese
Latin American
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSwedishSwiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

5

See “Digitizer Adjustment” on page 205.

306

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

66G0163
66G0161
66G0169
66G0160
66G0158
66G0157
66G0154
66G6402
66G0152
66G0167
66G0164
66G0170
66G0156
66G0171
66G0168
66G0162
66G0165
66G0159
66G0157
66G0155
66G0153
66G0166
66G0151
66G0150

Models 755C and 755Cs
1
2

3
5
2

34
33

3
32
4
5

31
30

6
29
6a
7
28

8

27
9
10

26

11
11a
25

12

24
23a
13

23

14
22
21a
21
20

15

16

19

18

17a

17

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

307

System Unit (755C, 755Cs)
Index
1
LCD Assembly (755C)
For Japan
LCD Assembly (755C)(This LCD does not have a contrast
control.)
LCD Assembly (755Cs)
2
Hinge Cover
3
Hinge Bracket, Right, Left
4
Status Indicator Assembly (755C)
Status Indicator Assembly (755Cs)
5
Screw Cover6
Speaker Shield Assembly
6aInsulator
7
Speaker (Includes speaker holder)
8Interposer Card
9
DC/DC Card
10
PCMCIA Slot Assembly
11
System Boards(The following do not include PCMCIA slot
assembly, index 10, lower shield,
index 14, or processor card, index 11a)
System Board(For LCD with a contrast control)
System Board(For LCD without a contrast control)
11a Processor Card (25/50 MHz)
Processor Card (25/75 MHz)
(Includes hex head screws, nut,and screw cover)12
HDD Removal Strap
13
Hard Disk Drive (Includes strap, index 12)
170MB
340MB
540MB
810MB
14
Lower Shield
15
Rear Connector Cover
16
PCMCIA Cover(Includes bezels and security plate)
17
PCMCIA Device
17a Name Label
18
Base Cover Assemblies include coil spring,insulator, foot, power switch knob, holder,
latch buttons
Base Cover Assembly
For Benelux
For Japan
19
Bezel, Diskette Drive20
Cover, Option Bay
21
Bezel, Audio Card
(Includes bracket, index 21a)
22Standby Battery
For Belgium, Dutch
For Switzerland
23
Backup Battery

6

See “Digitizer Adjustment” on page 205.

308

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

66G5058
84G4316
84G4337
84G4317

66G5047
66G5057
84G4293
84G4355
66G5046
84G4290
84G5705
66G3754
66G9242
84G4329
66G5121

84G4287
84G5632
59G4056
84G4288

66G5122
66G5066
66G5068
84G4319
85G0961
84G4291
66G5050
66G5053

66G9228

84G4281
84G4282
84G4283
66G5051
66G5052
84G4292
66G3755
66G3761
66G3758
84G2263

Index
23a Attachment Holder
24
IC DRAM Card (See Options)25
Battery Pack (Nickel Metal Hydride)
For Belgium, Dutch
For Switzerland
For Danish, Sweden, Finland, Norway
26
Diskette Drive (4-mode)(Includes strap, index 27)
Diskette Drive (3-mode)(Includes strap, index 27)
27
Diskette Drive Removal Strap
28
Base Plate
29
Audio Card30
Keyboard Lock
31
TrackPoint II Cap
32
Keyboard Assembly (See keyboard list)
33
Leaf Spring Plate
34
Upper Cover

84G2294
66G2820
66G2822
66G2821
66G5063
66G5060
84G2269
66G5123
84G2293
84G4289
66G0031
66G6444
66G0041
84G4318

Keyboard
ArabicBelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FinnishFrenchGerman (Black)
Greek
Hebrew
ItalianJapanese
Latin American
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSwedishSwiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

66G0163
66G0161
66G0169
66G0160
66G0158
66G0157
66G0154
66G6402
66G0167
66G0164
66G0156
66G0171
66G0168
66G0162
66G0165
66G0159
66G0157
66G0155
66G0153
66G0166
66G0151
66G0150

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

309

Common/Option Parts List
Miscellaneous Parts
AC Adapter (35 W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
AC Adapter (40 W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
AC Adapter (40 W, 3-pin, U.S. only)(not for 370C)
Foot (right or left)
Miscellaneous Parts Kit(Includes DC-in holder, spacer, warning label)
For Models 750x
For Models 355x, 360x, 370C, 755C, 755Cs
PC Card Locking Bar
Screw Kit
(Includes:
10-2.5 x 4 mm; 10-2.5 x 6 mm
10-2.5 x 8 mm, Flat head
10-2.5 x 8 mm; 10-2.5 x 16 mm
10-hex stud I/O; 10-hex stud bus
2-washer for hex stud bus)
IC DRAM CARD Eject Tape

85G1952
85G6669
49G2196
49G2197
84G4320
84G4326

66G5039
84G2254
85G8625
66G5124

53G9318

Options
Notes:
1. When you replace the AC adapter or the Quick
Charger with a new one, use the one for the country
you are in even if the system is from different country.
2. The warranty for the system unit is not applied to all
options.
Audio Cable
Car Battery Adapter(48G9203 label sealed)
Car Battery Adapter(66G9984 label sealed)
Diskette Drive Attachment Unit
IC DRAM CARD 2MB
IC DRAM CARD 4MB
IC DRAM CARD 8MB
IC DRAM CARD 16MB
Microphone
PS/2 Miniature Mouse
Port Replicator
Port Replicator with PCMCIA
Quick Charger (3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)

310

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

66G5180
49G1148
84G4359
66G5069
07G1414
07G1415
07G141666G0094
66G7871
95F5723
66G3575
66G3574
66G2815
66G2816

Model Unique Options
Models 355x, 360x, 370C
Basic IC DRAM CARD (no parity)
8MB
4MB
16MB
Internal Modem Card
(U.S./Canada/Latin America)
Telephone Cable(U.S./Canada/Latin America)
Telephone Wall Plug
Model 370C
Audio Card
Basic IC DRAM CARD (no parity)
8MB
4MB
16MB
Diskette Drive (4-mode)
Supported in U.S. only.
Models 750x
AC Adapter (35 W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
AC Adapter (40 W, 3-pin, U.S. only)
AC Adapter (40 W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
Models 755C, 755Cs
DIMM 4MB
DIMM 8MB
DIMM 16MB
DIMM Adapter Card
Diskette Drive (4-mode)
Supported in U.S. only.

84G5725
84G5724
84G5726
84G5917
84G8254
85G2367

66G5037
84G5725
84G5724
84G5726
66G5060

85G1952
85G6669
84G4320
49G2196
49G2197

84G4323
84G6545
84G4324
84G4322
66G5060

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

311

Numeric Keypad
BelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
ItalianJapanese
Norwegian
SpanishSwedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

95F5741
95F5466
95F5467
95F5467
95F6313
95F6314
95F5467
95F5741
95F5467
95F6316
79F6401
95F5467
95F6315
95F5468
95F5711
95F5715
95F5467
95F5741
95F5741

Accessories
Keyboard/Mouse Cable

54G0444

Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap PlugPC Test Card
Screwdriver Kit
ThinkPad 750Ce
Hardware Maintenance Diskette(This diskette is common for
all models of ThinkPad.)

312

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

72X8546
35G4703
95F3598
82G3891

Power Cords
1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

Warning: Use the power cord certified for your country.
1

Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Japan, 2-pin
Japan, 3-pin
2Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
3
France, Germany, Spain
4
Italy
5
Australia, New Zealand
6
Denmark
7
Israel
8
Bangladesh, Pakistan,
Sri Lanka, South Africa
9
Switzerland
10
Thailand
Notes:


30/40W
13F99596454377
65F003114F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015

35W
25H2207
85G6665
25H2215
25H2209
25H2223
25H2205
25H2211
25H2225
25H221314F0051
1838574

25H2221
25H2219

Models 370C, 755C, and 755Cs do not support the 30W AC
adapter.
The 30/40W cord is 6 foot long; the 35W cord is 6 inches.

ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs

313

314

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Board and Processor Card Checkout.
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . .
TrackPoint III Checkout. . . . . . . . . . .
Game Port Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diskette Drive Test
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
Power Management Features. . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . .
Model 755CDV Symptoms . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard/TrackPoint III Related Symptoms. .
Indicator Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . .
Power Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Function/Audio Related Symptoms. . . . . .
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms . . . . .
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infrared Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . .
Intermittent Problems. . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problems. . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Run the Diagnostics. . . . . . . . .
Error Log
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Pushbutton. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . .
Password Combinations (POP, HDP, PAP). .
How to Run the Low Level Format. . . . . .
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fn Key Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . .
How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
2010 Rear Connector Door
. . . . . . . . .
2015 Foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 Battery Pack
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
2030 CD-ROM/Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . .
2040 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .
2050 IC DRAM Card or DIMM Adapter . . . .
2060 Keyboard Spacer. . . . . . . . . . .
2080 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2090 Status Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . .
2100 Standby Battery and Front IR . . . . . .
2110 Backup Battery. . . . . . . . . . . .
2115 Logic Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . .
2120 Shield Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . .

317
317
319
320
320
321
321
322
328
331
331
334
335
336
336
337
339
339
339
340
341
341
342
342
343
344
344
345
346
346
346
347
347
347
348
348
349
350
351
351
352
353
354
355
358
359
362
363
364
365
367

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

315

2125 Video Card or Rear IR . . . . . . . . .
2130 DC/DC Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
2140 DSP Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2150 Interposer Card
. . . . . . . . . . . .
2160 System Board Assembly . . . . . . . .
2170 PCMCIA Slot Assembly. . . . . . . .
2180 Processor Card
. . . . . . . . . . . .
2190 LCD Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . .
2195 LCD Rear Cover (755CDV only). . . .
2200 Lower Shield Assembly. . . . . . . .
2210 Memory Card . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common/Option Parts List . . . . . . . . . .

316

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

368
369
370
371
372
373
375
377
378
379
380
381
381
382
383
386

General Checkout
Use the following procedure as a guide for computer
problems. The diagnostic tests are intended to test only
IBM products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, ormodified options can give false errors and invalid system
responses.
1. Obtain the failing symptoms in as much detail as
possible.
2. Verify the symptoms by attempting to recreate thefailure by running the diagnostic test or by repeating
the same operation.
Note: To run the diagnostics, refer to “How to Run
the Diagnostics” on page 345.
3. Use the following table with the verified symptom todetermine which page to go to. Search thesymptoms column and find the description that best
matches your symptom; then go to the page shown in
the “Go to” column.
Symptom

Go toPower failure. (The power
indicator does not go on or
stay on.)“Power Systems Checkout”
on page 322.

POST does not complete.
No beeps or error codes areindicated.

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 331, and then use the
No Beep Symptoms table.

POST beeps, but no error
codes are displayed.

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 331, and then use theBeep Symptoms table.

POST detected an error anddisplayed numeric error
codes.

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 331, and then use the
Numeric Error Codes table.

The diagnostic test detected
an error and displayed an
FRU code.

“FRU Codes” on page 334.

The configuration is not thesame as the installed
devices.

“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 346.

Other symptoms (such as
LCD display problems).

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 331, and then use theother symptom table. table.

Symptoms cannot berecreated. (Intermittent
problems.)

Use the customer reported
symptoms and go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 331.

Memory Checkout
One of two types of memory cards can be used, IC DRAM
card or DIMM card. See the following table for the total
memory size available when they are installed.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

317

IC DRAM

Displayed Value

0MB

7808KB

2MB

9856KB

4MB

11904KB

8MB

16000KB

16MB

24192KB

DIMM

Displayed Value

0MB

7808KB

4MB

11904KB

8MB

16000KB

12MB

20096KB

16MB

24192KB

20MB

28288KB

24MB

32384KB

32MB

40576KB

Memory errors might stop system operations, show error
messages on the screen, or hang the system. The
computer detects memory parity errors but does notcorrect them.
Use the following procedure to isolate memory problems.
1. Check whether or not the memory card use parity or
non-parity.
Note: Installing a non-parity memory card causes
parity errors when parity checking is enabled.
If the non-parity memory card is installed,disable the parity check through theEasy-Setup configuration screen.
2. Make sure that the memory card is fully seated in theconnector. A loose connection can cause an error.
3. Power-off the computer and remove the IC DRAM
card, or DIMM card from its slot (if installed).
4. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on thecomputer. Hold the F1 key down until theEasy-Setup screen appears.
5. Select Test and press enter.
6. Select Memory and press enter to run the memory
test on base memory. If an error appears, replace
the memory card.
7. Power-off the computer and reinstall the IC DRAM
card or DIMM card; then power-on the computer.
Verify the memory size; then test the memory. If anerror appears, replace the IC DRAM card or the
DIMM card.
If memory problems occur intermittently, use the loop
option to repeat the test. When the test detects an error,

318

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

an error log is printed on the printer connected to theparallel port. See “Error Log” on page 346 for more
information.

System Programs in Flash Memory: System setup
programs and diagnostic tests are stored in flash memory.

Flash Memory Update: A flash memory update isrequired for the following conditions:

New versions of system programs.
New feature or options are added.
When Updating Flash Memory

Do not power-off the computer, disconnect the Vacpower, or remove the battery during the Flash update.
The system board will have to be replaced if the
update is interrupted.
Updating Flash memory also resets all of thecustomer’s configuration settings to the default values.
To update the Flash memory, perform the following steps:
1. Get the appropriate diskette which contains the
update.
2. Insert the System Program Service Diskette into
drive A and power-on the computer.
3. Select Update system programs from the menu.

System Board and Processor Card
Checkout
The processing functions are performed by both thesystem board and the processor card. Processor
problems can be caused by either FRU. However, theprocessor card generally has a lower probability of failure.
When a numeric code calls the system board or theprocessor card as a FRU, or the processor card is called
by a diagnostic test by showing FRU code 11, use thefollowing procedure to isolate the problem.
1. Run the system board test to verify the symptom.
This test verifies both the system board and theprocessor card. If no error is detected, return to“General Checkout” on page 317.
2. If FRU code 10 appears, replace the system board
but do not replace the processor card. Transfer theprocessor card from the old system board to the new
system board.
3. If FRU code 11 appears, reseat the processor card.
4. Rerun the test to verify the fix.
5. If FRU code 11 remains, replace the processor card.
If above procedure does not correct the problem, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 343.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

319

Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout
Remove the external keyboard if the internal keyboard is tobe tested.
If the internal keyboard does not work or an unexpectedcharacter appears, make sure that the three flexible cables
extending from the keyboard are correctly seated in theconnectors on the interposer card.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, run the
Keyboard Test by doing the following:
1. Go to diagnostic menu screen by pressing Ctrl+A in
the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Press Ctrl+K; a layout of the keyboard appears on
the screen.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screenchanges to a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, a black square
briefly appears.
If the tests detect a keyboard problem, do the following
one at a time to correct the problem. Do not replace a
non-defective FRU.


Reseat the three cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the Video Card Assembly.
Replace the system board.

The following auxiliary input devices are supported for thiscomputer.


Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
External keyboard (with keyboard/mouse cable)

If any of the above devices do not work, reseat the cableconnector and repeat the failing operation.
If the problem does not occur again, recheck theconnector.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the device, andthen the system board.

TrackPoint III Checkout
If the TrackPoint III will not work, check the configuration in
the Easy-Setup by selecting Keyboard from the Config
menu. If the configuration of the TrackPoint III is disabled,
select Enable to enable it.
If this does not correct the TrackPoint III problem, continue
with the following.
The TrackPoint III does automatic compensations to adjust
the pointer sensor. During this process, the pointer moves

320

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

on the screen automatically for a short time. This
self-acting pointer movement can occur when a slight,
steady pressure is applied to the TrackPoint III pointerwhile the computer is powered on or while the system isrunning, or re-adjustment is required because thetemperature has exceeded its normal temperature range.
This symptom does not indicate a hardware problem. No
service actions are necessary if the pointer movement
stops in a short period of time.
If a click button problem or pointing stick problem occurs,
do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Go to the Easy-Setup screen.
Select an item with the pointing stick.
Press either the left or right click button.
Verify that both buttons work correctly.

If either the pointing stick or the click button will not work,
do the following actions one at a time to correct the
problem. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.


Reseat the three keyboard cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the interposer card.
Replace the system board.

Game Port Checkout
Do the following if a joystick problem occurs.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Connect the Joystick to the Game Port.
Go to the Easy-Setup screen.
Select an item with the Joystick.
Press any button of the Joystick.
Verify all buttons work correctly.

If either the Joystick or button does not work, replace thesystem board.

Diskette Drive Test
Do the following to isolate the problem to a controller,
drive, or diskette. A scratch, write enabled, non-defective
2HD diskette is required.
Warning: Make sure that the diskette does not havemore than one label attached to it. Multiple labels cancause damage to the drive or can cause the drive to fail.
Do the following to select the test device:
1. Select the advanced diagnostic mode and selectTool; then select the icon FDD-1 or FDD-2 and press
the space key. A √ mark appears next to theselected icon. Insert the blank diskette when
instructed.
2. Run the diskette drive test.
3. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code 10
appears. Replace the system board.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

321

4. If the controller test runs without errors, the drive
read/write tests start automatically.
5. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50 for
FDD-1 or 51 for FDD-2 appears. If the diskette itself
is known to be good, replace the drive.
6. If the drive is attached through a Port Replicator as
FDD-1 or FDD-2 and the test detects errors, movethe drive to the computer's diskette drive connector
directly, and test it again as FDD-1.
If no errors occur at the FDD-1 position, the drive is
not defective. Go to “Port Replicator Checkout” in“Common Devices Checkout” section to isolate thereplicator problem.
7. If the drive is attached through an Expansion Unit, go
to the service manual of the Expansion Unit to isolate
the problem.
8. If the drive is attached through a Diskette Drive
Attachment Unit, replace the unit.

Power Systems Checkout
To verify the symptom of the problem, power-on thecomputer using each of the power sources as follows.
1. Remove the battery pack, diskette drive, and harddisk drive.
2. Connect the AC Adapter and check that power is
supplied.
3. Install the diskette drive, or hard disk drive one at atime and check that power is supplied from eachpower source.
4. Disconnect the AC Adapter, remove the hard disk anddiskette drive, and install the charged battery pack;then check that power is supplied by battery pack.
If you suspect a power problem, see the appropriate power
supply check listed below.








“Checking the AC Adapter.”“Checking Operational Charging” on page 323.
“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 324.
“Checking the Car-Battery Adapter” on page 326.
“Checking the Backup Battery” on page 326.
“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 327.
“Port Replicator Power Overload” on page 330.

Checking the AC Adapter: You are here
because the computer fails only when the AC Adapter is
used.



322

If the power problem occurs only when the port
replicator is used, replace the replicator.
If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check thepower cord of the AC Adapter for correct continuity
and installation.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

If the operational charge does not work, go to“Checking Operational Charging” on page 323.

Note: There are several types of adapters. The
procedure for checking both types is the same.
1. Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the computer andmeasure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
Adapter cable. See the following figure.

2

1

AC Adapter (40W)
Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+18.0 to +21.0

2

GroundAC Adapter (35W)
Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+16.0 +1.0/−0.52GroundIf the voltage is correct, replace the systemboard. If the problem is not corrected, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 343.
 If the voltage is not correct, go to the next step.
Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the ac power
outlet and wait five minutes or longer to allow theover voltage protection circuit to be fully discharged
and initialized.
Plug the AC Adapter cable into the ac power outlet.
Measure the output voltage of the AC Adapter.
If the voltage is still not correct, replace the AC
Adapter.


2.

3.
4.
5.

Note: An audible noise from the AC Adapter does notalways indicate a defective adapter.

Checking Operational Charging: To check
operational charging, use a discharged battery pack or abattery pack that shows a yellow or orange battery statusindicator when it installed in the computer.
Perform operational charging. If the battery statusindicator turns orange and the battery charging indicatorturns green within two minutes, replace the AC Adapter.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

323

Checking the Battery Pack:

Battery charging will
not start until the Fuel-Gauge shows that less than 90% of
the total power remains; with this condition the battery
pack will charge to 100% of its capacity. This protects thebattery pack from being over-charged or having ashortened life.
Before you do the following steps, check the following:The correct battery pack is used for the model.
The storage switch set to on (|).

1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage
between battery terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−). See thefollowing figure.
Ni-MH Battery Pack

Storage Switch(T)

Terminal

Voltage (V dc) / Signal

1+8.0 to +16.0

2

Send

3

Thermal4

Ground (−)

5

NC

6

NC

7

NC

Li-ion Battery Pack
Note: Li-ion battery is optional for Model 755CDV.

324

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

(T)Terminal

Voltage (V dc) / Signal

1+8.0 to +13.0

2

Send

3

Thermal4

Ground (−)

5

R1

Note: Signal lines, not used in these steps, are used
for communication between the system and thebattery. The storage switch is used to control thepower to the internal microprocessor of the battery.
The storage switch should be set to off (0) only when
the battery is going to be kept in storage for morethan two months.
3. If the voltage is less than +8.0 V dc, the battery packhas been discharged or is defective. Recharge thebattery. If the recharging does not work, go to Step 5
to check the charging circuit.
If the voltage is still less than +8.0 V dc after therecharging, replace the battery.
4. If the voltage is more than +8.0 V dc, measure theresistance between battery terminals 3 and 4. The
resistance must be 4 to 30 K ohm.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the battery
pack.
If the resistance is correct, replace the DC/DC card.
5. To check the charging circuit, do the following. Plugin the AC Adapter with the battery pack removed,
then power-on the computer.
6. Measure the charging voltage between DC/DC
terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−).
7. If the voltage is less then +9.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is more than +9.0 V dc,
the charging circuit is working correctly, replace thebattery pack.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

325

Checking the Car-Battery Adapter
Note: There are several types of adapters but thecheckout procedure is the same for both of them.
1. Unplug the Car-Battery Adapter cable from thecomputer.
2. Plug the Car-Battery Adapter into the cigarette lighter
socket.
Note: If the adapter is already plugged in, reseat it.
3. Measure the output voltage of the Car-Battery
Adapter cable. See the following figure.
3

2

1

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+19.0 to +21.0

2, 3

Ground

If the voltage is correct and the power-on
indicator on the Car-Battery Adapter is on all thetime, the Car-Battery is working correctly.
Replace the system board.
If the problem is not resolved when the systemboard is replaced, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 343.
If the voltage is outside the normal voltage
range, do one of the following:– Try the above test procedures in a different
car, if one is available.
– Replace the Car-Battery Adapter if thecomputer works correctly with the AC
Adapter.

Note: If the output voltage from the cigarette lighter
socket of the car is less than 10.5 V dc, acontinuous noise can be heard. The condition of
the car battery should be checked by appropriate
service personal.

Checking the Backup Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the battery pack.
3. Remove the backup battery from the shield assembly.
4. Measure the voltage of the backup battery. See thefollowing figure.

326

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Wire

Voltage (V dc)

Red+2.5 to +3.7

Black

GroundIf the voltage is correct, replace the system board.
If the voltage is not correct, the backup battery has
been discharged. Replace the backup battery.
If the backup battery discharges quickly after
replacement, replace the system board.

Checking the Standby Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the battery pack andthe diskette drive.
3. Remove the standby battery. (Refer to “2100 Standby
Battery and Front IR” on page 363 to remove thebattery.)
4. Measure the voltage of the standby battery.
 If the voltage between red and black is 3.5 V dc
or greater, the voltage is correct. Go to Step 10
on page 328 to verify standby battery operation.
 If the voltage is less than 3.5 V dc, go to thenext step.
5. Plug the AC Adapter into the computer and power-on
the computer.
6. Measure the output voltage at the connector on thesystem board.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

327

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

+

+4.0

−

GroundIf the voltage is less than +4.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is still low, replace
the system board.
 If the voltage is more than +4.0 V dc, power-off
the computer, replace the standby battery, andgo to the next step.
Ensure that the AC Adapter is plugged into thecomputer; then power-on the computer.
Charging of the standby battery starts. A depleted
battery needs approximately 30 minutes to berecharged to the operational voltage of +3.5 V dc.
Unplug the AC Adapter.
Verify the standby battery function by removing andinstalling the battery pack during suspend mode.


7.
8.

9.
10.

Note: Removing and installing the battery packduring suspend mode should be done within one
minute. The resume operation must start. If theresume operation does not work, switching of powerfrom the battery pack to standby battery will not becorrect. Replace the DC/DC card.
If replacing the DC/DC card does not resolve theproblem, replace the system board.

Power Management Features
Three power management modes are provided by thecomputer to save power consumption and prolong battery
power.

328

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Standby Mode:

When in standby mode the following

occurs:The LCD backlight turns off.
The hard disk motor stops.
The CPU clock is set to the lowest speed.

Events that cause entering of standby mode:Standby requested by the Fn key. (Fn+F3)
No activity under auto-standby enabled by thefeature utility.

Events that cause exiting or resuming of standby mode:(Resume) Any key operation.

Suspend Mode:

When the computer enters thesuspend mode, the following occurs:






The LCD backlight turns off.
The LCD power is powered-off.
The hard disk is powered-off.
The CPU clock is set to the lowest speed.
The CPU is stopped.

In the ThinkPad Features Program, the computer canbe set to “Will not suspend even if LCD is closed.”.
When the computer is powered with ac power and isused with one of the following IBM PC cards, thecomputer will only enter the standby mode. The PC
card and application program remain active.
– 3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter– 5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter– Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter– Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet



The following conditions prevent the computer fromentering the suspend mode.
While the communication link is running.
When a serial mouse or external pointing device has
been selected in the Config menu of the Easy-Setup.

Events that cause the computer to enter the suspend
mode:








Suspend mode is requested by the Fn key (Fn+F4).
The LCD is closed.
The keyboard is opened.
The specified time has elapsed from the lastoperation with the keyboard, mouse, hard disk drive,
parallel connector, diskette drive, or the AC Adapter isplugged in. The time is specified by Suspend Timerin the ThinkPad Features program.
The battery condition is low. The battery power
indicator blinks (orange).
The PS2 OFF command is set in the ThinkPad
Features program.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

329

Events that cause exiting or resuming of the suspend
mode:







(Resume) The LCD is opened.
(Resume) The keyboard is closed.
(Resume) Real time clock alarm signaled.
(Resume) Ring indicator (RI) signaled by serial or
PCMCIA device.
(Resume) The Fn key is pressed.
(Exit) Timer conditions are satisfied to enter
hibernation mode.

Hibernation Mode:

When in hibernation mode, thefollowing occurs:The system status, RAM, VRAM, and setup data are
stored on the hard disk.
The system is powered-off.

Events that prevent the computer from entering thehibernation mode.
A serial mouse or external pointing device has been
selected in the Config menu of the Easy-Setup.
The computer is powered with ac power and one of
the following IBM PC cards is used.
– PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem– High Speed PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem– 3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter– 5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter– Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter– Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet

Events that cause the computer to enter the hibernation
mode.




Pressing the Fn key (Fn+F12).
Timer conditions are satisfied in suspend mode.
Critical low battery condition.

Event that causes the computer to exit the hibernationmode.
The power-on switch is operated.

When power is turned on, the hibernation history of theboot record on the hard disk is recognized and systemstatus is restored from the hard disk to resume operation.

Port Replicator Power Overload:

If intermittent
power shut-downs occur while using PCMCIA-2 devices
through a port replicator, suspect an over-current problem.
Some PCMCIA devices use too much power, and if the
maximum usage of each device occurs simultaneously, thetotal current could exceed the replicator limit, thereby
causing a power shut down. Remove each device one ata time and repeat the sequence until problem fails toreturn. Ten determine the cause.

330

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists the symptoms and errors
and the possible causes. The most likely cause is listed
first.
Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the sequence
shown in the “FRU/Action” columns. If a FRU did notsolve the problem, put the original part back in thecomputer. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
This index can also be used to help you decide which
FRUs to have available when servicing a computer.
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in POST or
system operation. In the following error codes, X can be
any number.
If no codes are available, use narrative symptoms.
If the symptom is not listed, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 343.
Note: For IBM devices not supported by diagnostic codesof the ThinkPad computers, see the manual for thatdevice.

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

10X

1. System Board

110

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 317.
2. IC DRAM Card or
DIMM Card
3. System Board

111

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 317.
2. Expansion Unit/Port
Replicator
3. System Board

158(HDP was not set eventhough the supervisor
password is set.)

1. Set a HDP.

159
(HDP is not set the same as
the supervisor password.)

1. Set a correct HDP.

161

1. Go to “Checking the
Backup Battery” onpage 326.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

331

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

163(Time and Date was notset.)

1. Set Time and Date.
2. System Board

173(Configuration data werelost.)

1. Select OK in the error
screen; then set timeand date.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board

174(Perform “Checking theInstalled Devices List” onpage 346 before changing
any FRUs.)

1. Check Device
Configuration.
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
4. Hard Disk Drive
Assembly

175, 177, 178

1. System Board

183(Incorrect password enteredat the supervisor password
prompt.)1. Have the user
examine thepassword.

184(POP check sum error.)

1. Reset the POP in
Easy-Setup.

185(The startup sequence is
not valid. Suspect thatpower was off when thestartup sequence was being
updated.)

1. Reset the startup
sequence inEasy-Setup.

186

1. System Board

188

1. Set the system
identification using
the ThinkPad 750Ce
hardwaremaintenance diskette.

190(Depleted battery pack was
installed when the power
was on.)1. Go to “Checking theBattery Pack” onpage 324.

191XX

1. System Board
2. Processor card

195
(The configuration read fromthe hibernation area does
not match the actual
configuration.)

1. Check if theconfiguration waschanged.
For example, check if
the disk drive is fromanother computer.

196(Read error occurred in thehibernation area of theHDD.)

1. Run the hard disk
drive test.
2. Hard Disk Drive

199XX

1. System Board

1XX

1. System Board

332

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

2XX

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 317.
2. IC DRAM Card, DIMM,
or DIMM Adapter
3. System Board

301, 303, 304, 305, 3XX

1. Go to“Keyboard/Auxiliary
Input Device
Checkout” onpage 320.
2. Keyboard
3. Video Card
4. External Numeric
Keypad
5. External Keyboard
6. Keyboard/Mouse Cable
7. System Board

601, 6XX

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 321.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. Diskette
4. System Board

602(Diskette read error.)

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 321.
2. Diskette
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly604(Non-acceptable ID wasread from the diskette
drive.)

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 321.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. System Board

11XX

1. Serial Device (First)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board

12XX

1. Serial Device(Second)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board

17XX

1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board

24XX

1. System Board
2. Video Card

808X

1. PCMCIA Slot
Assembly
2. PCMCIA Device
3. System Board

860X(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint III is disabled.)

1. External Mouse
2. External Keyboard
3. System Board

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

333

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

861X(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint III is enabled.)

1. Reseat the keyboard
Track Point III cableat the interposer
card.
See “2080 Keyboard
Unit” on page 359.
2. Keyboard
3. External Mouse
4. Video Card
5. System Board

I9990301
I9990302
I9990305

1. Reseat the bootdevice.
2. Check the startup
sequence for thecorrect boot device.
3. Check that operating
system has no failure,or is installed correctly.

I9990303

1. System Board

Other codes not listedabove

1. Go to “Undetermined
Problems” onpage 343.

FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed. The FRU code indicates two
suspected FRUs. Replace the FRU that is indicated by
the two leftmost digits first, then replace the FRU indicatedby the two rightmost digits. No FRU is assigned to code
00. If only one FRU is suspected, the other FRU code isfilled with zeros. See the referenced page before replacing
the FRU.
FRU Code

FRU/Action

10

System Board

11

Processor Card16

DSP Card

17

Front IR unit

18

Rear IR unit

20

Memory(See “Memory Checkout” on page 317.)

30

Reserved

32

External Keyboard

33

External Mouse

40

LCD Assembly

41Video Card45

External CRT

50

1. Reseat the Drive (FDD-1)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-1)

334

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

FRU CodeFRU/Action

51

1. Reseat the Drive (FDD-2)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-2)

60

1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)

61

1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)

70

PCMCIA-2 (Replicator)

71

PCMCIA (under CD-ROM drive)80

Cellular Modem

90

CD-ROM Drive

Note: The device ID and error codes are used to indicate
the detail portion of the FRU which caused the error. If
replacing a FRU does not correct a problem, see theDevice ID or error code from the previous failure. If they
have changed, the cause might be because the new FRU
is defective or that the FRU was incorrectly installed.
If the problem remains after replacement of the FRUs, go
to “Undetermined Problems” on page 343.

Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Continuous beeps.

System Board

One beep and a blank,
unreadable, or flashing
LCD.

1. Reseat all LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. Video Card
4. System Board
5. DC/DC Card

One beep, and the message“Unable to access bootsource.”1. Boot device
2. System Board

One long, two short beeps
and a blank or unreadable
LCD.

1. System Board
2. Video Card
3. LCD Assembly

One long beep followed byfour short beeps each time
the power switch isoperated.
(System cannot power-on
due to low battery voltage.)

Connect the AC Adapter
or install a fully-charged
battery.

One beep every second.
(System is shutting down
due to low battery voltage.)

Connect the AC Adapter
or install a fully-charged
battery (allows system tocomplete shutdown
before changing thebattery).

Two short beeps with error
codes.

POST error. See“Numeric Error Codes” onpage 331.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

335

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Two short beeps with blankscreen.

System Board

No Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep, power-on indicator
not on, and a blank LCD
during POST.

1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 322.
2. System Board
3. DC/DC Card
4. Power sources

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blank LCD during
POST.

1. System Board
2. DC/DC Card
3. Processor Card

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blinking cursor
only during POST.

1. System Board
2. Processor Card
3. DC/DC Card

No beep during POST but
system runs correctly.

1. Turn the volume up
and check the
speaker
2. Speaker
3. DSP Card
4. DC/DC CardLCD Related Symptoms
The TFT LCD for the notebook computer contains over
921 000 thin film transistors (TFTs). A small number ofmissing, discolored or lighted dots (on all the time) is
characteristic of TFT LCD technology, but excessive pixel
problems can cause viewing concerns.
Before Replacing the LCD
The LCD should not be replaced unless the number ofdots satisfies the following condition:


The number of missing or discolored, or lighted
dots in any colored background is 21 or more.

Note: For Model 755CDV, see also “Model 755CDV
Symptoms” on page 337 for LCD related
symptoms.
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blank LCD during
POST.

1.
2.
3.
4.

336

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

System Board
DC/DC Card
Video Card
Processor Card

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action



LCD backlight notworking, orLCD too dark, orLCD brightness cannot
be adjusted, orLCD contrast cannot
be adjusted.



LCD screen
unreadable, orCharacters missing
pels, or
Screen abnormal, orWrong color displayed.

LCD has extra horizontal orvertical lines displayed.

1. Reseat the LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. Interposer Card
4. DC/DC Card

1. See the precedingnote on replacing
LCDs.
2. Reseat all LCD
connectors.
3. LCD Assembly
4. System Board
5. Video Card
6. Interposer Card
LCD Assembly

Model 755CDV Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

The screen isblack when the
LCD cover isinstalled.

1. Verify that the LCD cover isfirmly installed on the LCD.
2. Diagnose the LCD assembly byfollowing “LCD Related
Symptoms” on page 336.

The LCD is wavy
when thecomputer isplaced on theoverheadprojector.

Some overhead projectors interferewith the LCD of the computer. Useanother overhead projector.

The LCD stays
on even whenthe LCD cover isremoved.

Make sure that the switch on therear of the LCD is not stuck. If it isstuck, release it with the tip of aball-point pen.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

337

Symptom/Error

AbnormalscreenUnevencolor on thescreenSpot on thescreenFRU/Action
1. Check that the white film on the
LCD cover is clean. Gently
wipe the film with a dry, soft
cloth, such as a lens cleaner.
2. LCD Cover
3. Diagnose the LCD assembly byfollowing “LCD Related
Symptoms” on page 336.
Note: The customer may be
responsible for repair costs if the LCD
cover was damaged due to misuse,excessive force, scratch, or liquid
spilled by the customer.

The computer
has anintermittent
problem when
you use it on theoverheadprojector.

Problem such as high environmental
temperature might be the cause.
Use the stand supplied with thecomputer.

The remotecontrol does notwork.

1. Check that two AAA alkaline
batteries are installed in the
remote control.
2. Check that two AAA alkaline
batteries in the remote control areat their normal energy (voltage)level.
3. Enable the IR port of the computerwith the ThinkPad Features
program. (Disable the serial port
at this time.)
4. Refer to the trouble shooting
section in the Help menu of theMind Path Presentation F/X
program. Set up this program
following the guide.
5. If the preceding items are correct,
the radiation from the light of theoverhead projector might beinterfering the IR port of thecomputer. Disable the rear IR
port of the computer, and use theremote control with the front IR
port.
6. Use the remote control withanother computer, which IR port
works normally. If the remotecontrol does not work, the remotecontrol is not working properly.
If there is still a problem, refer to“Infrared Related Symptoms” onpage 342.

338

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Keyboard/TrackPoint III Related
Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Keyboard (one or morekeys) does not work.

1. Reseat the threekeyboard cables.
2. Keyboard
3. Video Card
4. System Board

TrackPoint III does notwork.

1. Go to “TrackPoint III
Checkout” onpage 320.
2. Keyboard
3. Video Card
4. System Board

Pointer moves automaticallyor does not work correctly.

1. See “TrackPoint III
Checkout” onpage 320.

Indicator Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Indicator incorrectly remains
off or on, but system runs
correctly.

1. Reseat the statusindicator cable.
2. Status Indicator
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board

Battery power statusindicator blinks from green,
yellow, to orange.

1. Check that a correct
battery is installed.
2. Set the battery storage
switch to ON.
3. Battery Pack
4. DC/DC Card
5. System Board

Power Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Power shut down during
operation.

1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 322.
2. Battery Pack
3. Remove the battery
pack and let it cool for
two hours.
4. DC/DC Card
5. Power sources

The system will not
power-off.
(See “Reset Pushbutton” onpage 346.)

1. Press the Reset
pushbutton.
2. System Board

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

339

Function/Audio Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

The system will not suspendor resume by opening or
closing the keyboard.

1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 329
and check that thecomputer can entersuspend mode.
2. DC/DC Card
3. Video Card
4. System Board

The system will not suspendor resume by opening or
closing the LCD.

1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 329
and that check thatthe computer canenter suspend mode.
2. Top Cover
3. DC/DC Card
4. System Board

Battery Fuel-Gauge does
not go higher than 90%.

Go to “Checking theBattery Pack” onpage 324 and see thenote.

Memory count (size)
appears differently from
actual size.

Go to “Memory Checkout”
on page 317.

System configuration does
not match the installed
devices.

Go to “Checking theInstalled Devices List” onpage 346.

System hangs intermittently.

Go to “Intermittent
Problems” on page 342.

340

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Peripheral Device Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

External display does notwork correctly.

1. See “External Display
Self-Test” in“Common Devices
Checkout” section.

Printer problems.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Serial or parallel port device
problems.

1. Device
2. Device Cable
3. System Board

Run Printer Self-test.
Parallel Port Device
Cable
System Board

Other Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Errors occur only when Port
Replicator is used.

See “Port Replicator
Checkout” in “Common
Devices Checkout”
section.

PCMCIA slot pin isdamaged.

PCMCIA Slots Assembly

Note: If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list
and the problem remains, see “Undetermined Problems”
on page 343.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

341

Infrared Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Unable to communicate
using the Infrared (IR) Port

1. Make sure the setup
for the IR is correct.
2. Make sure there areno fluorescent lights
near the computer.
The computer may
receive electrical noisefrom the fluorescentlight.
3. Run the advanced
diagnostic test. If anerror occurs and a
FRU code is displayed,replace the parts
shown by the FRU
code.
4. For Model 755CDV, if
the remote control isenabled, thecommunication with
the IR port is disabled.
Run the Mind Path
Presentation F/X
program and set the
infrared to OFF; thenobserve the symptom.

Intermittent Problems
Intermittent system hang problems can be caused by avariety of reasons that have nothing to do with a hardware
defect such as: cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge, orsoftware errors. FRUs replacement should only beconsidered when a recurring problems exits.
When analyzing the intermittent problem, do the following:
1. Run the advanced diagnostic test for the systemboard in loop mode at least 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRUs.
3. If any error is detected, replace the FRU shown by
the FRU code. Rerun the test to verify that no moreerrors exist.

342

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Undetermined Problems
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify
which adapter or device failed, installed devices areincorrect, a short circuit is suspected, or the system is
inoperative. Follow the procedures below to isolate thefailing FRU (do not isolate non-defective FRUs).
Verify that all attached devices are supported by thecomputers.
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of the
failure is operating correctly. (See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 322.)
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Check the cables, wires, and connectors for shortcircuits and open circuits. Visually check them fordamage. If any problems are found, replace the
FRU.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices.
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Devices attached to the expansion bus
connector
c. Printer, mouse, and other external devices
d. Battery packe. Hard disk drive
f. Diskette drive or the device attached to thediskette drive connector
g. IC DRAM card or DIMM cardh. PC Cards

4.
5.
6.

7.

Note: Remember that removing the hard disk
drive, an IC DRAM card, or any adapter or
device, might cause configuration errors. Ignore
error code 174.
Power-on the computer.
Determine if the problem has changed.
If the problem does not occur again, reconnect theremoved devices one at a time until you find thefailing FRU.
If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs
one at a time. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
 DC/DC card
 Interposer card
 LCD assembly System board
 Processor card

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

343

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides information about the following:











“Status Indicators”“How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 345“Error Log” on page 346“Reset Pushbutton” on page 346“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 346“Password Combinations (POP, HDP, PAP)” on
page 347“How to Run the Low Level Format” on page 347“PC Test Card LED” on page 347“Fn Key Combinations” on page 348“How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics” on page 348

Status Indicators
The system status indicators show the current computer
status in different colors (green, yellow, and orange).
Symbol344

Color

Meaning

Blinking green

Speaker sounds

Green

Battery fully
chargedYellow

Battery usable

OrangeBattery low, orif
is green,
the operationalcharge cannot
be performed.

Blinking orange

Battery almost
depleted

Blinking green,
yellow, andorangeBattery storage
switch is set off

Orange, orGreen, or Yellow

ifis blinking
twice every 3
seconds, thebattery isdischarging.

Green

Battery charging

OrangePC card in-use

OrangeDiskette drivein-useOrangeHard disk drivein-useGreen

Keys in Num
Lock mode

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symbol

Color

Meaning

Green

Keys in Caps
Lock mode

Green

Keys in Scroll
Lock mode

Green

Computer insuspend mode

Blinking green

Computerresuming normal
mode

Green

Computer
powered on

How to Run the Diagnostics
Use either the TrackPoint III or the cursor move keys tointeract with the tests. The Enter key works the same as
selecting the OK icon to reply OK.
1. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on thecomputer. Hold the F1 key down until Easy-setup
screen appears.
2. Select Test and press Enter.
3. Select a device and press Enter to run the test.
To test the Infrared Port, click the "SystemBoard"icon.
4. The test progress screen appears.
5. OK appears when the test ends without any errors.
6. Start the Advanced Diagnostic test by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic menu screen.
7. Select Tool to install the tools.
8. Select a device, press the space key, and install thetool. Multiple devices can be selected by repeating
this step.
9.
10.
11.
12.

A √ mark appears for the selected device.
Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK.
Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.
Select Test All to test all devices.
Select Loop Test to loop tests.

A loop option menu appears in which a device loop or
all loop can be selected. Select a device and press
the space key to select a device. Repeat this step toselect multiple devices. Press Enter to start thediagnostic loop. If no device is selected, all device
tests are looped.
13. To exit the loop, keep pressing Ctrl+Pause until thetest exits. A beep sounds to notify that the exit
interrupt is sensed by the test program.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

345

Error Log
Diagnostic errors are printed on the printer that is attachedto the parallel port when the error is detected. The error isalso logged in the system memory.
Do the following to display the errors.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

End the test, if it is running.
Press Ctrl+A to select the advanced diagnostic mode.
Press Ctrl+E.
The error log appears.
To exit the screen, select the cancel icon or press
Esc.

The error log is not saved when system power ispowered-off.

Reset Pushbutton
The reset pushbutton resets the system and forces thepower to be powered-off . Use this pushbutton when the
power is not completely off or the system is hung. See“Rear View” on page 382 for the location of the
pushbutton.

Checking the Installed Devices List
If a device is installed but the icon appears in a gray shaderather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostics screen,
the device is defective. Reseat the device connectors. If
the symptom remains, replace the device or the systemboard. If needed, adjust the contrast control to clearly
distinguish the shades of the icon.
If a device that is not installed appears in a dark shade, forexample, FDD-2 appears in a dark shade when NO
second FDD is installed, do the following.
1. Replace the first device, such as a FDD-1, HDD-1, or
PCMCIA-1.
2. If the problem remains, replace the system board.
PCMCIA-1, Parallel, and Serial icons are always displayedin dark shade, because the icons represent subsystems of
the system board and not attachment of the devices.
The HDD-1, FDD-1, or PCMCIA-1 represents the first
drive in the system configuration, respectively. Similarly,
the HDD-2, FDD-2, or PCMCIA-2 represents the second
drive, usually attached through a port replicator or an
expansion unit.

346

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Password Combinations (POP, HDP,PAP)
The password relationship is:When POP is the same as HDPThe POP prompt appears, but the HDP prompt does
not appear.

When POP is not the same as HDP
Both POP and HDP prompts appear.



PAP and HDPWhen PAP is used, the HDP is enabled automatically,
but no HDP prompt appears. The HDP is set thesame as PAP.

How to Run the Low Level Format
Do the following to format the hard disk.
Warning: Make sure the drive address to be formatted iscorrect. This procedure will erase all information on thedisk.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the ThinkPad 755Ce hardware maintenancediskette into diskette drive A and power-on thecomputer.
Note: You can use this maintenance diskette for allmodels.
3. Select Format the hard disk from the main menu.
4. Select the drive from the menu.
5. Follow the instructions on the screen.

PC Test Card LED
The green LED on the PC test card turns on when the
PCMCIA test is running. If the LED does not turn on,
check that the card is installed correctly by reseating thecard. If it still does not turn on after it is reseated, try
using another slot for the test. If the LED still does notturn on and the test fails, replace the FRU shown in the
diagnostic error code.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

347

Fn Key Combinations
The following table shows the Fn key and function key
combinations and their corresponding functions.
The Fn key works independently from the operating
system. The operating system obtains the status throughthe system management interface to control the system.
Fn +Description

F1

Reserved

F2

Fuel-gauge display ON/OFF

F3Standby mode invocation

F4

Suspend mode invocation

F5

Reserved

F6

Reserved

F7

LCD/CRT display switching

F8

Reserved

F9

Reserved

F10

Reserved

F11Power management modeswitching(Toggles High power,Intelligent, Economy)

F12

Hibernation invocation

How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics
Do the following to run the keyboard test.
1. Go to the advanced diagnostic screen menu bypressing Ctrl+A in Easy-Setup menu.
2. Go to the keyboard diagnostic test menu by pressing
Ctrl+K.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screenchanges to a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, a black square
briefly appears.

348

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Product Overview
The following table shows an overview of the system
features.
FeatureDescription

Processor

Intel 486DX4 100/33 MHz

Bus ArchitectureMemory(Standard)

8MB (on the system board)

Memory (Option)

AT Bus
VESA Local Bus for video
subsystem

2, 4, 8, 16MB, Basic IC DRAM
card (max. 16 MB)
4, 8, 16MB, DIMM card (max. 40
MB)
DIMM card adapter

CMOS RAM128 Bytes

VGA Video

10.4-inch, 64K color, TFT LCD color

Diskette Drive(Removable)

0.720, 1.2, 1.44, 2.88MB(4-mode), 3.5-inch
0.720, 1.44, (2-mode), 3.5-inch

Hard Disk Drive(Removable)

340MB, 2.5-inch
540MB, 2.5-inch
810MB, 2.5-inch

Super Video
Card





Video accelerator
Video capture/overlay
Video composite In/Out

CD-ROM

5-inchDouble speed
IDE interface

DSP Card

Microphone jackHeadphone jack
Modem portIR

Two infra-red ports

PCMCIA

One Type-III or two Type-II

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

349

FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information about removals andreplacements.









An electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap must be used
to establish personal grounding.
The system board is sensitive to, and can bedamaged by, electrostatic discharge. Establish
personal grounding by touching a ground point with
one hand before touching these units.
The arrows in the “Removals and Replacements”
section show the direction of movement to remove a
FRU, or to turn a screw to release the FRU. The
arrows are marked in numeric order, in squarecallouts, to show the correct sequence of removal.
When other FRUs must be removed before removing
the failing FRU, they are listed at the top of the page.
To replace a FRU, reverse the removal procedureand follow any notes that pertain to replacement.
See “Locations” for internal cable connections andarrangement information.
When replacing a FRU, use the correct screw size asshown in the procedures.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13

Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, and then disconnect any
interconnecting cables.
Safety Notice 3: Translation on page 9
The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel.
Do not disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack asrequired by local ordinances or regulations.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts, are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical short circuits.

350

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2010 Rear Connector Door
Remove the center latch .1/; then remove the rearconnector door by flexing it .2/.

2015 FootTo replace the foot:

Align the foot in the open position with one pivot in its
hinge in the base cover
Press the other pivot point into position with yourthumb or finger

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

351

2020 Battery PackCD-ROM Drive (2030)

Notes:
1. Be careful that the computer does not fall backward
when the battery pack is removed.
2. When replacing the battery pack, check that thestorage switch of the new battery is set to the on (|)
position. Do not operate the storage switch of abattery that has been used and is going to be
re-used.
3. Check that the keyboard latch springs are in place.

352

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2030 CD-ROM/Diskette Drive
Note: Remove the CD-ROM/Diskette drive exactly as
shown in the figure. Do not apply any extra force to the
CD-ROM/Diskette drive when removing it.

Warning: When replacing the CD-ROM/diskette drive,
check that the standby battery is seated correctly toprevent damage to the drive.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

353

2040 Hard Disk Drive

CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)

Warning: Do not drop or apply any shock to the harddisk drive. The hard disk drive is sensitive to physicalshock. Incorrect handling can cause damage it, and cause
permanent loss of data on the hard disk. Before removing
the hard disk drive, have the user make a backup copy of
all the information on the hard disk. Never remove thehard disk drive while the system is operating or is insuspend mode.
Note: Remove the hard disk drive exactly as shown in
the figure. Do not apply any extra force to the hard disk
drive when removing it.

Warning: After replacing the hard disk drive, latch theremoval strap into the correct position.

354

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2050 IC DRAM Card or DIMM Adapter
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)

Note: One of the following combinations occupies the slot
depending on the configuration.


IC DRAM card + IC DRAM card base
DIMMs on DIMM adapter

If the IC DRAM Card is installed:

Warning: The IC DRAM card is sensitive to physicalshock. Incorrect handling of the card can damage it. The
eject tape (P/N 53G9318) must be used to remove thecard.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

355

If the DIMM Adapter is installed:
Press both locks at the same time and remove the DIMM.

While holding the strap .A/, pull the DIMM adapter toward
the front to remove it.

356

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Notes:1. If the IC DRAM cards or the DIMM are not installed
and the base plate is installed instead of these cards,
remove the plate as follows:a. Pinch the projection .A/ on the left side of theplate; then pull the plate slightly toward the front.
b. Raise the rear portion of the plate and remove it.

2. When inserting the DIMM into either connector on the
DIMM adapter:a. Locate the triangle .A/ on the right side of thesocket.
b. With the notched end of the DIMM .B/ toward
the triangle, insert the DIMM into the socket.
c. Pivot the DIMM until it snaps into place.
If you have another DIMM to install, insert it in
the other socket the same way.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

357

2060 Keyboard Spacer

358

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2080 Keyboard Unit

CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)

Loosen the three screws .2/ and .3/, and push .4/ torelease the five top cover latches at the rear side of thesystem unit.
When removing the screw covers .1/, use a small
screwdriver.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

359

The keyboard unit is connected to the system board withflexible cables. Remove the upper cover; then disconnect
the cables to remove the keyboard unit as shown.
To remove the top cover, do not latch the keyboard.
Lower the keyboard and remove the top cover.
Warning: Do not pull the keyboard cables.
The keyboard cables will be damaged if the keyboard
is disconnected without releasing the three latches.7/.

EMI Spring Plate

Notes:
1. When replacing the keyboard, check that the threecables are clean, and inserted straight and fully into
the connectors. Slide both ends of each latch at thesame time to make sure that each cable is correctly
inserted. Go to “Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout” on page 320 and test all keys before
returning the computer to the customer.
2. When replacing the top cover, insert the four latchesat the rear side of the cover into the foot guide of thethe LCD; push the right, left, and front sides to snap it
into place.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.

360

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.2/

Top cover (1)

14 mm

.3/

Top cover (2)

4 mm

.6/

Top cover (1)4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

361

2090 Status IndicatorCD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Keyboard Unit (2080)

Warning: Do not pull the status indicator cable. The
cable will be damaged if the status indicator is
disconnected without releasing the latch in step .2/.

Note: When replacing the indicator, insert the flexible
cable straight into the connector until the head of the cablestops. Slide both ends of the latches at the same time tomake sure that the cable is correctly inserted.
1

2

2

Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

LED Stand off (2)14 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

362

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2100 Standby Battery and Front IRCD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)

Where: .A/ is the IR Cable.
Cable. .C/ is the IR Lens.

.B/ is the Standby Battery

Note: When replacing the battery, make sure the battery
are seated correctly. Make sure the IR lens .2/ is in thecorrect position by sliding it end to end.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

cover (1)4 mmNote: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Safety Notice 2: Translation on page 8
The standby battery contains a small amount of nickel
and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge it,
throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Dispose of
the battery as required by local ordinances orregulations.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

363

2110 Backup BatteryCD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)

Safety Notice 4: Translation on page 10
The backup battery is a lithium battery and can causea fire, explosion, or severe burn. Do not recharge it,remove its polarized connector, disassemble it, heat it
above 100°C (212°F), incinerate it, or expose its cell
contents to water. Dispose of the battery as requiredby local ordinances or regulations. Use of an incorrect
battery can result in ignition or explosion of thebattery. Replacement batteries can be ordered fromIBM or IBM Authorized Dealers.

364

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2115 Logic Assembly








CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Backup Battery (2110)

The screw .1/ is located at the rear bottom side.

See next page.
Note: When replacing the logic assembly, align the
power-key slide hub with the power-switch actuatorby moving the power-key in the direction of thearrow. See the large circle in the figure. Before
tightening any screws, check that the power-switch
operates correctly.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

365

Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Logic assembly (1)

4 mm

.4/

Logic assembly (4)8 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

366

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2120 Shield Assembly









CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Backup Battery (2110)
Logic Assembly (2115)

Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Shield assembly (3)

4 mm

.2/

Shield assembly (3)

14 mm

.3/

Shield assembly (1)8 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

367

2125 Video Card or Rear IR










CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)

The connector is located under .A/.
Do .4/ and .5/ after step .3/ to remove the rear IR.
4

5

B

368

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2130 DC/DC Card











CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

369

2140 DSP Card












CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
DC-DC Card (2130)

Remove the following:Mini-Jack Holder
Modem Guide
Modem Lever
Microphone Cable

Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

DSP card (1)

8 mm

.2/

DSP card (1)14 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

370

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2150 Interposer Card













CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
DC-DC Card (2130)
DSP Card (2140)

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

371

2160 System Board Assembly















CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
DC/DC Card (2130)
DSP Card (2140)
Interposer Card (2150)
Processor Card (2180)

Notes:
1. Before removing and replacing the system board,
make sure that the PCMCIA cards are removed andthe eject levers are not sticking out.
2. When replacing the system board assembly, align the
power-key slide hub with the power-switch actuator by
moving the power-key in the direction of the arrow.
See the large circle in the figure. Before tightening
any screws, check that the power-switch operates
correctly.
3. Do not pull the PCMCIA slot assembly while removing
the system board.

372

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2170 PCMCIA Slot Assembly















CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
DC/DC Card (2130)
DSP Card (2140)
Interposer Card (2150)
Processor Card (2180)

Notes:
1. When handling the PCMCIA slot assembly, be careful
not to disassemble any part of it. The slot assemblyis not solidly fixed when it is removed from thesystem board or the FRU.
In step .3/, gently pull up the bottom of the centerarea of the connector board edge with your fingers.
2. The screw stand at each corner of the PCMCIA slot is
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

373

easy to remove. Make sure that the screw stand iscorrectly positioned when the slot is replaced. Do not
replace the slot without the screw stand.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

PCMCIA slot, upper (2)

4 mm

.2/

PCMCIA slot, lower (2)14 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

374

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2180 Processor Card









CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)

Turn the system board upside down. Then remove any
metal tape holding the card.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

375

To remove the processor card, gently lift the area shown
by .A/ straight up. Do not pull the other areas.

Note: If the processor card is not installed correctly, thecomputer may not turn on. Reinstall the card in this case.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Processor card assembly

14 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

376

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2190 LCD AssemblyCD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)

Note: When removing the LCD cables .1/, pull theconnector straight up. Incorrect handling candamage the connector.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.3/

LCD hinge (4)4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Safety Notice 5: Translation on page 11
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCDgets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from thefluid are present after washing.

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

377

To Clean the LCD
Gently wipe the LCD with a dry, soft cloth. Do not use
alcohol or detergent to clean the LCD.
To avoid damaging the LCD, do not scratch or apply
any force to its surface.

2195 LCD Rear Cover (755CDV only)
Slightly push out and release the latches .1/.

11Note: Do not touch the film .2/ on the rear cover while
the cover is removed from the LCD.

2378

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

2200 Lower Shield Assembly
















CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
DC/DC Card (2130)
DSP Card (2140)
Interposer Card (2150)
Processor Card (2180)
System Board Assembly (2160)

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

379

2210 Memory Card

















CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
DC/DC Card (2130)
DSP Card (2140)
Interposer Card (2150)
Processor Card (2180)
System Board Assembly (2160)
Lower Shield Assembly (2200)

Note: If the computer does not complete POST after
changing the memory card, reseat the card and try again.

380

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Locations
Front View
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/

LCD
Built-in Microphone
Brightness Control
Status Indicator
See “Status Indicators” on page 344.
External Input Device Connector
Video-In Port
Video-Out PortPCMCIA Slot
Keyboard
LCD and Keyboard Latch
Click Button
CD-ROM Drive
Front Infrared PortFn KeyTrackPoint III
Volume Knob
Built-in Speaker

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

381

Rear View
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/

Telephony Jack
Microphone/Line-In Jack
Headphone JackPower Switch
Power Jack
Serial Connector
Parallel Connector
External-Display Connector
Reset Switch
Game Port
System Expansion Connector

A multimedia portable expansion unit, port
replicator, or port replicator with PCMCIA can beconnected to this interface to support the following
features.
 16-bit AT-bus interface
 Serial port
 Parallel port
 Keyboard and mouse HDD connection
 LED control signals
 Visual signals
 Audio signals
 FDD signals
 PCMCIA signals
 Power controls Power line
.12/ Rear Infrared Port

382

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Parts Listing

1
2
3

1a

4
2

45

3
4
5

44
43

6
7
8

42

9

41

10

40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

32
31
30
29

18

28

20

27

21
22

19

23
24
26
25

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

383

System Unit (755CD/755CDV)
Index Component
1
LCD Assembly (TFT)
LCD Assembly front (755CDV)LCD Assembly rear cover (755CDV)
2
Hinge Bracket, Right, Left
3
Screw, Rubber Lid
4Hinge, Lid, Right/Left
5
Top Cover (755CD)
Top Cover (755CDV)
6Stand-off, Indicator
7
Status Indicator
8
Backup Battery
9
Speaker Assembly, Left
10
Speaker Assembly, Right
11
Shield Case, Upper
12
Video Card Assembly
13
IR Assembly, Rear
Junction FPC, IR Rear
14
S-Video Card
15
Interposer Card
16
Lower Shield
17
PCMCIA Slot Assembly
18
Battery Pack (Ni-MH)
19
HDD Removal Strap
20540MB Hard Disk Drive
810MB Hard Disk Drive
21
Rear Connector Cover
22
IR Lens, Rear
23
Base Cover Assembly (755CD)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (755CDV)For Japan
24
PCMCIA Device (See options)25
PCMCIA Cover(Includes bezels and security plate)
26
Name Label27
Cover, Option Bay
28
AV Door29
IR Lens, front
30
IR Assembly, front
31
Processor Card (33/100 MHz)
32
Standby Battery
33
Base Plate
34
Memory Card
35
System Board (755CD, 755CDV)
36
Power Switch Button
37
AV Panel
38
Battery Terminal (755CD)
Battery Terminal (755CDV)39
IC DRAM Card (See options)40
DSP Card Assembly
41
DC/DC Card (755CD with Intel 486)
DC/DC Card (755CD with Pentium,
755CDV)
42
CD-ROM Drive
43
Keyboard Security Plate
44
TrackPoint III Cap
45
Keyboard Assembly (See Keyboards)
Attachment Holder
Connection Cable, Microphone

384

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

85G1489
85G1633
85G1630
85G1894
85G1509
85G1930
85G1884
85G7476
85G1929
85G1924
85G1501
85G1931
85G1932
85G1887
85G1885
85G1936
85G1926
85G1934
85G1886
85G1497
85G1062
85G1510
66G5122
84G4319
85G0961
85G1888
85G1925
85G1881
85G1883
85G1107
85G1108
85G1511
66G9228
85G1892
84G6551
84G6548
84G6549
85G1495
85G1039
84G6563
84G6561
85G1141
85G1928
85G1927
84G6556
85G8568
85G8505
85G1500
85G8551
85G1914
85G1895
84G6536

85G8495

Index Component
Internal Microphone Cable
Modem Connector Assembly, U.S.
Modem Connector Assembly, EMEA
Modem Connector Assembly, blank
Wall Plug
Head Phone
PCMCIA Cartridge
PCMCIA RF Cartridge
Interface Cable, System - Keyboard
Interface Cable, keyboard - Keypad
Cable, Mini-DIN to Mini-DIN
Keyboard Spacer
Shield Case, Rear
Conversion Cable - Game Port
Conversion Cable - Video
Rear FASCIA Panel
Diskette Drive (4-mode)
Diskette Drive (3-mode)
Diskette Drive Removal Strap
Bezel, Diskette Drive
Foot (right, left)
AC Adapter (35W, 3 pin)
For Japan (2 pin)
DC Plug (4 pin, 2 pin)
Extension DC Cable (755CDV)DC Plug (4 pin, 2 pin)
EMI Spring Plate
DC Adapter Cable (755CV)
Strap (755CDV)
Computer Stand (755CDV)
Remote Control (755CDV)
Notes: The warranty for this component
is provided by an outside company. See
the warranty sheet supplied withthis component. Call
MindPath Technologies Inc.
12700 Park Central Drive Suite 1707
Dallas, Texas 75251
Tel. (214) 233-9296, 9308 (FAX)

84G6559
85G1504
85G1505
85G6564
85G2367
85G1529
84G1303
84G1304
84G2531
84G2532
84G6474
85G1937
85G1915
85G1896
85G1897
85G1919
66G5060
84G2269
66G5123
85G1889
84G4326
85G4952
85G6669
85G6664
85G7466
85G6664
85G1066
85G7466
85G1104
85G1635

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

385

Keyboard
ArabicBelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman (Black)
Greek
Hebrew
ItalianJapanese
Latin American
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSwedishSwiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

84G6508
84G6506
84G6514
84G6505
84G6503
84G6499
84G6497
84G651284G6509
84G6501
84G6515
84G6513
84G6507
84G6510
84G6504
84G6502
84G6500
84G6498
84G6511
84G6496
84G6495

Common/Option Parts List
Miscellaneous Parts
Miscellaneous Parts Kit(Includes: modem guide;DC-in holder; spacer for video card;bracket for s-card; holder for s-card;
modem lever; TV tuner label)
Screw Kit
(Includes: 20-2.5 x 6 mm; 10-2.5 x 4 mm;
20-2.5 x 8 mm; 10-2.5 nut;
10-hex stud bus; 10-washer bus;
10-spring lock washers;
10-2.5 x 8 mm (flat head);
10-2.6 x 5 mm (deform screw)
IC DRAM CARD Eject Tape

85G1933

85G1935

53G9318DAA Assembly
Austria
Australia
Belgium
Denmark
FinlandFranceGermany
Korea
Malaysia
Netherlands
NorwayNew Zealand
PRC/Hong Kong
Singapore
SwedenSwitzerland
TaiwanThailandU.K.

386

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

59G1041
59G1040
43G3414
59G1042
59G10434525652
59G1056
66X2096
59G1066
43G3409
59G1044
43G3411
54F0693
66X2096
54F0717
59G1057
59G1067
59G1064
59G1045

PSTN Cable
Austria
Australia
Belgium
Denmark
FinlandFranceGermany
W/W
Netherlands
NorwayNew Zealand/PRC/Hongkong
SwedenSwitzerland
U.K.

58G4386
58G4343
58G4346
58G4333
58G4334
58G4335
58G4347
43G3398
58G4340
58G4334
58G4332
58G4336
58G4348
58G4345

Options
Notes:
1. When you replace the AC Adapter or the Quick
Charger with a new one, use the one for the country
you are in even if the system is from different country.
2. The warranty for the system unit does not apply to all
options.
AC Adapter (40W)
For Japan
AC Adapter (100 - 125 V ac, 40W)
For U.S. only.
Audio Cable
Battery Pack (Li-ion, for 755CDV)
Car-Battery Adapter
Small Car-Battery Adapter
Diskette Drive Attachment Unit
IC DRAM CARD 2MB
IC DRAM CARD 4MB
IC DRAM CARD 8MB
IC DRAM CARD 16MB
Microphone
PS/2 Miniature Mouse
Port Replicator
Port Replicator with PCMCIA
Travel Quick Charger (3-pin)
Quick Charger Cable
DIMM 4MB
DIMM 8MB
DIMM 16MB
DIMM Adapter Card
Headset

49G2196
49G2197
84G4320
66G5180
85G8554
49G1148
84G4359
66G5069
07G1414
07G1415
07G141666G0094
66G7871
95F5723
66G3575
66G3574
85G1530
85G1531
84G4323
84G6545
84G4324
84G4322
85G1529

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

387

Numeric Keypad
BelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
ItalianJapanese
Norwegian
SpanishSwedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

95F5741
95F5466
95F5467
95F5467
95F6313
95F6314
95F5467
95F5741
95F5467
95F6316
79F6401
95F5467
95F6315
95F5468
95F5711
95F5715
95F5467
95F5741
95F5741

Black Keypad
FrenchGermanItalianSwedishNorwayU.K. English
U.S. English

84G6286
84G6280
84G6292
84G6304
84G6310
84G6298
84G2530

Black Keyboard
FrenchGermanItalianSwedishNorwayU.K. English
U.S. English

84G6285
84G6279
84G6291
84G6303
84G6309
84G6297
84G2529

Accessories (Models 755x)
Keyboard/Mouse Cable

54G0444

Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap PlugPC Test Card
Audio Wrap Cable
Screwdriver Kit
ThinkPad 750Ce
Hardware Maintenance Diskette(This diskette is common to
all ThinkPad models.)388

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

72X8546
35G4703
66G5180
95F3598
82G3891

Power Cords
1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

Warning: Use the power cord certified for your country.
Country
30/40W
35W
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
13F9959
25H2207
Japan, 2-pin
6454377
85G6665
Japan, 3-pin
65F00312
Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
14F0033
25H2215
3
France, Germany, Spain
13F9979
25H2209
4
Italy
14F0069
25H2223
5
Australia, New Zealand
13F9940
25H2205
6
Denmark
13F9997
25H22117
Israel14F0087
25H2225
8
Bangladesh, Pakistan,
14F0015
25H2213
Sri Lanka, South Africa
9
Switzerland
14F0051
25H2221
10
Thailand
1838574
25H2219
Note: The 30/40W cord is 6 feet long; the 35W cord is 6 inches.
1

ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)

389

390

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV,
755CX (9545)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Board and Processor Card Checkout.
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . .
TrackPoint III Checkout. . . . . . . . . . .
Diskette Drive Test
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
Power Management Features. . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . .
Model 755CV Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard/TrackPoint III Related Symptoms. .
Indicator Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . .
Power Related Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Function/Audio Related Symptoms. . . . . .
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms . . . . .
Infrared Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . .
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermittent Problems. . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problems. . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Run the Diagnostics. . . . . . . . .
Error Log
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Pushbutton. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . .
Password Combinations. . . . . . . . . . .
How to Run the Low Level Format. . . . . .
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fn Key Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . .
How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
1010 Rear Connector Door
. . . . . . . . .
1015 Foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1020 Battery Pack
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1030 Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1040 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .
1050 IC DRAM Card or DIMM Adapter . . . .
1070 Diskette Drive Bezel . . . . . . . . . .
1080 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1090 Status Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . .
1100 Standby Battery and Front IR . . . . . .
1110 Backup Battery. . . . . . . . . . . .
1115 Logic Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . .
1120 Shield Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . .

393
393
395
396
396
397
398
405
408
408
411
412
413
413
414
416
416
416
417
417
418
418
418
419
420
420
421
421
422
422
422
423
423
423
424
424
426
427
427
428
429
430
431
434
435
437
438
439
440
442

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

391

1130 DC/DC Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1140 DSP Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1150 Interposer Card and Rear IR . . . . . .
1160 System Board Assembly . . . . . . . .
1170 PCMCIA Slot Assembly. . . . . . . .
1180 Processor Card
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1190 LCD Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . .
1195 LCD Rear Cover (755CV only) . . . . .
1200 Lower Shield Assembly. . . . . . . .
1210 Memory Card . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common/Option Parts List . . . . . . . . . .

392

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

445
446
447
448
449
451
453
455
456
457
458
458
459
460
464

General Checkout
Use the following procedure as a guide for computer
problems.
Note: The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.
1. Obtain the failing symptoms in as much detail as
possible.
2. Verify the symptoms by attempting to recreate thefailure by running the diagnostic test or by repeating
the same operation.
Note: To run the diagnostics, refer to “How to Run
the Diagnostics” on page 421.
3. Use the following table with the verified symptom todetermine which page to go to. Search thesymptoms column and find the description that best
matches your symptom; then go to the page shown in
the “Go to” column.
Symptom

Go toPower failure. (The power
indicator does not go on or
stay on.)“Power Systems Checkout”
on page 398.

POST does not complete.
No beeps or error codes areindicated.

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 408, and then use the
No Beep Symptoms table.

POST beeps, but no error
codes are displayed.

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 408, and then use theBeep Symptoms table.

POST detected an error anddisplayed numeric error
codes.

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 408, and then use the
Numeric Error Codes table.

The diagnostic test detected
an error and displayed an
FRU code.

“FRU Codes” on page 411.

The configuration is not thesame as the installed
devices.

“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 422.

Other symptoms (such as
LCD display problems).

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 408, and then use theother symptoms table.

Symptoms cannot berecreated (intermittent
problems).

Use the customer reported
symptoms and go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 408.

Memory Checkout
One of two types of memory cards can be used, IC DRAM
card or DIMM card. See the following table for the total
memory size available when they are installed.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

393

IC DRAM

Displayed Value

0 MB

7808 KB

2 MB

9856 KB

4 MB

11904 KB

8 MB

16000 KB

16 MB

24192 KB

DIMM

Displayed Value

0 MB

7808 KB

4 MB

11904 KB

8 MB

16000 KB

12 MB

20096 KB

16 MB

24192 KB

20 MB

28288 KB

24 MB

32384 KB

32 MB

40576 KB

Memory errors can stop system operations, show error
messages on the screen, or hang the system. The
computer detects memory parity errors but does notcorrect them.
Use the following procedure to isolate memory problems.
Notes:
a. Except Model 755CX, installing a non-parity
memory card causes memory errors. Before you
go to the next procedure, check whether or not
the memory card use parity or non-parity. If the
non-parity memory card is installed, disable theparity check on the Easy-Setup configuration
screen.
b. Make sure that the memory card is fully installed
into the connector. A loose connection cancause an error.
1. Power-off the computer and remove the IC DRAM
card, or DIMM card from its slot (if installed).
2. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on thecomputer. Hold the F1 key down until theEasy-Setup screen appears.
3. Select Test and press enter.
4. Select Memory and press enter to run the memory
test on base memory. If an error appears, replace
the memory card.
5. Power-off the computer and reinstall the IC DRAM
card or the DIMM card; then power-on the computer.
Verify the memory size; then test the memory. If anerror appears, replace the IC DRAM card or the
DIMM card.

394

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

If memory problems occur intermittently, use the loop
option to repeat the test. When the test detects an error,
an error log is printed on the printer connected to theparallel port. See “Error Log” on page 421 for more
information.

System Programs in Flash Memory: System setup
programs and diagnostic tests are stored in Flash memory.

Flash Memory Update: A flash memory update isrequired for the following conditions:

New versions of system programs.
New feature or options are added.
When Updating Flash Memory

Do not power-off the computer, disconnect the Vacpower, or remove the battery during the Flash update.
The system board will have to be replaced if the
update is interrupted.
Updating Flash memory also resets all of thecustomer’s configuration settings to the default values.
To update the Flash memory, perform the following steps:
1. Get the appropriate diskette which contains the
update.
2. Insert the System Program Service Diskette into
drive A and power-on the computer.
3. Select Update system programs from the menu.

System Board and Processor Card
Checkout
The processing functions are performed by both thesystem board and the processor card. Processor
problems can be caused by either FRU. However, theprocessor card generally has a lower probability of failure.
When a numeric code calls the system board or theprocessor card as a FRU, or the processor card is called
by a diagnostic test by showing FRU code 11, use thefollowing procedure to isolate the problem.
1. Run the system board test to verify the symptom.
This test verifies both the system board and theprocessor card. If no error is detected, return to“General Checkout” on page 393.
2. If FRU code 10 appears, replace the system board
but do not replace the processor card. Transfer theprocessor card from the old system board to the new
system board.
3. If FRU code 11 appears, reseat the processor card.
4. Rerun the test to verify the fix.
5. If FRU code 11 remains, replace the processor card.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

395

If above procedure does not correct the problem, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 419.

Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout
Remove the external keyboard if the internal keyboard is tobe tested.
If the internal keyboard does not work or an unexpectedcharacter appears, make sure that the three flexible cables
extending from the keyboard are correctly seated in theconnectors on the interposer card.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, run the
Keyboard Test by doing the following:
1. Go to diagnostic menu screen by pressing Ctrl+A in
the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Press Ctrl+K; a layout of the keyboard appears on
the screen.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screenchanges to a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, a black square
briefly appears.
If the tests detect a keyboard problem, do the following
one at a time to correct the problem. Do not replace a
non-defective FRU.


Reseat the three cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the interposer card.
Replace the system board.

The following auxiliary input devices are supported for thiscomputer.


Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
External keyboard (with keyboard/mouse cable)

If any of the above devices do not work, reseat the cableconnector and repeat the failing operation.
If the problem does not occur again, recheck theconnector.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the device, andthen the system board.

TrackPoint III Checkout
If the TrackPoint III will not work, check the configuration in
the Easy-Setup by selecting Keyboard from the Config
menu. If the configuration of the TrackPoint III is disabled,
select Enable to enable it.
If this does not correct the TrackPoint III problem, continue
with the following.

396

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

The TrackPoint III does automatic compensations to adjust
the pointer sensor. During this process, the pointer moves
on the screen automatically for a short time. This
self-acting pointer movement can occur when a slight,
steady pressure is applied to the TrackPoint III pointerwhile the computer is powered on or while the system isrunning, or re-adjustment is required because thetemperature has exceeded its normal temperature range.
This symptom does not indicate a hardware problem. No
service actions are necessary if the pointer movement
stops in a short period of time.
If a click button problem or pointing stick problem occurs,
do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Go to the Easy-Setup screen.
Select an item with the pointing stick.
Press either the left or right click button.
Verify that both buttons work correctly.

If either the pointing stick or the click button will not work,
do the following actions one at a time to correct the
problem. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.


Reseat the three keyboard cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the interposer card.
Replace the system board.

Diskette Drive Test
Do the following to isolate the problem to a controller,
drive, or diskette. A scratch, write enabled, non-defective
2HD diskette is required.
Note: Make sure that the diskette does not have morethan one label attached to it. Multiple labels cancause damage to the drive or can cause the drive
to fail.
Do the following to select the test device:
1. Select the advanced diagnostic mode and selectTool, then select the icon FDD-1 or FDD-2 and press
the space key. A √ mark appears next to theselected icon. Insert the blank diskette when
instructed.
2. Run the diskette drive test.
3. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code 10
appears. Replace the system board.
4. If the controller test runs without errors, the drive
read/write tests start automatically.
5. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50 for
FDD-1 or 51 for FDD-2 appears. If the diskette itself
is known to be good, replace the drive.
6. If the drive is attached through a Port Replicator as
FDD-1 or FDD-2 and the test detects errors, moveThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

397

the drive to the computer's diskette drive connector
directly, and test it again as FDD-1.
If no errors occur at the FDD-1 position, the drive is
not defective. Go to “Port Replicator Checkout” in“Common Devices Checkout” section to isolate thereplicator problem.
7. If the drive is attached through an Expansion Unit, go
to the service manual of the Expansion Unit to isolate
the problem.
8. If the drive is attached through a Diskette Drive
Attachment Unit, replace the unit.

Power Systems Checkout
To verify the symptom of the problem, power-on thecomputer using each of the power sources as follows.
1. Remove the battery pack, diskette drive, and harddisk drive.
2. Connect the AC Adapter and check that power is
supplied.
3. Install the diskette drive, or hard disk drive one at atime and check that power is supplied from eachpower source.
4. Disconnect the AC Adapter, remove the hard disk anddiskette drive, and install the charged battery pack;then check that power is supplied by battery pack.
If you suspect a power problem, see the appropriate power
supply check listed below.









“Checking the AC Adapter.”“Checking Operational Charging” on page 399.
“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 399.
“Checking the Car-Battery Adapter” on page 402.
“Checking the Travel Quick Charger” on page 403.
“Checking the Backup Battery” on page 403.
“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 403.
“Port Replicator Power Overload” on page 407.

Checking the AC Adapter: You are here
because the computer fails only when the AC Adapter is
used.





If the power problem occurs only when the port
replicator is used, replace the replicator.
If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check thepower cord of the AC Adapter for correct continuity
and installation.
If the operational charge does not work, go to“Checking Operational Charging” on page 399.

Note: There are several types of adapters. The
procedure for checking both types is the same.
1. Unplug the AC adapter cable from the computer andmeasure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
adapter cable. See the following figure.

398

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

AC adapter (40W)
Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+18.0 to +21.0

2

GroundAC adapter (35W)
Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+16.0 to +1.0/−0.52GroundIf the voltage is correct, replace the systemboard. If the problem is not corrected, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 419.
 If the voltage is not correct, go to the next step.
Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the ac power
outlet and wait five minutes or longer to allow theover voltage protection circuit to be fully discharged
and initialized.
Plug the AC Adapter cable into the ac power outlet.
Measure the output voltage of the AC Adapter.
If the voltage is still not correct, replace the AC
Adapter.


2.

3.
4.
5.

Note: An audible noise from the AC Adapter does notalways indicate a defective adapter.

Checking Operational Charging: To check
operational charging, use a discharged battery pack or abattery pack that shows a yellow or orange battery statusindicator when it installed in the computer.
Perform operational charging. If the battery statusindicator turns orange and the battery charging indicatorturns green within two minutes, replace the AC Adapter.

Checking the Battery Pack:

Battery charging will
not start until the Fuel-Gauge shows that less than 90% of
the total power remains; with this condition the battery
pack will charge to 100% of its capacity. This protects thebattery pack from being over-charged or having ashortened life.
Before you do the following steps, check the following:The correct battery pack is used for the model.
The storage switch set to on (|).

1. Power-off the computer.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

399

2. Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage
between battery terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−). See thefollowing figure.
Ni-MH Battery Pack

Storage Switch(T)

Terminal

Voltage (V dc) / Signal

1+8.0 to +16.0

2

Send

3

Thermal4

Ground (−)

5

NC

6

NC

7

NC

400

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Li-Ion Battery Pack
Note: Li-ion battery is optional for Model 755CV andstandard for Model 755CX.

(T)

Terminal

Voltage (V dc) / Signal

1+8.0 to +13.0

2

Send

3

Thermal4

Ground (−)

5

Select (+)

Note: Signal lines, not used in these steps, are used forcommunication between the system and the battery. The
storage switch is used to control the power to the internal
microprocessor of the battery. The storage switch should
be set to off (0) only when the battery is going to be kept
in storage for more than two months.
3. If the voltage is less than +8.0 V dc, the battery packhas been discharged or is defective. Recharge thebattery. If the recharging does not work, go to Step 5
to check the charging circuit.
If the voltage is still less than +8.0 V dc after therecharging, replace the battery.
4. If the voltage is more than +8.0 V dc, measure theresistance between battery terminals 3 and 4. The
resistance must be 4 to 30 K ohm.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the battery
pack.
If the resistance is correct, replace the DC/DC card.
5. To check the charging circuit, do the following.
Note: Be careful not to cause a short circuit. Plug in
the AC Adapter with the battery pack removed, thenpower-on the computer.
6. Measure the charging voltage between DC/DC
terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−).
7. If the voltage is less then +9.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is more than +9.0 V dc,
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

401the charging circuit is working correctly, replace thebattery pack.

Checking the Car-Battery Adapter
Note: There are several types of adapters but thecheckout procedure is the same for both of them.
1. Unplug the Car-Battery Adapter cable from thecomputer.
2. Plug the Car-Battery Adapter into the cigarette lighter
socket.
Note: If the adapter is already plugged in, reseat it.
3. Measure the output voltage of the Car-Battery
Adapter cable. See the following figure.
3

2

1

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+19.0 to +21.0

2, 3

Ground

If the voltage is correct and the power-on
indicator on the Car-Battery Adapter is on all thetime, the Car-Battery is working correctly.
Replace the system board.
If the problem is not resolved when the systemboard is replaced, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 419.
If the voltage is outside the normal voltage
range, do one of the following:– Try the above test procedures in a different
car, if one is available.
– Replace the Car-Battery Adapter if thecomputer works correctly with the AC
Adapter.

Notes:
1. If the output voltage from the cigarette lighter socketof the car is less than 10.5 V dc, the power-on
indicator on the Car-Battery Adapter blinks and acontinuous noise can be heard. The condition of thecar battery should be checked by appropriate service
personal.
2. The Car-Battery Adapter does not support operationalcharging.

402

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Checking the Travel Quick Charger
1. Ensure that the battery pack is operating correctly.
(See “Checking the Battery Pack” on page 399.)
2. Connect the power cord to the Travel Quick Charger
and the other end to an ac power outlet. Ensure thatthe power-on indicator is on.
 If the power-on indicator does not turn on, checkthe power cord for correct continuity andinstallation.
 If the problem is not corrected, replace theTravel Quick Charger or the power cord.
3. Install the battery pack into the Travel Quick Charger.
 If the charging indicator does not start blinking,replace the Travel Quick Charger.

Checking the Backup Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the battery pack.
3. Remove the backup battery from the shield assembly.
4. Measure the voltage of the backup battery. See thefollowing figure.

Wire

Voltage (V dc)

Red+2.5 to +3.7

Black

GroundIf the voltage is correct, replace the system board.
If the voltage is not correct, the backup battery has
been discharged. Replace the backup battery.
If the backup battery discharges quickly after
replacement, replace the system board.

Checking the Standby Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the battery pack andthe diskette drive.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

403

3. Remove the standby battery. (Refer to “1100Standby Battery and Front IR” on page 438 toremove the battery.)
4. Measure the voltage of the standby battery.
 If the voltage between red and black is 3.5 V dc
or greater, the voltage is correct. Go to Step 10
to verify standby battery operation.
 If the voltage is less than 3.5 V dc, go to thenext step.
5. Plug the AC Adapter into the computer and power-on
the computer.
6. Measure the output voltage at the connector on thesystem board.

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

+

+4.0

−

GroundIf the voltage is less than +4.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is still low, replace
the system board.
 If the voltage is more than +4.0 V dc, power-off
the computer, replace the standby battery, andgo to the next step.
Ensure that the AC Adapter is plugged into thecomputer; then power-on the computer.
Charging of the standby battery starts. A depleted
battery needs approximately 30 minutes to berecharged to the operational voltage of +3.5 V dc.
Unplug the AC Adapter.
Verify the standby battery function by removing andinstalling the battery pack during suspend mode.


7.
8.

9.
10.

404

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Note: Removing and installing the battery packduring suspend mode should be done within one
minute. The resume operation must start. If theresume operation does not work, switching of powerfrom the battery pack to standby battery will not becorrect. Replace the DC/DC card.
If replacing the DC/DC card does not resolve theproblem, replace the system board.

Power Management Features
Three power management modes are provided by thecomputer to save power consumption and prolong battery
power.

Standby Mode:

When in standby mode the following

occurs:The LCD backlight turns off.
The hard disk motor stops.

Events that cause the computer to enter the standby
mode.



Standby requested by the Fn key. (Fn+F3)
No activity under auto-standby enabled by thefeature utility.

Events that cause the computer to exit the standby mode
(resume).


Any key operation.

Suspend Mode:

When in suspend mode, thefollowing occur:The LCD backlight turns off.
The LCD power is powered-off.
The hard disk is powered-off.
The CPU is stopped.

In the ThinkPad Features Program, the computer can be
set to “Will not suspend even if LCD is closed.”
When the computer is powered with ac power and is usedwith one of the following IBM PC cards, the computer canenter the standby mode only. The PC card and application
program remain active.


3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet

Events that prevent the computer from entering thesuspend mode.
While the communication link is running.
When a pointing device (except a serial mouse) areselected in the Config menu of the Easy-Setup.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

405

Events that cause the computer to enter the suspend
mode.








Suspend mode is requested by pressing the Fn key(Fn+F4).
The LCD is closed.
The keyboard is opened.
The specified time has elapsed from the lastoperation with the keyboard, mouse, hard disk drive,
parallel connector, diskette drive, or the AC Adapter isplugged in. The time is specified by Suspend Timerin the ThinkPad Features program.
The battery condition is low. The battery power
indicator blinks (orange).
The PS2 OFF command is set in the ThinkPad
Features program.

Events that cause the computer to exit the suspend mode
(resume or hibernate).







(Resume) The LCD is opened.
(Resume) The keyboard is closed.
(Resume) Real time clock alarm signaled.
(Resume) Ring indicator (RI) signaled by serial or
PCMCIA device.
(Resume) The Fn key is pressed.
(Hibernate) Timer conditions are satisfied to enter thehibernation mode.

Hibernation Mode:

When in hibernation mode, thefollowing occurs.
The system status, RAM, VRAM, and setup data are
stored on the hard disk.
The system is powered-off.

The computer cannot enter the hibernation mode if thecomputer is powered with ac power and one of thefollowing IBM PC cards is used.







PCMCIA Data/FAX ModemHigh Speed PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem
3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet

Events that cause the computer to enter the hibernation
mode:




The hibernation mode is requested by the Fn key(Fn+F12).
Timer conditions are satisfied in suspend mode.
Critical low battery condition.

Event that cause the computer to exit the hibernationmode.
The power-on switch is operated.

406

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

When power is turned on, the hibernation history of theboot record on the hard disk is recognized and systemstatus is restored from the hard disk to resume operation.

Port Replicator Power Overload:

If intermittent
power shut-downs occur while using two or more PCMCIA
devices with a port replicator, suspect an over-current
problem. Some PCMCIA devices use more than therecommended maximum power. If the maximum usage foreach device occurs simultaneously, the total current canexceed the replicator power limit, thereby causing a power
shut down. Isolate this problem by removing one of thedevices and using the computer under the same condition
to see whether a power shut down occurs. Do thisprocedure for all devices, then determine the cause.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

407

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists the symptoms and errors
and the possible causes. The most likely cause is listed
first.
Note: Perform the FRU replacement or actions in thesequence shown in the “FRU/Action” columns. If a FRU
did not solve the problem, put the original part back in thecomputer. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
This index can also be used to help you decide which
FRUs to have available when servicing a computer.
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in POST or
system operation. In the following error codes, X can be
any number.
If no codes are available, use narrative symptoms.
If the symptom is not listed, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 419.
Note: For IBM devices not supported by diagnostic codesof the ThinkPad computers, see the manual for thatdevice.

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

10X

1. System Board

110

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 393.
2. IC DRAM Card or
DIMM Card
3. System Board

111

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 393.
2. Expansion Unit/Port
Replicator
3. System Board

158(HDP was not set eventhough the supervisor
password is set.)

1. Set a HDP.

159
(HDP is not set the same as
the supervisor password.)

1. Set a correct HDP.

161

1. Go to “Checking the
Backup Battery” onpage 403.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board

163(Time and Date was notset.)

1. Set Time and Date.
2. System Board

408

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

173(Configuration data werelost.)

1. Select OK in the error
screen; then set timeand date.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board

174(Perform “Checking theInstalled Devices List” onpage 422 before changing
any FRUs.)

1. Check Device
Configuration.
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
4. Hard Disk Drive
Assembly

175, 177, 178

1. System Board

183(Incorrect password enteredat the supervisor password
prompt.)1. Have the user
examine thepassword.

184(POP check sum error.)

1. Reset the POP in the
Easy-Setup.

185(The startup sequence is
not valid. Suspect thatpower was off when thestartup sequence was being
updated.)

1. Reset the startup
sequence in the
Easy-Setup.

186

1. System Board

188

1. Set the system
identification using
the ThinkPad 750Ce
hardwaremaintenance diskette.

190(Depleted battery pack was
installed when the power
was on.)1. Go to “Checking theBattery Pack” onpage 399.

191XX

1. System Board
2. Processor card

196
(Read error occurred in thehibernation area of theHDD.)

1. Run the hard disk
drive test.
2. Hard Disk Drive

199XX

1. System Board

1XX

1. System Board

2XX

1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” onpage 393.
2. IC DRAM Card, DIMM,
or DIMM Adapter
3. System Board

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

409

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

301, 303, 304, 305, 3XX

1. Go to“Keyboard/Auxiliary
Input Device
Checkout” onpage 396.
2. Keyboard
3. Video Card
4. External Numeric
Keypad
5. External Keyboard
6. Keyboard/Mouse Cable
7. System Board

601, 6XX

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 397.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. Diskette
4. System Board

602(Diskette read error.)

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 397.
2. Diskette
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly604(Non-acceptable ID wasread from the diskette
drive.)

1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 397.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. System Board

11XX

1. Serial Device (First)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board

12XX

1. Serial Device(Second)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board

17XX

1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board

24XX

1. System Board

4101

1. Reseat the LCD
connector (Pen, see“1190 LCD
Assembly” onpage 453).
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board

808X

1. PCMCIA Slot
Assembly
2. PCMCIA Device
3. System Board

860X(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint III is disabled.)

1. External Mouse
2. External Keyboard
3. System Board410

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

861X(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint III is enabled.)

1. Reseat the keyboard
Track Point III cableat the E-Video card.
See “1080 Keyboard
Unit” on page 435.
2. Keyboard
3. External Mouse
4. System Board

I9990301
I9990302
I9990305

1. Reseat the bootdevice.
2. Check the startup
sequence for thecorrect boot device.
3. Check that operating
system has no failure,or is installed correctly.

I9990303

1. System Board

Other codes not listedabove

1. Go to “Undetermined
Problems” onpage 419.

FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed. The FRU code indicates two
suspected FRUs. Replace the FRU that is indicated by
the two leftmost digits first, then replace the FRU indicatedby the two rightmost digits. No FRU is assigned to code
00. If only one FRU is suspected, the other FRU code isfilled with zeros. See the referenced page before replacing
the FRU.
FRU Code

FRU/Action

10

System Board

11

Processor Card16

DSP Card

17

Front IR Unit

18

Rear IR Unit

20

Memory(See “Memory Checkout” on page 393.)

30

Reserved

32

External Keyboard

33

External Mouse

40

LCD Assembly

45

External CRT

50

1. Reseat the Drive (FDD-1)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-1)

51

1. Reseat the Drive (FDD-2)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-2)

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

411

FRU CodeFRU/Action60

1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)

61

1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)

70

PCMCIA-2 (Replicator)

71

PCMCIA (in FDD compartment)

80

Cellular Modem

Note: The device ID and error codes are used to indicate
the detail portion of the FRU that caused the error.
If replacing a FRU does not correct a problem, see
the Device ID or error code from the previous
failure. If they have changed, the cause might bethat the new FRU is defective or that the FRU wasincorrectly installed.
If the problem remains after replacement of the FRUs, go
to “Undetermined Problems” on page 419.

Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Continuous beeps.

System Board

One beep and a blank,
unreadable, or flashing
LCD.

1. Reseat all LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board
4. DC/DC Card

One beep, and the message“Unable to access bootsource.”1. Boot device
2. System Board

One long, two short beeps
and a blank or unreadable
LCD.

1. System Board
2. LCD Assembly

One long beep followed byfour short beeps each time
the power switch isoperated.
(System cannot power-on
due to low battery voltage.)

Connect the AC Adapter
or install a fully-charged
battery.

One beep every second.
(System is shutting down
due to low battery voltage.)

Connect the AC Adapter
or install a fully-charged
battery (allows system tocomplete shutdown
before changing thebattery).

Two short beeps with error
codes.

POST error. See“Numeric Error Codes” onpage 408.

Two short beeps with blankscreen.

System Board

412

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

No Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep, power-on indicator
not on, and a blank LCD
during POST.

1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 398.
2. System Board
3. DC/DC Card
4. Power sources

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blank LCD during
POST.

1. System Board
2. DC/DC Card
3. Processor Card

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blinking cursor
only during POST.

1. System Board
2. Processor Card
3. DC/DC Card

No beep during POST but
system runs correctly.

1. Turn the volume up
and check the
speaker
2. Speaker
3. DSP Card
4. DC/DC CardLCD Related Symptoms
The TFT LCD for the notebook computer contains over
921 000 thin film transistors (TFTs). A small number ofmissing, discolored or lighted dots (on all the time) is
characteristic of TFT LCD technology, but excessive pixel
problems can cause viewing concerns.
The LCD should be replaced if the number of dots satisfies
the following condition.
The number of missing, discolored, or lighted dots inany colored background is 21 or more.

Note: For Model 755CV, see also “Model 755CV
Symptoms” on page 414 for LCD related
symptoms.
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep, power-on indicatoron, and a blank LCD during
POST.

1. System Board
2. DC/DC Card
3. Processor Card

LCD backlight notworking, orLCD too dark, orLCD brightness cannot
be adjusted, or

1. Reseat the LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. Interposer Card
4. DC/DC Card

LCD contrast cannot
be adjusted.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

413

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

LCD screen
unreadable, orCharacters missing
pels, or
Screen abnormal, orWrong color displayed.

LCD has extra horizontal orvertical lines displayed.

1. See note for “LCD
Related Symptoms.”
2. Reseat all LCD
connectors
3. LCD Assembly
4. System Board
5. Interposer Card
LCD Assembly

Model 755CV Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

The screen is blackwhen the LCD coveris installed.

1. Verify that the LCD cover isfirmly installed on the LCD.
2. Diagnose the LCD assembly
by following “LCD Related
Symptoms” on page 413.

The LCD is wavy
when the computer isplaced on theoverhead projector.

Some overhead projectors
interfere with the LCD of thecomputer. Use anotheroverhead projector.

The LCD stays oneven when the LCD
cover is removed.

Make sure that the switch on therear of the LCD is not stuck. If
it is stuck, release it with the tipof a ball-point pen.

AbnormalscreenUneven color on
the screen
Spot on thescreen1. Check that the white film on
the LCD cover is clean.
Gently wipe the film with adry, soft cloth, such as alens cleaner.
2. LCD Cover
3. Diagnose the LCD assembly
by following “LCD Related
Symptoms” on page 413.

Note: The customer may be
responsible for repair costs if the
LCD cover was damaged due tomisuse, excessive force, scratch,or liquid spilled by the customer.
The computer has anintermittent problem
when you use it on
the overhead
projector.

414

Problem such as highenvironmental temperaturemight be the cause. Use thestand supplied with thecomputer.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

The remote control
does not work.

1. Check that two AAA
alkaline batteries are
installed in the remotecontrol.
2. Check that two AAA alkaline
batteries in the remote control
are at their normal energy(voltage) level.
3. Enable the IR port of thecomputer with the ThinkPad
Features program. (Disable
the serial port at this time.)
4. Refer to the trouble shooting
section in the Help menu of
the Mind Path Presentation
F/X program. Set up thisprogram following the guide.
5. If the preceding items arecorrect, the radiation from thelight of the overhead projector
might be interfering the IR
port of the computer. Disable
the rear IR port of thecomputer, and use the remotecontrol with the front IR port.
6. Use the remote control withanother computer, which IR
port works normally. If theremote control does not work,
the remote control is notworking properly.
If there is still a problem, refer to“Infrared Related Symptoms” onpage 418.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

415

Keyboard/TrackPoint III Related
Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Keyboard (one or morekeys) does not work.

1. Reseat the threekeyboard cables.
2. Keyboard
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board

TrackPoint III does notwork.

1. Go to “TrackPoint III
Checkout” onpage 396.
2. Keyboard
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board

Pointer moves automaticallyor does not work correctly.

1. See “TrackPoint III
Checkout” onpage 396.

Indicator Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Indicator incorrectly remains
off or on, but system runs
correctly.

1. Reseat the statusindicator cable.
2. Status Indicator
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board

Battery power statusindicator blinks from green,
yellow, to orange.

1. Check that a correct
battery is installed.
2. Set the battery storage
switch to ON.
3. Battery Pack
4. DC/DC Card
5. System Board

Power Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Power shut down during
operation.

1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 398.
2. Battery Pack
3. Remove the battery
pack and let it cool for
two hours.
4. DC/DC Card
5. Power sources

The system will not
power-off.
(See “Reset Pushbutton” onpage 422.)

1. Press the Reset
pushbutton.
2. System Board

416

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Function/Audio Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

The system will not suspendor resume by opening or
closing the keyboard.

1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 405
and check that thecomputer can entersuspend mode.
2. DC/DC Card
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board

The system will not suspendor resume by opening or
closing the LCD.

1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 405
and that check thatthe computer canenter suspend mode.
2. Interposer Card
3. DC/DC Card
4. System Board

Battery Fuel-Gauge does
not go higher than 90%.

Go to “Checking theBattery Pack” onpage 399 and see thenote.

Memory count (size)
appears differently from
actual size.

Go to “Memory Checkout”
on page 393.

System configuration does
not match the installed
devices.

Go to “Checking theInstalled Devices List” onpage 422.

System hangs intermittently.

Go to “Intermittent
Problems” on page 418.

Peripheral Device Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

External display does notwork correctly.

1. See “External Display
Self-Test” in“Common Devices
Checkout” section.

Printer problems.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Serial or parallel port device
problems.

1. Device
2. Device Cable
3. System Board

Run Printer Self-test.
System Board
Parallel Port Device
Cable

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

417

Infrared Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Unable to communicate
using the Infrared (IR) Port.

1. Make sure the setup
for the IR is correct.
2. Make sure there areno fluorescent lights
near the computer.
The computer may
receive electrical noisefrom the fluorescentlight.
3. Run the advanced
diagnostic test. If anerror occurs and a
FRU code is displayed,replace the parts
shown by the FRU
code.
4. For Model 755CV, if
the remote control isenabled, thecommunication with
the IR port is disabled.
Run the Mind Path
Presentation F/X
program and set the
infrared to OFF; thenobserve the symptom.

Other Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Errors occur only when Port
Replicator is used.

See “Port Replicator
Checkout” in “Common
Devices Checkout”
section.

PCMCIA slot pin isdamaged.

PCMCIA Slots Assembly

Note: If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list
and the problem remains, see “Undetermined Problems”
on page 419.

Intermittent Problems
Intermittent system hang problems can be caused by avariety of reasons that have nothing to do with a hardware
defect such as: cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge, orsoftware errors. FRUs replacement should only beconsidered when a recurring problems exits.
When analyzing the intermittent problem, do the following:
1. Run the advanced diagnostic test for the systemboard in loop mode at least 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRUs.

418

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

3. If any error is detected, replace the FRU shown by
the FRU code. Rerun the test to verify that no moreerrors exist.

Undetermined Problems
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify
which adapter or device failed, installed devices areincorrect, a short circuit is suspected, or the system is
inoperative. Follow the procedures below to isolate thefailing FRU (do not isolate non-defective FRUs).
Verify that all attached devices are supported by thecomputers.
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of the
failure is operating correctly. (See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 398.)
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Check the cables, wires, and connectors for shortcircuits and open circuits. Visually check them fordamage. If any problems are found, replace the
FRU.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices.
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Devices attached to the expansion bus
connector
c. Printer, mouse, and other external devices
d. Battery packe. Hard disk drive
f. Diskette drive or the device attached to thediskette drive connector
g. IC DRAM card or DIMM cardh. PC Cards

4.
5.
6.

7.

Note: Remember that removing the hard disk
drive, an IC DRAM card, or any adapter or
device, might cause configuration errors. Ignore
error code 174.
Power-on the computer.
Determine if the problem has changed.
If the problem does not occur again, reconnect theremoved devices one at a time until you find thefailing FRU.
If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs
one at a time. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
 DC/DC card
 Interposer card
 LCD assembly System board
 Processor card

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

419

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides information about the following:










“Status Indicators”“How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 421“Error Log” on page 421“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 422“Password Combinations” on page 422“How to Run the Low Level Format” on page 423“PC Test Card LED” on page 423“Fn Key Combinations” on page 423“How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics” on page 424

Status Indicators
The system status indicators show the current computer
status in different colors (green, yellow, and orange).
Symbol420

Color

Meaning

Blinking green

Speaker sounds

Green

Battery fully
chargedYellow

Battery usable

OrangeBattery low, orif
is green,
the operationalcharge cannot
be performed.

Blinking orange

Battery almost
depleted

All blinking

Battery storage
switch is set off

Orange, green,or yellow

ifis blinking
twice every 3
seconds, thebattery isdischarging.

Green

Battery charging

OrangePC card in-use

OrangeDiskette drivein-useOrangeHard disk drivein-useGreen

Keys in Num
Lock mode

Green

Keys in Caps
Lock mode

Green

Keys in Scroll
Lock mode

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Symbol

Color

Meaning

Green

Computer insuspend mode

Blinking green

Computerresuming normal
mode

Green

Computer
powered on

How to Run the Diagnostics
Use either the TrackPoint III or the cursor move keys tointeract with the tests. The Enter key works the same as
selecting the OK icon to reply OK.
1. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on thecomputer. Hold the F1 key down until the Easy-setup
screen appears.
2. Select Test and press Enter.
3. Select a device and press Enter to run the test.
To test the Infrared port, select the "SystemBoard"icon.
4. The test progress screen appears.
5. OK appears when the test ends without any errors.
6. Start the Advanced Diagnostic test by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic menu screen.
7. Select Tool to install the tools.
8. Select a device, press the space key, and install thetool. Multiple devices can be selected by repeating
this step.
9.
10.
11.
12.

A √ mark appears for the selected device.
Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK.
Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.
Select Test All to test all devices.
Select Loop Test to loop tests.

A loop option menu appears in which a device loop or
all loop can be selected. Select a device and press
the space key to select a device. Repeat this step toselect multiple devices. Press Enter to start thediagnostic loop. If no device is selected, all device
tests are looped.
13. To exit the loop, keep pressing Ctrl+Pause until thetest exits. A beep sounds to notify that the exit
interrupt is sensed by the test program.

Error Log
Diagnostic errors are printed on the printer that is attachedto the parallel port when the error is detected. The error isalso logged in the system memory.
Do the following to display the errors.
1. End the test, if it is running.
2. Press Ctrl+A to select the advanced diagnostic mode.
3. Press Ctrl+E.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

421

4. The error log appears.
5. To exit the screen, select the cancel icon or press
Esc.
The error log is not saved when system power ispowered-off.

Reset Pushbutton
The reset pushbutton resets the system and forces thepower to be powered-off . Use this pushbutton when the
power is not completely off or the system is hung. See“Rear View” on page 459 for the location of the
pushbutton.

Checking the Installed Devices List
If a device is installed but the icon appears in a gray shaderather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostics screen,
the device is defective. Reseat the device connectors. If
the symptom remains, replace the device or the systemboard. If needed, adjust the contrast control to clearly
distinguish the shades of the icon.
If a device that is not installed appears in a dark shade, forexample, FDD-2 appears in a dark shade when NO
second FDD is installed, do the following.
1. Replace the first device, such as a FDD-1, HDD-1, or
PCMCIA-1.
2. If the problem remains, replace the system board.
PCMCIA-1, Parallel, and Serial icons are always displayedin dark shade, because the icons represent subsystems of
the system board and not attachment of the devices.
The HDD-1, FDD-1, or PCMCIA-1 represents the first
drive in the system configuration, respectively. Similarly,
the HDD-2, FDD-2, or PCMCIA-2 represents the second
drive, usually attached through a port replicator or an
expansion unit.

Password Combinations
The password relationship is:When POP is the same as HDPThe POP prompt appears, but the HDP prompt does
not appear.

When POP is not the same as HDP
Both POP and HDP prompts appear.



PAP and HDPWhen PAP is used, the HDP is enabled automatically,
but no HDP prompt appears. The HDP is set thesame as PAP.

422

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

How to Run the Low Level Format
Do the following to format the hard disk.
Note: Make sure the drive address to be formatted iscorrect. This procedure will erase all informationon the disk.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the ThinkPad 755Ce hardware maintenancediskette into diskette drive A and power-on thecomputer. (You can use this maintenance diskette for
all ThinkPad models.)
3. Select Format the hard disk from the main menu.
4. Select the drive from the menu.
5. Follow the instructions on the screen.

PC Test Card LED
The green LED on the PC test card turns on when the
PCMCIA test is running. If the LED does not turn on,
check that the card is installed correctly by reseating thecard. If it still does not turn on after it is reseated, try
using another slot for the test. If the LED still does notturn on and the test fails, replace the FRU shown in the
diagnostic error code.

Fn Key Combinations
The following table shows the Fn key and function key
combinations and their corresponding functions.
The Fn key works independently from the operating
system. The operating system obtains the status throughthe system management interface to control the system.
Fn +Description

F1

Reserved

F2

Fuel-gauge display ON/OFF

F3Standby mode invocation

F4

Suspend mode invocation

F5

Audio volume Down

F6

Audio volume UP

F7

LCD/CRT display switching

F8

Reserved

F9

Reserved

F10

Reserved

F11Power management modeswitching(Toggles High power,Intelligent, Economy)

F12

Hibernation invocation

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

423

How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics
Do the following to run the keyboard test.
1. Go to the advanced diagnostic screen menu bypressing Ctrl+A in the Easy-Setup menu.
2. Go to the keyboard diagnostic test menu by pressing
Ctrl+K.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screenchanges to a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, a black square
briefly appears.

Product Overview
The following table shows an overview of the system
features.
FeatureDescription

Processor

755CE, 755CSE, 755CV– Intel DX4 100/33 MHz
755CX– P54C-75 MHz w/ L2 cacheBus
ArchitectureMemory(Standard)

8MB (on the system board)

Memory(Option)AT Bus
VESA Local Bus for video subsystem

2, 4, 8, 16MB, Basic IC DRAM card(max. 16 MB)
4, 16MB, DIMM card (max. 32 MB)
DIMM card adapter

CMOS RAM128 Bytes

VGA VideoDiskette Drive(Removable)

755CE, 755CV– 10.4-inch, 65 536 colors, TFT
color LCD
755CSE– 10.4-inch, 256 colors, STN color
LCD
755CX
– 10.4-inch, 65 536 colors, VGA
TFT color LCD (640 by 480
resolution)– 10.4-inch, 65 536 colors, SVGA
TFT color LCD (800 by 600
resolution)

0.720, 1.2, 1.44, 2.88MB (4-mode),
3.5-inch
0.720, 1.44, (2-mode), 3.5-inch

Hard Disk
Drive(Removable)

340MB, 2.5-inch
540MB, 2.5-inch
810MB, 2.5-inch

DSP Card

Microphone jackHeadphone jack
Modem port424

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Feature

DescriptionIR

Two IR ports

PCMCIA

One Type-III or two Type-II

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

425

FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information about removals andreplacements.









An electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap must be used
to establish personal grounding.
The system board is sensitive to, and can bedamaged by, electrostatic discharge. Establish
personal grounding by touching a ground point with
one hand before touching these units.
The arrows in the “Removals and Replacements”
section show the direction of movement to remove a
FRU, or to turn a screw to release the FRU. The
arrows are marked in numeric order, in squarecallouts, to show the correct sequence of removal.
When other FRUs must be removed before removing
the failing FRU, they are listed at the top of the page.
To replace a FRU, reverse the removal procedureand follow any notes that pertain to replacement.
See “Locations” for internal cable connections andarrangement information.
When replacing a FRU, use the correct screw size asshown in the procedures.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13

Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, and then disconnect any
interconnecting cables.
Safety Notice 3: Translation on page 9
The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel.
Do not disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack asrequired by local ordinances or regulations.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts, are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical short circuits.

426

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1010 Rear Connector Door
Remove the center latch .1/; then remove the rearconnector door by flexing it .2/.

1015 FootTo replace the foot:

Align the foot in the open position with one pivot in its
hinge in the base cover
Press the other pivot point into position with yourthumb or finger

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

427

1020 Battery Pack

Notes:
1. Be careful that the computer does not fall backward
when the battery pack is removed.
2. When replacing the battery pack, check that thestorage switch of the new battery is set to the on (|)
position. Do not operate the storage switch of abattery that has been used and is going to be
re-used.
3. Check that the keyboard latch springs are in place.

428

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1030 Diskette Drive

Battery Pack (1020)

Note: Remove the diskette drive exactly as shown in the
figure. Do not apply any extra force to the top
surface of the diskette drive. Make sure the media
is removed, or the media and the drive may bedamaged.

Warning: When replacing the diskette drive, check thatthe backup battery and standby battery are seatedcorrectly to prevent damage to the diskette drive.
After replacing the diskette drive, latch the removal strap
into the correct position.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

429

1040 Hard Disk Drive

Battery Pack (1020)

Notes:
1. Do not drop or apply any shock to the hard disk
drive. The hard disk drive is sensitive to physicalshock. Incorrect handling can cause damage it, andcause permanent loss of data on the hard disk.
Before removing the hard disk drive, have the user
make a backup copy of all the information on the harddisk. Never remove the hard disk drive while thesystem is operating or is in suspend mode.
2. Remove the hard disk drive exactly as shown in the
figure. Do not apply any extra force to the hard disk
drive when removing it.

Note: After replacing the hard disk drive, latch theremoval strap into the correct position.

430

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1050 IC DRAM Card or DIMM Adapter
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)

Note: One of the following combinations occupies the slot
depending on the configuration.


IC DRAM card + IC DRAM card base
DIMMs on DIMM adapter

If the IC DRAM Card is installed:

Warning: The IC DRAM card is sensitive to physicalshock. Incorrect handling of the card can damage it. The
eject tape (P/N 53G9318) must be used to remove thecard.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

431

If the DIMM Adapter is installed:
Press both locks at the same time and remove the DIMM.

While holding the strap .A/, pull the DIMM adapter toward
the front to remove it.

432

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Notes:1. If the IC DRAM cards or the DIMM are not installed
and the base plate is installed instead of these cards,
remove the plate as follows:a. Pinch the projection .A/ on the left side of theplate; then pull the plate slightly toward the front.
b. Raise the rear portion of the plate and remove it.

2. When inserting the DIMM into either connector on the
DIMM adapter:a. Locate the triangle .A/ on the right side of thesocket.
b. With the notched end of the DIMM .B/ toward
the triangle, insert the DIMM into the socket.
c. Pivot the DIMM until it snaps into place.
If you have another DIMM to install, insert it in
the other socket the same way.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

433

1070 Diskette Drive Bezel

Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)

Insert a coin between the diskette drive bezel and thecomputer as shown .1/ and push the bezel from thebottom of the computer .2/ to remove it.

434

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1080 Keyboard Unit

Battery Pack (1020)

Loosen the three screws .2/, and push .3/ to release thefour top cover latches at the rear side of the system unit.
When removing the screw covers .1/, use a small
screwdriver.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

435

The keyboard unit is connected to the system board withflexible cables.
Warning: Do not pull the keyboard cables.
The keyboard cables can be damaged if the keyboard
is disconnected without releasing the three latches.5/.

EMI Spring Plate

Notes:
1. When replacing the keyboard, check that the threecables are clean, and inserted straight and fully into
the connectors. Slide both ends of each latch at thesame time to make sure that each cable is correctly
inserted. Go to “Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout” on page 396 and test all keys before
returning the computer to the customer.
2. When replacing the top cover, insert the four latchesat the rear side of the cover into the foot guide of the
LCD; push the right, left, and front sides to snap it
into place.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.2/

Top cover (3)4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

436

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1090 Status IndicatorBattery Pack (1020)
Keyboard Unit (1080)

Warning: Do not pull the status indicator cable. The
cable can be damaged if the status indicator is
disconnected without releasing the latch in step .2/.

Note: When replacing the indicator, insert the flexible
cable straight into the connector until the head of
the cable stops. Slide both ends of the latches atthe same time to make sure that the cable iscorrectly inserted.
1

2

2

Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

LED Stand off (2)6 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

437

1100 Standby Battery and Front IRBattery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)

Where:.A/ is the IR Cable.
.B/ is the Standby Battery Cable.
.C/ is the IR Lens.
Note: When replacing the battery, make sure the battery
is seated correctly. Make sure the IR Lens .2/ is in thecorrect position by sliding it end to end.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

cover (1)4 mmNote: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Safety Notice 2: Translation on page 8
The standby battery contains a small amount of nickel
and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge it,
throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Dispose of
the battery as required by local ordinances orregulations.

438

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1110 Backup BatteryBattery Pack (1020)

Safety Notice 4: Translation on page 10
The backup battery is a lithium battery and can causea fire, explosion, or severe burn. Do not recharge it,remove its polarized connector, disassemble it, heat it
above 100°C (212°F), incinerate it, or expose its cell
contents to water. Dispose of the battery as requiredby local ordinances or regulations. Use of an incorrect
battery can result in ignition or explosion of thebattery. Replacement batteries can be ordered fromIBM or IBM Authorized Dealers.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

439

1115 Logic Assembly







Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)

The screw.1/ is located at the rear bottom side.

See next page.

440

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

When Replacing Logic Assembly
When replacing the logic assembly, align the
power-key slide hub with the power-switch actuator by
moving the power-key in the direction of the arrow.1/. See the large circle in the figure. Before
tightening any screws, check that the power-switch
operates correctly.

Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Bottom cover (1)

4 mm

.5/

Logic assembly (4)8 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

441

1120 Shield Assembly









Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)

See the next page when you replace the parts.

442

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

The microphone cable can pick up electrical noise if thecable path is incorrect.
Do the following to place the cable in its correct position.
1. Position the cable as shown.

2. Install the shield assembly.
3. Move the end of cable to the right.

The following figure shows the final path of the cable.
Make sure the cable is not positioned in any shaded area.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

443

Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Shield cover (1)

4 mm

.2/

Shield cover (2)

6 mm

.3/

Shield cover (1)

14 mm

.4/

Shield cover (1)Flat head

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

444

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1130 DC/DC Card










Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

445

1140 DSP Card











Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
DC-DC Card (1130)

Remove the following:Mini-Jack Holder
Modem Guide
Modem Lever
Microphone Cable

Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

DSP card (1)

6 mm

.2/

DSP card (1)14 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

446

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1150 Interposer Card and Rear IR












Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
DC-DC Card (1130)
DSP Card (1140)

Where:.A/ is the Rear IR.
.B/ is the Interposer Card.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Interposer card (1)4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

447

1160 System Board Assembly















Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
DC/DC Card (1130)
DSP Card (1140)
Interposer Card and Rear IR (1150)
Processor Card (1180)
PCMCIA Slot Assembly (1170)
NoticeThe EEPROM on the system board contains the vital
product data (VPD), that is, system unit serial number,system board serial number, and other computerunique data. When the system board is replaced, thesystem unit serial number must also be restored. Use
the Set system identification utility on themaintenance diskette to restore the number.
Do not power-off the computer when restoring the
VPD.
The serial number label is attached to the bottom
cover.

Notes:
1. Before removing and replacing the system board,
make sure that the PCMCIA cards are removed andthe eject levers are not sticking out.
2. Do not pull the PCMCIA slot assembly while removing
the system board.

448

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1170 PCMCIA Slot Assembly















Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
DC/DC Card (1130)
DSP Card (1140)
Interposer Card and Rear IR (1150)
Processor Card (1180)
System Board Assembly (1160)

Notes:
1. When handling the PCMCIA slot assembly, be careful
not to disassemble any part of it. The slot assemblyis not solidly fixed when it is removed from thesystem board or the FRU.
In step .3/, gently pull up the bottom of the centerarea of the connector board edge with your fingers.
2. The screw stand at each corner of the PCMCIA slot is
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

449

easy to remove. Make sure that the screw stand iscorrectly positioned when the slot is replaced. Do not
replace the slot without the screw stand.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

PCMCIA slot, upper (2)

4 mm

.2/

PCMCIA slot, lower (2)14 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

450

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1180 Processor Card









Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)

Turn the system board upside down. Then remove any
metal tape holding the card.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

451

To remove the processor card, gently lift the area shown
by .A/ straight up. Do not pull the other areas.

Note: If the processor card is not installed correctly, thecomputer may not turn on. Reinstall the card in this case.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.1/

Processor card assembly

14 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

452

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1190 LCD AssemblyBattery Pack (1020)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)

Note: When removing the LCD cables .1/, pull theconnector straight up. Incorrect handling candamage the connector.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step

Location (Quantity)

Length.3/

LCD hinge (4)4 mm

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

453

Safety Notice 5: Translation on page 11
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCDgets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from thefluid are present after washing.
Note: To clean the LCD, gently wipe the LCD with a dry,soft cloth. Do not use alcohol or detergent to clean the
LCD.
To avoid damaging the LCD, do not scratch or apply any
force to its surface.

454

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1195 LCD Rear Cover (755CV only)
Slightly push out and release the latches .1/.

11Note: While the cover is removed from the LCD, do nottouch the film (.2/) on the rear cover.

2

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

455

1200 Lower Shield Assembly
















456

Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
DC/DC Card (1130)
DSP Card (1140)
Interposer Card and Rear IR (1150)
Processor Card (1180)
PCMCIA Slot Assembly (1170)
System Board Assembly (1160)

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1210 Memory Card

















Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
DC/DC Card (1130)
DSP Card (1140)
Interposer Card and Rear IR (1150)
Processor Card (1180)
PCMCIA Slot Assembly (1170)
System Board Assembly (1160)
Lower Shield Assembly (1200)

Note: If the computer does not complete POST after
changing the memory card, reseat the card and try again.

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

457

Locations
Front View
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/

458

LCD
Built-in Microphone
Brightness Control
Status Indicator
See “Status Indicators” on page 420.
External Input Device Connector
PCMCIA Slot
PCMCIA Release Lever
Keyboard
LCD and Keyboard Latch
Click Button
Diskette-Eject Button
Diskette Drive
Front Infrared PortFn KeyTrackPoint III
Volume Knob
Built-in Speaker

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Rear View
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/

Telephony Jack
Microphone/Line-In Jack
Headphone JackPower Switch
Power Jack
Serial Connector
Parallel Connector
External-Display Connector
Reset Switch
Rear Infrared Port
System Expansion Connector

A multimedia portable expansion unit, port
replicator, or port replicator with PCMCIA can beconnected to this interface to support the following
features.
 16-bit AT-bus interface
 Serial port
 Parallel port
 Keyboard and mouse HDD connection
 LED control signals
 Visual signals
 Audio signals
 FDD signals
 PCMCIA signals
 Power controls Power line

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

459

Parts Listing

1
2
3
4
1a
2
43

3

4
5
42

6

41
40
39

7
8

38
37
36

9
10

35
34
33
32

11
12

31

13
14

30

15
16
17

29
28
27
26
25

18
19
20

24
23

460

22

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

21

System Unit (755CE/755CSE/755CV/755CX)
Index Component
1
LCD Assembly (755CE)
LCD Assembly (755CSE)LCD Assembly, (755CX TFT-VGA)
LCD Assembly, (755CX TFT-SVGA)LCD Assembly, Front (755CV)
1a LCD Assembly, Rear cover (755CV)
2
Hinge Bracket, Right, Left
3
Screw Rubber Lid
4Hinge, Lid, Right/Left
5
Top Cover (755CE)
Top Cover (755CSE)
Top Cover (755CV)
Top Cover (755CX)
6
LED Assembly
7Stand-off, LED
8
Backup Battery
9
Shield Case, Upper
10
IR Assembly, rear
10
IR Lens, rear
11
Battery Pack (Ni-MH)
Battery Pack (Li-ion)(for 755CX, option for 755CV)
12Interposer Card
13
PCMCIA Slot Assembly
14
Lower Shield
15
System Board (755CE, 755CSE, 755CV)
System Board (755CX)
16
Processor Card (25/75 MHz)
Processor Card (33/100 MHz)
Processor Card (755CX)
17
HDD Removal Strap
18340MB Hard Disk Drive
540MB Hard Disk Drive
810MB Hard Disk Drive
19
Rear Connector Cover
20
PCMCIA Device (See options)21
PCMCIA Cover(Includes bezels and security plate)22
Base Cover Assembly (755CE)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (755CSE)
Base Cover Assembly (755CV)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (755CX)For Japan
23
Name Label
24
Bezel, Diskette Drive
Bezel, Blank
25
Cover, Option Bay
26
AV Door27
IR Lens, Front
28
IR Assembly, Front
29
Standby Battery
30
Base Plate
31
Memory Card (755CE, 755CSE, 755CV)
Memory Card (755CX)
32
AV Panel
33
Power Switch Button
34
IC DRAM Card (See options)

85G1489
85G1490
85G1489
85G8546
85G1633
85G1630
85G1507
85G1509
84G6555
85G1491
85G1492
85G7472
85G8547
84G6547
84G6554
85G1501
85G1496
85G1563
84G6550
85G151085G8554
85G1503
85G1062
85G1497
85G1141
85G8548
85G1494
85G1495
85G8550
66G5122
66G5068
84G4319
85G0961
66G5050
85G1511
85G1486
85G1488
85G1026
85G1105
85G1106
85G8545
85G8570
66G9228
85G1036
85G1891
85G1037
84G6551
84G6548
84G6549
85G1039
84G6563
84G6561
85G8565
84G6552
84G6553

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

461

Index Component
35
Battery Terminal (755CE, 755CSE)
Battery Terminal (755CV, 755CX)36
DSP Card Assembly
37
DC/DC Card (755CE, 755CSE)
DC/DC Card (755CV, 755CX)
38
Speaker
39
Diskette Drive (4-mode)
Diskette Drive (3-mode)
40
Diskette Drive Removal Strap
41
Keyboard Security Plate
42
TrackPoint III Cap
43
Keyboard Assembly (See Keyboards)
Connection Cable, Microphone
Modem Connector Assembly, U.S.
Modem Connector Assembly, EMEA.
Modem Connector Assembly, blank.
Wall Plug, ModemPCMCIA Cartridge
PCMCIA RF Cartridge
Head Phone
Interface Cable, System - Keyboard
Interface Cable, Keyboard - Keypad
Cable, Mini-DIN to Mini-DIN
AC Adapter (35W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
DC Plug (4 pin, 2-pin)
EMI Spring Plate
Foot (right, left)
Extension DC Cable (755CV)
DC Adapter Cable (755CV)
Strap (755CV)
Computer Stand (755CV)
Remote Control (755CV)
Notes: The warranty for this component
is provided by an outside company. See
the warranty sheet supplied withthis component. Call
MindPath Technologies Inc.
12700 Park Central Drive Suite 1707
Dallas, Texas 75251
Tel. (214) 233-9296, 9308 (FAX)462

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

84G6556
85G8568
85G1140
85G1500
85G8551
84G6557
66G5060
84G2269
66G5123
85G1508
84G6536
84G6559
85G1504
85G1505
84G6564
85G2367
84G1303
84G1304
85G1529
84G2531
84G2532
84G6474
85G4952
85G6669
85G6664
85G1066
84G4326
84G7466
85G7466
85G1104
85G1635

Keyboard
ArabicBelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman (Black)
Greek
Hebrew
ItalianJapanese
Latin American
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSwedishSwiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

84G6508
84G6506
84G6514
84G6505
84G6503
84G6499
84G6497
84G651284G6509
84G6501
84G6515
84G6513
84G6507
84G6510
84G6504
84G6502
84G6500
84G6498
84G6511
84G6496
84G6495

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

463

Common/Option Parts List
Miscellaneous Parts
Miscellaneous Parts Kit(Includes
Modem guide; modem lever;
DC-IN holder; memory spacer;mini-jack holder;back-up battery holder;suspend-switch holder)
Screw Kit
(Includes20-2.5 x 6 mm; 10-2.5 x 4 mm;
10-2.5 x 8 mm; 10-2.5 nut mm;
10-hex stud bus; 10-washer bus;
10-2.5 x 8 mm (flat head);
10-2.5 x 5 (deform screw);
10-spring lock washer;
10-hex stud d sub;10-2.5 x 14; 10-heatsink nut)
IC DRAM CARD Eject Tape

84G6558

84G6560

53G9318DAA Assembly
Austria
Australia
Belgium
Denmark
FinlandFranceGermany
Korea
Malaysia
Netherlands
NorwayNew Zealand
PRC/Hong Kong
Singapore
SwedenSwitzerland
TaiwanThailandU.K.

464

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

59G1041
59G1040
43G3414
59G1042
59G10434525652
59G1056
66X2096
59G1066
43G3409
59G1044
43G3411
54F0693
66X2096
54F0717
59G1057
59G1067
59G1065
59G1045

PSTN Cable
Austria
Australia
Belgium
Denmark
FinlandFranceGermany
W/W
Netherlands
NorwayNew Zealand/PRC/Hongkong
SwedenSwitzerland
U.K.

58G4386
58G4343
58G4346
58G4333
58G4334
58G4335
58G4347
43G3398
58G4340
58G4334
58G4332
58G4336
58G4348
58G4345

Options
Notes:
1. When you replace the AC Adapter or the Quick
Charger with a new one, use the one for the country
you are in even if the system is from different country.
2. The warranty for the system unit does not apply to all
options.
AC Adapter (40W)
For Japan
AC Adapter (100 - 125 V ac, 40W)
(This adapter is for U.S. only.)
Audio Cable
Car-Battery Adapter
Small Car Battery Adapter
Diskette Drive Attachment Unit
IC DRAM CARD 2MB
IC DRAM CARD 4MB
IC DRAM CARD 8MB
IC DRAM CARD 16MB
Microphone
Travel Quick Charger (3-pin)
Quick Charger Cable
DIMM 4MB
DIMM 8MB
DIMM 16MB
DIMM Adapter Card
Headset

49G2196
49G2197
84G4320
66G5180
49G1148
84G4359
66G5069
07G1414
07G1415
07G141666G0094
66G7871
85G1530
85G1531
84G4323
84G6545
84G4324
84G4322
85G1429

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

465

Numeric Keypad
BelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
ItalianJapanese
Norwegian
SpanishSwedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

95F5741
95F5466
95F5467
95F5467
95F6313
95F6314
95F5467
95F5741
95F5467
95F6316
79F6401
95F5467
95F6315
95F5468
95F5711
95F5715
95F5467
95F5741
95F5741

Black Keypad
FrenchGermanItalianSwedish
U.K. English
NorwayU.S. English

84G6286
84G6280
84G6292
84G6304
84G6298
84G6310
84G2530

Black Keyboard
FrenchGermanItalianSwedish
U.K. English
NorwayU.S. English

84G6285
84G6279
84G6291
84G6303
84G6297
84G6309
84G2529

Accessories (Models 755x)
Keyboard/Mouse Cable

54G0444

Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap PlugPC Test Card
Audio Wrap Cable
Screwdriver Kit
ThinkPad 750Ce
Hardware Maintenance Diskette(This diskette is common to
all ThinkPad models.)

466

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

72X8546
35G4703
66G5180
95F3598
82G3891

Power Cords
1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

Warning: Use the power cord certified for your country.
Country
30/40W
35W
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
13F9959
25H2207
Japan, 2-pin
6454377
85G6665
Japan, 3-pin
65F00312
Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
14F0033
25H2215
3
France, Germany, Spain
13F9979
25H2209
4
Italy
14F0069
25H2223
5
Australia, New Zealand
13F9940
25H2205
6
Denmark
13F9997
25H22117
Israel14F0087
25H2225
8
Bangladesh, Pakistan,
14F0015
25H2213
Sri Lanka, South Africa
9
Switzerland
14F0051
25H2221
10
Thailand
1838574
25H2219
Note: The 30/40W cord is 6 feet long; the 35W cord is 6 inches.
1

ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)

467

468

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Common Devices Checkout
External Diskette Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . .
External Display Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout
Fax/Modem Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printer Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port Replicator Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . .
TrackPoint II Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . .
TV Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identifying Names and Functions . . . . . . .
Using the Front Panel. . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

470
470
471
472
474
475
476
477
477
478
481

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

469

External Diskette Drive Test
Use the following procedure to isolate the diskette problem
to a controller, drive or diskette. A scratch, write-enabled
2HD diskette is required.
1. Select the icon FDD on the TEST MENU. By doing
this, the controller test and the drive read/write test
run. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code
10 appears. In this case, replace the system board.
2. If the controller test run without errors, follow the
instructions on the screen and insert a scratch
diskette.
3. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50
appears. If the diskette media are known to be good,
replace the drive or the drive cable.

External Display Self-Test
If the display problem occurs only when using an external
display, use the following instructions to correct the
problem.
Note: Before you replace a display, check the following list
to see if it is connected correctly.






8506 and 8508 displays must be connected to an
Image Adapter/A or an Image-I Adapter/A.
63XX and 85XX systems support either 63XX or
85XX displays.
85XX systems with an XGA-2 adapter support 95XX
displays.
95XX systems support either 63XX, 85XX, or 95XX
displays.
ThinkPad models support either 85XX or 95XX
displays.

If the screen is rolling, replace the display assembly. If
that does not correct the problem, replace FRUs in thefollowing order until the problem goes away:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Video card
Display adapter (any type)
System board
Bus adapter (if used)

If the screen is not rolling, run the display self-test as
follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Power-off the computer and display.
Disconnect the display signal cable.
Power-on the display.
Set the contrast to its maximum position.
Set the brightness control to the center detent
position.

Check for the following conditions:

470

IBM Mobile Systems HMMYou should be able to vary the screen intensity byadjusting the contrast and brightness controls.
The screen should be white or light gray, with a black
margin (test margin) on the screen.
Note: The location of the test margin varies with thetype of display. The test margin might be on
the top, bottom, or one or both sides.

If you do not see a test margin on the screen, replace thedisplay. If there is a test margin on the screen, replace thesystem board.
Note: On ThinkPad Models 700, 700C, 720C, 720C, do
the following:
1. Video card
2. System board

External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout
The following auxiliary input devices may be available for
IBM ThinkPad models.
–
–
–






Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
External keyboard (with Keyboard/Miniature
Mouse cable)

If you suspect a problem with any of the auxiliary
input devices (listed above), replace the device.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the following
FRUs one at a time to correct the problem.
– Keyboard control card
– System board
If the computer receives an incorrect keyboard
response, remove other external devices, check the
keyboard connections, and recheck the keyboard
responses. If the problem remains, replace thefollowing FRUs one at a time to correct the problem.
– Keyboard– Keyboard control card
– System board
If a 00030100 error message appears, power-off thecomputer and the external devices. Then power-on
the computer before you power-on the external
devices.

Common Devices Checkout

471

Fax/Modem Checkout001– Power-off the computer.
– Ensure that the modem is installed correctly.
– If the modem never worked in customer mode, ensurethat all drivers are loaded correctly onto the computer.
– Ensure that the communication program is supported on
the computer.
– Ensure that the public switch telephone network (PSTN)
cable and the data access arrangement (DAA) cable, if
installed, are connected correctly.
If you need to correct one of the above conditions, do sonow; then continue.
Note: PCMCIA cards can be inserted and removed while
the system is powered on.
– Power-on the system.
– Insert the IBM Data/FAX Modem diskette into the default
diskette drive.
– If you are servicing a High Speed Internal Data/Fax
Modem (Models FC3632 and FC3650), at the DOS
prompt (for example, A:\), type IBMDIAG; then press
Enter.
– If you are servicing a PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem(Models FC3634 and FC3635), at the DOS prompt (forexample, A:\), type ESTDIAG; then press Enter.
– Follow the instructions on the screen. (If you need help,press F1.)
DID THE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS DETECT AN ERROR?
Yes No002
The diagnostic tests have completed successfully. If
you suspect a problem, go to Step 004.
003
Go to the Symptom-to-FRU Index for the computer you areservicing.
004– Check the PSTN cable and the DAA cable, if installed,
for continuity.
IS THE CABLE(S) GOOD?
Yes No005
Replace the defective cable(s).
006(Step 006 continues)

472

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

006 (continued)– Have the customer transmit a call.
WAS THE CALL TRANSMITTED SUCCESSFULLY?
Yes No007
Go to Step 011.
008
– Have the customer receive an incoming call on themodem.
WAS THE INCOMING CALL RECEIVED?
Yes No009
Go to Step 014.
010
The diagnostic tests have completed successfully. If you
still suspect a problem that is not software related, replace
the External DAA; then replace the modem.
011– Have the customer transmit a call at a lower speed.
WAS THE CALL TRANSMITTED SUCCESSFULLY?
Yes No012
If installed, replace the external DAA. If you do nothave an external DAA installed, or replacing theexternal DAA does not correct the problem, replace
the modem.
013
Have the telephone line checked.
014– Have the customer receive an incoming call on themodem at a lower speed.
WAS THE INCOMING CALL RECEIVED?
Yes No015
If installed, replace the external DAA. If you do nothave an external DAA installed, or replacing theexternal DAA does not correct the problem, replace
the modem.

Common Devices Checkout

473

(CONTINUED)

016
Have the telephone line checked.

Printer Checkout
1. Make sure the printer is correctly connected and is
powered-on.
2. Run the printer self-test.
If the printer self-test does not run correctly, the problem isin the printer. Refer to the printer service manual.
If the printer self-test runs correctly, do the following.
1. Verify the port settings in configuration.
2. Install a wrap plug on the port (indicated inconfiguration) and run the advanced diagnostic tests.
3. If the advanced diagnostic tests (with the wrap pluginstalled) do not detect a failure, replace the printercable.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the systemboard.

474

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Port Replicator Checkout
Use the following procedure to isolate a port replicator
problem. A port replicator attaches to the system
expansion connector at the rear of the computer.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the failing devices from the replicator.
3. Unplug the AC adapter from the replicator, if
attached.
4. Remove the port replicator from the computer.
5. Reconnect the failing device directly to the computer.
(If another device occupies the connector, remove it
first.)
6. Go to General Checkout and follow that procedure.
7. If the advanced diagnostic device test does not findan error, suspect a problem with the port replicator or
the system expansion bus.
8. Power-off the computer and reconnect the port
replicator.
9. Power-on the computer and run the following
advanced diagnostic tests:
 Serial port test with the wrap plug installed on
the replicator.
 Parallel port test with the wrap plug installed on
the replicator.
 PCMCIA-2 test with the PC test card installed.
 FDD-2 (FDD-1 if no drive is installed in thecomputer) drive test on the failing device.
10. If diagnostic errors appear, replace the replicator or
diskette drive attachment unit.
If the problem remains after the replacement, replace
the system board.
11. If power problems appear only when using thereplicator, replace the replicator.
If power shut downs occur intermittently when using
PCMCIA-2 devices via a port replicator, suspect anover-current problem. Some PCMCIA devices use more
power; if the maximum usage of each device occurs
simultaneously, the total current will exceed the limit,
thereby causing a power shut down. Isolate this problem
by removing one of the devices, and use the computerunder the same condition, and see whether a power shut
down occurs. Do this procedure for all devices thendetermine the cause. Customer purchase of the larger AC
adapter (50W, optional) is recommended, if it is not yet inuse.

Common Devices Checkout475

TrackPoint II Checkout

If the TrackPoint II does not work, check theconfiguration. If the configuration of the TrackPoint II
is set to Disabled or Off, change it to Enable or On.
If the problem remains, continue.
Note: TrackPoint II automatically compensates toadjust the pointer sensor. This causes thepointer to move slightly on the screen andthen stop. Pointer movement might occur
when a slight, steady pressure is applied to
the TrackPoint II pointer when the computer ispowered-on or running, or when exceeded
temperature range requires re-adjustment.





476

If the cursor floats or moves erratically, power-off anddisconnect the mouse. Power-on the computer. If
the problem goes away, replace the mouse. If the
problem remains, replace the keyboard.
For click button or pointing stick problems:
1. Go to the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Select an item with the pointing stick.
3. Press either left or right click button.
4. Verify that both buttons work correctly.
If the pointing stick or the click button does not work,
do the following.
1. Reseat the keyboard cables.
2. Replace the keyboard.
3. Replace the interposer card
(355x, 360x, 750x, 755x).
4. Replace keyboard control card (720).
5. Replace the system board.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

TV Tuner
The TV Tuner Pack (hereafter called TV Tuner) is an
option for watching TV programs or videos on the IBM TFT
color notebook computer. The computer changes to TV
reception when the removable diskette drive is replacedwith the TV Tuner.
The TV screen and normal computer display are easily
switched by using the Hot key on the front panel of the TV
Tuner.

Identifying Names and Functions
The following figure and table show the names andfunctions of each part of the TV Tuner.

1

13

2

12
3

11

4
10
7
9

6

5

8

Icons

Functions.1/ Front Panel

Used to change the TV
channels, switch TV mode
to computer mode, andoperate most functions of
the TV Tuner.

.2/ Headphone Jack

Connects the headphones.

.3/ Power Indicator

Shows the TV Tuner ispowered on.

.4/ Power Switch

Powered on and off the TV
Tuner.

.5/ Hot Key

Switches between the TV
screen and computer
screen.

.6/ Up Switch

Increases the value such as
the channel number.

.7/ Down Switch

Decreases the value suchas the channel number.

Common Devices Checkout

477

IconsFunctions.8/ Function KeyEnters the mode to change
the value of each function,such as TV channel or color
contrast. (See “Using the
Function Key” onpage 479.).9/ TV/EXT Switch

Switches the TV mode or
external video mode.

.1ð/ Volume Knob

Controls the speakervolume.

.11/ Audio-In Jack

Connects the audio-in
connector of the AV cable.

.12/ Video-In Jack

Connects video-in connectorof the AV cable.

.13/ RF Connector

Connects the active
antenna unit or antenna
cable.

Using the Front Panel
The following table shows how to operate all functions of
the TV Tuner with the controls on the front panel.

Key

FunctionPower

Turns on the TV Tuner. This key isused only when the computer is turnedon.

Hot Key

Switches computer display and TV
screen.

Up

Increases the value of parameters,
Channel Number, Color, Tint,
Brightness, Contrast, Auto Tuning
Sensitivity, On-screen Message
Selection.

Down

Decreases the value of parameters,
Channel Number, Color, Tint,
Brightness, Contrast, Auto Tuning
Sensitivity, On-screen Message
Selection.

Function

Selects a function mode to adjust eachfunction parameter. (See “Using the
Function Key” on page 479.)

TV/ExtSwitches the displayed video source
between the receiving TV broadcast
program and external devices such as
VCR, video camera recorder, laser
disk, and so on.

478

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Using the Function Key:

Each time you press the
Function key ( ), one of the following messages (called
On-Screen Message) appears at the top left corner of the
LCD.
The changed values are automatically saved when you
return to the “TV Channel” On-Screen message. The
values are not saved when you power-off the TV Tuner
without returning to this message.
Message on
LCD

Parameter
TV Channel

à (xx)

By using
and, you can selectthe channels from 2 to 69.
Color Adjustment

à COL

By pressing and holding
you can change the color.

or

,

or

,

By pressing and holdingor
you can change the brightness.

,

TINT Adjustment

à TNT

By pressing and holding
you can change the tint.
Bright Adjustment

à BRT

Contrast Adjustment

à CNT

By pressing and holdingor
you can change the contrast.

,(No function)à ---Reserved.
Auto Tune Sensitivity Selection

à LO
à HI

LO: Means the sensitivity of the
TV is low. In this mode, the TV
Tuner receives strong TV signals
only. To set LO, press.
HI: Means the sensitivity of the TV
is high (factory default). In thismode, the TV Tuner receives
weak and strong TV signals. To
set HI, press.

Time On-Screen Message appears

à D3S

D3S: On-Screen Message appears
for 3 seconds. To set D3S, press

.

à DON

DON: On-Screen Message always

appears. To set DON press

Common Devices Checkout

479

Power-on the TV Tuner: Use the ThinkPad
Features program or PS2.EXE. to power-on the TV Tuner;
then power-on the internal device in the diskette drive
compartment.
Warning
If power for the internal device is turned off when
the TV Tuner is set up, nothing appears on the
LCD display. Turn on power for the TV Tuner
again.


If you are using DOS, do one of the following:–

Power-on the computer and type PS2 from thecommand prompt to start the ThinkPad Features
program.
Select Set Power Features from the ThinkPad
Features menu; then put a check mark at
Internal Serial Port (or Diskette Drive
Compartment) under the Power for devices. If
you need help, press F1 to display the help
menu.

–



Type PS2 MODEM ON (or PS2 DDC ON) from thecommand prompt; press the Enter key to set thepower ON.

If you are using OS/2* or Microsoft Windows**, do thefollowing:
1. Power-on the computer and start the ThinkPad
Features program.
2. Select the Power icon; then move the pointer toInternal Serial Port (or Diskette Drive
Compartment) under the Power for devices
and click the button to check mark it.
3. Press the OK button.

* Trademark of the IBM Corporation.
** Trademark of Microsoft Corp.

480

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Troubleshooting
The following table shows what to do to solve problems
when the TV Tuner does not work correctly.
Problem

Probable Cause

The TV Tuner
does notoperate.
(No picture orsound)

Computer is not powered on.

Computer is in suspend mode.



Volume control of the TV Tuner orcomputer is not adjusted correctly.

The power for the TV Tuner is not
supplied. (See “Power-on the TV
Tuner” on page 480.)

The wall outlet from the outdoor
antenna is not active.

The video or antenna cable is notconnected correctly.

Antenna elements of the active
antenna unit are not adjusted.

The batteries in the active antenna
unit are not inserted correctly.

The batteries in the active antenna
unit are depleted.



The TV Tuner is not set up
correctly.

You cannot watch TV or videos on
the external display.



LO is set for the auto tune
sensitivity selection. (See page479.)

No color.



The program is not in color.

Snow and noise
only.



Switch the TV/EXT (Pictures are outof shape, or
have double
images.

) button.

For TV:

The channel is not tuned correctly.
Adjust the antenna.

For VCR:


Change the tracking adjustment.

Dotted lines or
stripes.



Usually caused by interference
from neon signs, hair dryers, andso on. Move the computer toavoid the interference.

Picture control
are not saved.



Do not power-off the TV Tuner
when adjusting functions such as
picture control, color, tint,
brightness, or contrast.

Channel number
is always
displayed or is
not displayed.

Select your favorite mode for theon-screen message. (See page 479.)

Common Devices Checkout

481

482

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Common Parts ListingThis section contains FRUs common to most IBM portable,
laptop, and notebook computers.

External Diskette Drives
5.25-Inch Diskette Drive:
360KB External (4869-001)
360KB External (4869-501)
1.2MB External (4869-002)
1.2MB External (4869-502)
5.25-Inch Drive Adapter
5.25-Inch Drive Adapter/A
5.25-Inch External Diskette Drive Cable(from system board to adapter)
Diskette Drive Bus Adapter

72X6759
72X6768
15X7993
15X7994
72X6757
15F7996
27F4211
72X8524

CD-ROM Drives
Enhanced Internal CD-ROM II Drive(With eject button below slot)
Internal CD-ROM I Drive(eject button above slot)
Terminator Kit (for 81F7930)
Cleaning Kit (for 81F7930)(Disks, CD Caddy)
Internal CD-ROM II Drive(With eject button below slot)
Terminator Kit (for 92F0084)
Media Kit (for 92F0084)(no cleaning necessary, Test Disk, CD Caddy)
Signal Cable
Power Cable
Remote ID Switch Cable (3510)
Audio Card, Cable, Screws (3510)
CD Caddy
Rail Kit (3510)
Headphones Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

61G1901
81F7930
59F3530
59F3562
92F0084
92F0082
31F4232
34F0043
72X852192F0086
92F0085
22F9419
34F0041
53F3610483

SCSI Adapters, Terminators, Cables
SCSI Adapter/A (without Cache)
SCSI Internal CableSCSI Adapter/A (with Cache)
Terminator, External (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0002)
SCSI Fast Adapter (16 bit)SCSI External Cable (for 92F0330)
SCSI Internal Cable (for 92F0330)
Terminator, Inline (space permitting)

85F0002
64F412785F0063
33F8464
34F0025
57F2870
92F0330
32G4089
32G0084
92F0412

Rewritable Optical Drives
3.5-Inch Rewritable Optical Drive
Rewritable Optical Cartridge
Rewritable Optical Cartridge (5 Pack)
Drive Mounting Slide (for 92F0167)
Tray with Bezel (for 92F0167)
Objective Lens Cleaner (for 92F0167)
Prism Lens Cleaner (for 92F0167)
3.5-Inch Enhanced Rewritable Optical Drive
Mounting Tray
Mounting Tray/Bezel (Model 3510)

92F0167
38F8647
38F8646
85F002285F002138F8681
38F8682
92F0167
92F0269
92F0268

External Keyboard/Mouse
Keyboard Cable
Mouse
Mouse Ball and Pop-Off Retainer
Mouse Ball and Twist-Off Retainer
Mouse (New Style)
Mouse Retainer Ring
Miniature Mouse

72X8537
61X8923
33F8461
33F8462
33G5420
33G5417
95F5723

Enhanced Keyboards (101/102 Key)Country
ArabicBelgianCanadian French
Cyrillic
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman
Greek
Hebrew
ItalianLatin American Spanish
NorwegianPortuguese
Russian/Cyrillic
SpanishSwedish/Finnish
Swiss
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English (E/ME/A use only)
U.S. English
Yugoslavian

484

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

1391490139141413920111393866139140713915111391402139140313932851391408
1393395
13920151391409139141013956221391405
139141113914121395881139588213932861391406
139679013920901393669

Optional Enhanced Keyboards (101/102 Key)
with PS/2 Style Cable
with AT Style Cable
with 25mm PS/2 Trackballwith 25mm Serial Trackball

59G7980
59G7981
59G7982
59G9757

Keybutton Kits (101/102 Key)
Keybutton Kits (R), Belgian
Keybutton Kits (R), Canadian French
Keybutton Kits (R), Danish
Keybutton Kits (R), Dutch
Keybutton Kits (R), French
Keybutton Kits (R), German
Keybutton Kits (R), Italian
Keybutton Kits (R), Norwegian
Keybutton Kits (R), Portuguese
Keybutton Kits (R), Spanish
Keybutton Kits (R), Spanish / Latin
Keybutton Kits (R), Swedish
Keybutton Kits (R), Swiss / French / German
Keybutton Kits (R), U.K. English
Keybutton Kits, U.S. English

1392033
139203213920261392034
6447047
64470486447049
139202813920296447050
1392035
1392030139203164470466447045

Japanese Keyboard Type 2 (106 Key, DBCS Support)
Japanese Keyboard
Keyboard Cable

94X1110
94X1147

Space-Saving Keyboards (84/85 Key)Country
Canadian French
Spanish/Latin
U.S. English
Cable Assembly, External1396046
1396047
13932901393082

Tools and Miscellaneous
Audio Wrap Cable
Ethernet BNC T-Connector
Ethernet BNC 50-ohm Terminator(2 required)
Grounding Wire Set
Keyboard Key Cap Removal Tool
PC Test Card
Screwdriver Kit
SCSI Terminator(any SCSI device, space permitting)
SCSI Terminator Kit(R-PAC Terminator Modules (3) for 40, 60,
80, 120, and 160MB SCSI Hard Disk Drives)
Wrap Plug Ethernet D-Shell
Wrap Plug, Tri-Connector
Wrap Plug (6157 Tape Attachment Adapter/A)
Wrap Plug (Token-Ring Network Adapter/A)
Plastic Envelope (For Wrap Plug)

66G5180
84F8207
85F0037
38F4684
6110464
33G4703
95F3598
92F014292F0143

85F0036
72X8546417845961658996138013

Common Parts Listing485

Display Power Cords
1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

Index Country
1
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
2Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
3
France, Germany, Spain
4
Italy, Chile
5
Australia, New Zealand, New Guinea,
Papua
6
Denmark
7
Israel
8
Bangladesh, Pakistan, South Africa,
Sri Lanka
9
Switzerland
10
Thailand
Japan

486

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

6952300
62X1045
14F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
14F0051
1838574
79F2755

Element Exchange Displays
8503 12-Inch Monochrome Display
110/120 V ac
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand

68X3045
68X3046
72X7878
68X30618504 12-Inch Monochrome Display
110/120 or 220/240 V ac (Universal)
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand

44F9807
44F9808
44F9809
44F98208506 17-Inch Monochrome Display (with Tilt/Swivel Stand)
110/125 V ac (US/Canada)
39F8087
110/125 or 200/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
39F8091
110/125 or 220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
39F8089
8507 19-Inch Monochrome Display
110/120 or 220/240 V ac (Universal Model)
110/125 or 200/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
110/125 or 220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)

6247808624784362478428508 19-Inch Monochrome Display
110/125 V ac (US/Canada)
110/125 or 200/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
110/125 or 220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)

62478836247840
39F80688512 14-Inch Color Display
110/120 V ac (US/Canada)
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand

61R8924
61X8928
61X8927
61X8925

8513 12-Inch Color Display
110/120 V ac
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand

68X3088
72X7870
72X7877
68X30618514 16-Inch Color Display
110/120 V ac
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand

75X5945
75X5946
75X5947
75X59078515 14-Inch Color Display
90/137 V ac
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (Equatorial)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand

07G4759
34G6628
07G4762
07G4763
38F39098516 Color Touch Display
110/120 V ac
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)

44F9759
70F9129
70F9111

Common Parts Listing

487

488

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Miscellaneous Information
Acronyms, Abbreviations and Terms
Term

Information

ACPA/A
ADP
Alt
ANSI
ARTIC
ASCII

Audio Capture and Playback Adapter
Automatic Data Processing
Alternate
American National Standards Institute
A Real Time Interface Coprocessor
American National Standard Code for Interface
Interchange
Advanced Technology (as in AT Bus)
Audio Video Connection
Basic Input/Output System (Controls System
Resources)
Bits Per Second
Bytes Per Second
The International Telephone and Telegraph
Consultative Committee
Common Command Set
Common Complete Status Block
Configuration Control Sub Board
Compact Disc
Cellular Digital Packet Data
CD Read Only Memory (stores data/audio)
Customer Engineer or Service Representative
Cyclic Redundancy Check
Cathode Ray Tube
Corrective Service Diskette
Color Graphics Adapter (See EGA, VGA, XGA)
Cyclic Redundancy Check
Cathode Ray Tube
Canadian Standards Association
Corrective Service Diskette
Direct Access Storage Device (hard disk, diskette)
Direct Memory Access
Dynamic Random Access Memory
Engineering Change Announcement
Error Correction CodeEnhanced Graphics Adapter
Electrostatic Discharge
Enhanced Small Device Interface
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only
MemoryEnergy Work Station
Field Replaceable Unit (replaceable part)
General Purpose Interface Bus (IEEE 348)
General Services Administration
HeightIntegrated Drive Electronics
Integrated Circuit
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
International Electrotechnical Commission
Initial Machine Load
Initial Program Load
International Organization for Standardization
Integrated-Services Digital Network

AT
AVC
BIOS
bps
BPS
CCITT
CCS
CCSB
CCSB
CD
CDPD
CD-ROM
CE
CRC
CRT
CSD
CGA
CRC
CRT
CSA
CSD
DASD
DMA
DRAM
ECA
ECC
EGA
ESD
ESDI
EEPROM
EWS
FRU
GPIB
GSA
Ht
IDE
IC
IEEE
IEC
IML
IPL
ISO
ISDN

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

489

Term

Information

LAN
LBA
LTB
LUN
MAP
MCGA

Local Area Network
Local Block Address
Local Transfer Bus
Logical Unit Number (as in SCSI)
Maintenance Analysis Procedure
Modified Color Graphics Adapter(320 x 200 x 256)
Micro Channel Architecture (bus structure)
Mega hertz (millions of cycles per second)
Musical Instrument Digital Interface
Multimedia
Not Available or Not Applicable
National Distribution Division
Non-Maskable Interrupt
National Support Center
Non Volatile Random Access Memory
Original Equipment Manufacturer
Personal Computer Memory Card
International Association
Programmable Option SelectPhysical Unit Number (as in SCSI)Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks(disk array models)Random Access Memory (read/write)
Red Green Blue (is in monitors)
Remote Initial Program Load
Read Only Memory
Sequential Access Storage Device (Tape)
Subsystem Control Block
Small Computer Systems Interface
SCSI Identification Number(assigned device number)
Software Product Description
Service Representative
Static Random Access Memory
Super Video Graphics Array
Super Twisted Nematic
NDD Technical Advisor(See your Marketing Representative)
Telecommunications Device for the Deaf
Thin-Film Transistor
ThinkPad File
Underwriters Laboratory
Video Capture Adapter
Video Electronics Standards Association
Video Graphics Array (640x480x16)
Vital Product Data
Video Random Access Memory
Write Once, Read Many Media
Extended Graphics Array (1024 x 768 x 256)
Luminance/Chrominance Signal(Pertains to Video)

MCA
MHz
MIDI
MM
N/A
NDD
NMI
NSC
NVRAM
OEM
PCMCIA
POS
PUN
RAID
RAM
RGB
RIPL
ROM
SASD
SCB
SCSI
SCSI ID
SPD
SR
SRAM
SVGA
STN
T/A
TDD
TFT
TPF
UL
VCA
VESA
VGA
VPD
VRAM
WORM
XGA
Y/C

490

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Send Us Your Comments!
We want to know your opinion about this manual (partnumber 30H2357). Your input will help us to improve ourpublications.
Please photocopy this survey, complete it, and then fax it
to IBM HMM Survey at 919-543-8167 (USA).

Name

Phone Number
1. Do you like this manual?
Ø Yes

Ø No

2. What would you like to see added, changed, ordeleted in this manual?

3. What is your service experience level?
Ø Less than five years
Ø More than five years

4. Which ThinkPad systems do you service most?

Thanks in advance for your response!

Miscellaneous Information

491

Do You Need Technical References?
We have a wide range of hardware technical referencesthat provide in-depth information about IBM personal
computer products. Our Technical Reference Library
includes information about:Micro Channel, Setup, and Subsystem Control Blockarchitectures

Common interfaces (including microprocessors,
system timers, parallel and serial port controllers,
keyboards and keystrokes, SCSI, DMA, video, and
more)



Specific Personal System/2 systems (including
system board connectors, jumpers, memory
subsystems, I/O subsystems, programming interfaces
and registers, and error codes)

Basic input/output system (BIOS)

Options and adapters

For a free catalog of our current offerings, please
photocopy this form, complete it, and then fax it to
Hardware Technical References at 919-543-8167 (USA).
I'd like a catalog of the IBM PC Company Hardware
Technical Reference library.

Name

Address

City

State

492

Zip

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Problem Determination Tips
Due to the variety of hardware and software combinations
that can be encountered, use the following information toassist you in problem determination. If possible, have thisinformation available when requesting assistance from
Service Support and Engineering functions.









Machine type and model
Processor or hard disk upgrades
Failure symptom– Do diagnostics fail?
– What, when, where, single, or multiple systems?
– Is the failure repeatable?
– Has this configuration ever worked?
– If it has been working, what changes were madeprior to it failing?
– Is this the original reported failure?
Reference Diskette Version– Type and revision level
Hardware configuration– Print out (print screen) configuration from
Reference Diskette currently in use– BIOS level
Operating system software– Type and revision level
Important

To eliminate confusion, identical systems are
considered identical only if they:
1. Are the exact machine type and models
2. Have the same BIOS level
3. Have the same adapters/attachments in thesame locations
4. Have the same address
jumpers/terminators/cabling
5. Have the same software versions and levels
6. Have the same Reference Diskette (version)
7. Have the same configuration options set in thesystem
8. Have the same setup for the operation system
control files
Comparing the configuration and software set-up
between “working and non-working” systems will often
lead to problem resolution.

Miscellaneous Information

493

Phone Numbers, U.S. and Canada
Before you place a call to the Support Center, refer to“Problem Determination Tips” on page 493.
U.S. Authorized Dealers or Servicers
NumberInformation

919-517-0001
800-937-3737
800-426-2472

Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
IBM Business Partner Education
IBM Customer Engineer TechnicalSupportIBM National Support Center
IBM PartnerLink Technical Support
IBM Part Number ID and Look Up
IBM Software Defect Support (CSDs)
IBM Software Ordering (publications)
IBM Supplies Technical Hotline
IBM Warranty Claims Center
OS/2 Replacement Diskettes (problems
during new system installation)

800-426-7763
800-IBM-DEAL
303-924-4015
800-237-5511
800-327-5711
800-426-1484
800-759-7483
800-342-6672

U.S. Customers and Helpware Subscribers
NumberInformation

919-517-0001
800-426-8322
800-999-0052
407-982-6408
800-964-8523
800-772-2227

Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
Customer Education Business Unit
Customized Operational Services
Developers Assistance (HW & SW)
End User Support
HelpCenter*, HelpLearn*, andCustomer Satisfaction Center
HelpCenter* (TDD/ASCII)IBM Anti-Virus Services
IBM Authorized Dealer Referrals
IBM Customer Satisfaction Center(TDD/ASCII)IBM Dealer Referral(typewriters/printers)
IBM Direct (supplies, education)
IBM Field Television Network
IBM Information Referral Service
IBM Service
IBM Technical Manuals
Multimedia Information Center

800-426-4238
800-742-2493
800-447-4700
800-426-4238
800-426-2468
800-426-2468
800-282-0226
800-426-3333
800-IBM-SERV
800-426-7282
800-426-9402(Ext. 150)
800-241-1620
800-742-2493
800-342-6672
800-237-5511
800-237-5511

Multimedia Support
Multivendor Consulting
OS/2 Information Line
OS/2 Support Center
OS/2 Support Line* Trademark of the IBM Corporation.
** Trademark of the Prodigy Services Company.

494

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

U.S. Customers and Helpware Subscribers
NumberInformation

303-924-4125
800-284-5933
914-962-0310
800-237-4824

Parts Information
Prodigy** Service (link problems)
Prodigy User Questions
PS/2 Trade-In Program
PS/2 Loan for Learning
PS/2 Lease from IBM Credit
Solution Validation Lab
Technical Coordinator Program
SystemXtra* for Personal Systems
LAN Automated Distribution/2
OS/2 Bulletin Board
OS/2 Application Assistance Center
Technical Services, Boca Raton (fee)Technical Support (typewriters/printers)
Technical Solutions Magazine

800-742-2943
800-547-1283

800-426-2622
606-323-3000
800-551-2832

IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support
NumberInformation

800-387-8343
800-668-5682

Ambra Customer Support
Ambra Business Partner Warranty
SupportAmbra Business Partner
Parts/Warranty Claims
Ambra Bulletin Board
Business Partner Marketing Support
Business Partner Marketing Support Toronto
Business Partner Marketing Support French
Customer Relations
Customer Relations - Toronto
Customer Service Dispatch
Customer Service Parts
Customer Support Center (ISC)
Customer Service Repair Centre
HelpClub* Registration
IBM Direct
IBM Certification Administrator
IBM Certification Coordinator
Mail to: IBM Certification
50 Acadia Drive
Markham, Ontario L3R 0B3
IBM HelpFax
IBM HelpFax - Toronto
IBM HelpPC
IBM Information Network Support
IBM Information Network Support Toronto

800-387-8343
905-316-7952
800-661-PSMT
905-316-5556
514-938-6048
800-465-6600
905-316-6666
800-465-6666
800-263-2769
800-465-2222
416-443-5701
800-465-7999
800-465-7999
905-513-3367
905-316-2683

800-465-3299
905-316-3299
800-565-3344
800-268-3100
905-474-6666

Miscellaneous Information

495

IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support
NumberInformation

800-663-7662
800-263-2769
416-443-5808(Fax)
416-443-5755
514-938-3022
905-316-4255
604-664-6464
204-934-2735
800-661-7768
800-465-1234
416-513-3360
416-513-3372(Fax)
905-316-4148
905-316-4100(Fax)
905-316-4150
905-316-4100(Fax)
905-316-4872
905-316-4100(Fax)
800-661-2131
800-387-8483

Lexmark Product Information
Parts Orders, Exchange or Emergency
Parts Regular Orders, Exchange

800-565-3344
416-443-5835(Fax)
905-316-2445
905-316-3515(Fax)
416-443-5778
800-505-1855
416-946-1333
800-267-7472*

Parts Orders, Inquiries
PC Co Bulletin Board - Montreal
PC Co Bulletin Board - Toronto
PC Co Bulletin Board - Vancouver
PC Co Bulletin Board - Winnepeg
PS Marketing Support (PSMT)
Publications Ordering
Service Announcement, HMS Manuals
Service Announcement, HMS Manuals
Service Management Support
Service Management Support
Service Manager
Service Manager
Service Quality Programs
Service Quality Programs
Skill Dynamics* (Education)
PS/1 Warranty Service,Business Partner (DOAs)
PS/1 Warranty Service, Customer
Helpline
Warranty Claim Fulfillment
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
Warranty Claim Parts Inquiry
Warranty Provider Support Hotline
Warranty Provider Support - Toronto
Warranty Service, ThinkPad

Trademark of the IBM Corporation.

496

IBM Mobile Systems HMM

Notices
References in this publication to IBM products, programs,
or services do not imply that IBM intends to make theseavailable in all countries in which IBM operates. Anyreference to an IBM product, program, or service is notintended to state or imply that only that IBM product,
program, or service may be used. Subject to IBM’s valid
intellectual property or other legally protectable rights, any
functionally equivalent product, program, or service may be
used instead of the IBM product, program, or service. The
evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction withother products, except those expressly designated by IBM,are the responsibility of the user.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications
covering subject matter in this document. The furnishingof this document does not give you any license to thesepatents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:IBM Director of Licensing
IBM Corporation
500 Columbus Avenue
Thornwood, NY 10594
U.S.A.

Trademarks
The following terms, denoted by an asterisk (*) in thispublication, are trademarks of the IBM Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries:
AIX
FaxConcentrator
HelpClub
HelpWareMicro Channel
Personal System/2
PS/NoteSkill Dynamics
ThinkPad
TrackPoint II

AT
HelpCenter
HelpLearn
IBM
OS/2
PS/2
Portmaster
SystemXtra
TrackpointXGA

The following terms, denoted by a double asterisk (**) inthis publication, are trademarks of other companies:
ActionMediaDCAPCMCIAPenDOS
PenPoint
Prodigy
VESAIntel Corporation
Digital Communications Associates Inc.
Personal Computer Memory
Card International Association
Communications Intelligence Corporation
GO Corporation
Prodigy Services Company
Video Electronics Standards Association

Intel is a trademark or registered trademark of Intel
Corporation.
Miscellaneous Information

497

IBM



Part Number: 30H2357
Printed in U.S.A.

S82G-15ð2-ð3